CPSES-200700605, License Amendment Request (LAR) 07-003, Revision to Technical Specifications 3.1, Reactivity Control Systems, 3.2, Power Distribution Limits, 3.3, Instrumentation, & 5.6.5b, Core Operating Limits Report: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot change)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:TXU wV     Power Ref: 10CFR50.90 TXU Power           Mike Blevins Comanc*e Peak Steam Senior Vice President &
{{#Wiki_filter:TXU wV Power Ref: 10CFR50.90 TXU Power Comanc*e Peak Steam Electric Staftion*
Electric Staftion*   Chief Nuclear Officer P. 0- Box 1002 (E01)
P. 0- Box 1002 (E01)
Glen, Rose, TX 76043 TeL: 254 897 5209 Fax:. 254 897 6652 mike.blevins@txu.com CPSES- 200700605 Log # TXX-07063 File # 00236 April 10, 2007 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555
Glen, Rose, TX 76043 TeL: 254 897 5209 Fax:. 254 897 6652 mike.blevins@txu.com Mike Blevins Senior Vice President &
Chief Nuclear Officer CPSES-200700605 Log # TXX-07063 File # 00236 April 10, 2007 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555


==SUBJECT:==
==SUBJECT:==
COMANCHE PEAK STEAM ELECTRIC STATION (CPSES)
COMANCHE PEAK STEAM ELECTRIC STATION (CPSES)
DOCKET NOS. 50-445 AND 50-446 LICENSE AMENDMENT REQUEST (LAR) 07-003 REVISION TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 3.1, "REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS," 3.2, "POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS," 3.3, "INSTRUMENTATION," AND 5.6.5b, "CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR)."
DOCKET NOS. 50-445 AND 50-446 LICENSE AMENDMENT REQUEST (LAR) 07-003 REVISION TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 3.1, "REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS," 3.2, "POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS," 3.3, "INSTRUMENTATION," AND 5.6.5b, "CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR)."
REF:         Letter logged TXX-07047, dated Feb, 22, 2007 from Mike Blevins to the NRC.
REF:
Letter logged TXX-07047, dated Feb, 22, 2007 from Mike Blevins to the NRC.


==Dear Sir or Madam:==
==Dear Sir or Madam:==
Pursuant to 10CFR50.90, TXU Generation Company LP (TXU Power) hereby requests an amendment to the CPSES Unit 1 Operating License (NPF-87) and CPSES Unit 2 Operating License (NPF-89) by incorporating the attached change into the CPSES Unit 1 and 2 Technical Specifications. This change request applies to both units.
Pursuant to 10CFR50.90, TXU Generation Company LP (TXU Power) hereby requests an amendment to the CPSES Unit 1 Operating License (NPF-87) and CPSES Unit 2 Operating License (NPF-89) by incorporating the attached change into the CPSES Unit 1 and 2 Technical Specifications. This change request applies to both units.
The proposed change will revise Technical Specifications (TS) 3.1 entitled "Reactivity Control Systems," 3.2 entitled "Power Distribution Limits," 3.3 entitled "Instrumentation," and 5.6.5b entitled "Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)." The requested change proposes to incorporate standard Westinghouse-developed and NRC-approved analytical methods into the lists of methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. These NRC-approved methods include the use of an alternate axial offset control methodology and the use of updated methods for determining core power distribution. Thus, conforming changes to the core power distribution limits and core power distribution measurement methods are also proposed.
The proposed change will revise Technical Specifications (TS) 3.1 entitled "Reactivity Control Systems," 3.2 entitled "Power Distribution Limits," 3.3 entitled "Instrumentation," and 5.6.5b entitled "Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)." The requested change proposes to incorporate standard Westinghouse-developed and NRC-approved analytical methods into the lists of methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. These NRC-approved methods include the use of an alternate axial offset control methodology and the use of updated methods for determining core power distribution. Thus, conforming changes to the core power distribution limits and core power distribution measurement methods are also proposed.
A member of the STARS (Strategic Teaming and Resource Sharing) Alliance Callaway 9 Comanche Peak 9 Diablo Canyon e Palo Verde
A member of the STARS (Strategic Teaming and Resource Sharing) Alliance Callaway 9 Comanche Peak 9 Diablo Canyon e Palo Verde
* South Texas Project
* South Texas Project
* Wolf Creek       ADD/~
* Wolf Creek ADD/~


TXX-07063 Page 2 of 3 provides a detailed description of the proposed changes, a technical analysis of the proposed changes, TXU Power's determination that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazard consideration, a regulatory analysis of the proposed changes and an environmental evaluation. Attachment 2 provides the affected Technical Specification (TS) pages marked-up to reflect the proposed changes. Attachment 3 provides proposed changes to the Technical Specification Bases for information only. These changes will be processed per CPSES site procedures. Attachment 4 provides retyped Technical Specification pages which incorporate the requested changes. Attachment 5 provides retyped Technical Specification Bases pages which incorporate the proposed changes.
TXX-07063 Page 2 of 3 provides a detailed description of the proposed changes, a technical analysis of the proposed changes, TXU Power's determination that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazard consideration, a regulatory analysis of the proposed changes and an environmental evaluation. Attachment 2 provides the affected Technical Specification (TS) pages marked-up to reflect the proposed changes. Attachment 3 provides proposed changes to the Technical Specification Bases for information only. These changes will be processed per CPSES site procedures. Attachment 4 provides retyped Technical Specification pages which incorporate the requested changes. Attachment 5 provides retyped Technical Specification Bases pages which incorporate the proposed changes.
Per the referenced letter, TXU Power committed to provide the NRC with a license amendment request to allow use of the Westinghouse NOTRUMP-based small break LOCA methodology to establish future Comanche Peak core operating limits by April 30, 2007 (Cormnitment Number 27436). TXU Power will continue to use the currently approved COLR methodologies to support the remaining Unit 1, Cycle 13 operation and complete the transition to the proposed methodologies prior to Unit 1, Cycle 14 operation (Fall 2008). However, TXU Power currently plans to use these proposed Core Operating Limit Report (COLR) methodologies to support Unit 2, Cycle 11 operation (Spring of 2008). Therefore in order to comply with the commitment identified above, TXU Power requests approval of the proposed License Amendment by February 15, 2008, to be implemented within 120 days of the issuance of the license amendment.
Per the referenced letter, TXU Power committed to provide the NRC with a license amendment request to allow use of the Westinghouse NOTRUMP-based small break LOCA methodology to establish future Comanche Peak core operating limits by April 30, 2007 (Cormnitment Number 27436). TXU Power will continue to use the currently approved COLR methodologies to support the remaining Unit 1, Cycle 13 operation and complete the transition to the proposed methodologies prior to Unit 1, Cycle 14 operation (Fall 2008). However, TXU Power currently plans to use these proposed Core Operating Limit Report (COLR) methodologies to support Unit 2, Cycle 11 operation (Spring of 2008). Therefore in order to comply with the commitment identified above, TXU Power requests approval of the proposed License Amendment by February 15, 2008, to be implemented within 120 days of the issuance of the license amendment.
In accordance with 10CFR50.91 (b), TXU Power is providing the State of Texas with a copy of this proposed amendment.
In accordance with 1 OCFR50.91 (b), TXU Power is providing the State of Texas with a copy of this proposed amendment.
This communication contains no new licensing basis commitments regarding CPSES Units 1 and 2.
This communication contains no new licensing basis commitments regarding CPSES Units 1 and 2.


Line 43: Line 44:
I state under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
I state under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on April 10, 2007.
Executed on April 10, 2007.
Sincerely, TXU Generation Company LP By:     TXU Generation Management Company LLC Its General Partner Mike Bleins By:
Sincerely, TXU Generation Company LP By:
            /rdw.     Madden Director, Oversight and Regulatory Affairs Attachments     1. Description and Assessment
TXU Generation Management Company LLC Its General Partner Mike Bleins By:/rdw.
: 2. Proposed Technical Specifications Changes
Madden Director, Oversight and Regulatory Affairs Attachments 1.
: 3. Proposed Technical Specifications Bases Changes (for information)
2.
: 4. Retyped Technical Specification Pages
3.
: 5. Retyped Technical Specification Bases Pages (for information) c -     B. S. Mallett, Region IV M. C. Thadani, NRR Resident Inspectors, CPSES Ms. Alice K. Rogers Environmental & Consumer Safety Section Texas Department of State Health Services 1100 West 49th Street Austin, Texas 78756-3189
4.
5.
Description and Assessment Proposed Technical Specifications Changes Proposed Technical Specifications Bases Changes (for information)
Retyped Technical Specification Pages Retyped Technical Specification Bases Pages (for information) c -
B. S. Mallett, Region IV M. C. Thadani, NRR Resident Inspectors, CPSES Ms. Alice K. Rogers Environmental & Consumer Safety Section Texas Department of State Health Services 1100 West 49th Street Austin, Texas 78756-3189


ATTACHMENT 1 to TXX-07063 DESCRIPTION AND ASSESSMENT to TXX-07063 Page 1 of 17 LICENSEE'S EVALUATION
ATTACHMENT 1 to TXX-07063 DESCRIPTION AND ASSESSMENT to TXX-07063 Page 1 of 17 LICENSEE'S EVALUATION


==1.0   DESCRIPTION==
==1.0 DESCRIPTION==
==2.0 PROPOSED CHANGE==
==3.0 BACKGROUND==
==4.0 TECHNICAL ANALYSIS==
==5.0 REGULATORY ANALYSIS==
5.1 No Significant Hazards Consideration 5.2 Applicable Regulatory Requirements/Criteria


==2.0    PROPOSED CHANGE==
==6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION==
 
7.0 PRECEDENTS
==3.0    BACKGROUND==
 
==4.0    TECHNICAL ANALYSIS==
 
==5.0    REGULATORY ANALYSIS==
 
5.1    No Significant Hazards Consideration 5.2    Applicable Regulatory Requirements/Criteria
 
==6.0   ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION==
 
7.0   PRECEDENTS
 
==8.0    REFERENCES==


==8.0 REFERENCES==
to TXX-07063 Page 2 of 17
to TXX-07063 Page 2 of 17


==1.0   DESCRIPTION==
==1.0 DESCRIPTION==
 
By this letter, TXU Power requests an amendment to the Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station (CPSES) Unit 1 Operating License (NPF-87) and CPSES Unit 2 Operating License (NPF-89) by incorporating the attached change into the CPSES Unit 1 and 2 Technical Specifications. Proposed change LAR 07-003 is a request to incorporate standard Westinghouse-developed and NRC-approved analytical methods into the lists of methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. These NRC-approved methods include the use of an alternate axial offset control methodology and the use of updated methods for determining the core power distributions. Thus, conforming changes to the core power distribution limits and core power distribution measurement methods are also proposed.
By this letter, TXU Power requests an amendment to the Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station (CPSES) Unit 1 Operating License (NPF-87) and CPSES Unit 2 Operating License (NPF-89) by incorporating the attached change into the CPSES Unit 1 and 2 Technical Specifications. Proposed change LAR 07-003 is a request to incorporate standard Westinghouse-developed and NRC-approved analytical methods into the lists of methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. These NRC-approved methods include the use of an alternate axial offset control methodology and the use of updated methods for determining the core power distributions. Thus, conforming changes to the core power distribution limits and core power distribution measurement methods are also proposed.
The proposed changes include the use of different methodologies to evaluate the Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS). These changes only allow the use of these analytical methods; plant-specific ECCS evaluation models using these methodologies will be submitted separately.
The proposed changes include the use of different methodologies to evaluate the Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS). These changes only allow the use of these analytical methods; plant-specific ECCS evaluation models using these methodologies will be submitted separately.
Line 79: Line 76:
The proposed change has been reviewed, and it has been determined that no significant hazards consideration exists, as defined in 10 CFR 50.92. In addition, it has been determined that the change qualifies for categorical exclusion from an environmental assessment as set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9); therefore, no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment is needed in connection with the approval of the proposed change.
The proposed change has been reviewed, and it has been determined that no significant hazards consideration exists, as defined in 10 CFR 50.92. In addition, it has been determined that the change qualifies for categorical exclusion from an environmental assessment as set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9); therefore, no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment is needed in connection with the approval of the proposed change.


==2.0   PROPOSED CHANGE==
==2.0 PROPOSED CHANGE==
S The proposed change would revise the CPSES Units 1 and 2 Technical Specifications as follows:
S The proposed change would revise the CPSES Units 1 and 2 Technical Specifications as follows:
2.1     Section 5.6.5b Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)
2.1 Section 5.6.5b Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)
Revise TS 5.6.5b to add the following NRC approved analytical methods:
Revise TS 5.6.5b to add the following NRC approved analytical methods:
WCAP- 11397-P-A, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," April 1989.
WCAP-11397-P-A, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," April 1989.
WCAP-8745-P-A, "Design Bases for the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions," September 1986.
WCAP-8745-P-A, "Design Bases for the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions," September 1986.
to TXX-07063 Page 3 of 17 WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.
to TXX-07063 Page 3 of 17 WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.
Line 89: Line 86:
April 1999.
April 1999.
WCAP-10054-P-A, "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," August 1985.
WCAP-10054-P-A, "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," August 1985.
WCAP- 10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1, "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model," July 1997.
WCAP-10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1, "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model," July 1997.
WCAP- 10079-P-A, "NOTRUMP, A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," August 1985.
WCAP-10079-P-A, "NOTRUMP, A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," August 1985.
WCAP- 16009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005.
WCAP-16009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005.
WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.
WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.
2.2   Section 3.2 Power Distribution Limits The proposed use of the NRC-approved methodology for controlling the axial power distribution, described in WCAP-10216-P-A, Revision I A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control FQ Surveillance Technical Specification," requires conforming revisions to Technical Specification 3.2.1 and 3.2.3. The proposed Technical Specifications are essentially the same as the NRC-approved Improved Standard Technical Specification (NUJREG- 1431, Volume 1, Revision 3), Section 3.2.1B, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FCQ (Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)"
2.2 Section 3.2 Power Distribution Limits The proposed use of the NRC-approved methodology for controlling the axial power distribution, described in WCAP-10216-P-A, Revision I A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control FQ Surveillance Technical Specification," requires conforming revisions to Technical Specification 3.2.1 and 3.2.3. The proposed Technical Specifications are essentially the same as the NRC-approved Improved Standard Technical Specification (NUJREG-1431, Volume 1, Revision 3), Section 3.2.1B, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FCQ (Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)"
and Section 3.2.3B, "Axial Flux Difference (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology). One difference is that, in Technical Specification 3.2.1, the Overpower N-16 trip setpoint is used for CPSES rather than the Overpower AT trip setpoint identified in the Standard Technical Specification. Other differences in Section 3.2.1 include an editorial modification to the NOTE preceding the Surveillance Requirements and small changes in the Surveillance Frequencies consistent with the current licensing basis.
and Section 3.2.3B, "Axial Flux Difference (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology). One difference is that, in Technical Specification 3.2.1, the Overpower N-16 trip setpoint is used for CPSES rather than the Overpower AT trip setpoint identified in the Standard Technical Specification. Other differences in Section 3.2.1 include an editorial modification to the NOTE preceding the Surveillance Requirements and small changes in the Surveillance Frequencies consistent with the current licensing basis.
to TXX-07063 Page 4 of 17 2.3   BEACON-related Changes (Technical Specifications 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1)
to TXX-07063 Page 4 of 17 2.3 BEACON-related Changes (Technical Specifications 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1)
The proposed use of the BEACON Core Monitoring methodology requires conforming revisions to Technical Specifications TS 3.1.7, "Rod Position Indication," TS 3.2.1, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor," TS 3.2.2, "Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor," TS 3.2.4, "Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio," and TS 3.3.1, "Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation." In each of these sections, the proposed revisions would change the phrase "moveable incore detectors" to "core power distribution measurement information," and the phrase "flux map" to "power distribution measurements."
The proposed use of the BEACON Core Monitoring methodology requires conforming revisions to Technical Specifications TS 3.1.7, "Rod Position Indication," TS 3.2.1, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor," TS 3.2.2, "Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor," TS 3.2.4, "Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio," and TS 3.3.1, "Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation." In each of these sections, the proposed revisions would change the phrase "moveable incore detectors" to "core power distribution measurement information," and the phrase "flux map" to "power distribution measurements."


==3.0     BACKGROUND==
==3.0 BACKGROUND==
 
3.1 Section 5.6.5b Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)
3.1   Section 5.6.5b Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)
The analytical methods used to establish the core operating limits are listed in Technical Specification 5.6.5b. The methods relevant to the proposed change are the non-LOCA transient and accident analytical tools, the core thermal-hydraulic analytical tools, the small break loss of coolant accident (LOCA) analysis method, the statistical best-estimate approach for large break LOCA analysis method, and the BEACON core power distribution monitoring process. All of these methodologies have been previously approved by the NRC for use at Westinghouse nuclear power plants, such as the Comanche Peak units.
The analytical methods used to establish the core operating limits are listed in Technical Specification 5.6.5b. The methods relevant to the proposed change are the non-LOCA transient and accident analytical tools, the core thermal-hydraulic analytical tools, the small break loss of coolant accident (LOCA) analysis method, the statistical best-estimate approach for large break LOCA analysis method, and the BEACON core power distribution monitoring process. All of these methodologies have been previously approved by the NRC for use at Westinghouse nuclear power plants, such as the Comanche Peak units.
Revised Thermal Design Procedure (RTDP) (WCAP-11397-P-A)
Revised Thermal Design Procedure (RTDP) (WCAP-11397-P-A)
Line 106: Line 102:
* the nuclear enthalpy hot-channel factor;
* the nuclear enthalpy hot-channel factor;
* the enthalpy rise engineering hot-channel factor; and
* the enthalpy rise engineering hot-channel factor; and
* the THINC-IV transient codes uncertainties, based on surveillance data, associated with o reactor vessel coolant flow, o core power, o coolant temperature, o system pressure and o effective core flow fraction.
* the THINC-IV transient codes uncertainties, based on surveillance data, associated with o
reactor vessel coolant flow, o
core power, o
coolant temperature, o
system pressure and o
effective core flow fraction.
Per WCAP-14565-P-A, VIPRE-0I will be used in lieu of THINC-IV for CPSES applications.
Per WCAP-14565-P-A, VIPRE-0I will be used in lieu of THINC-IV for CPSES applications.
The NRC's Safety Evaluation report (SER) was reviewed to identify any limitations or conditions on the use of the RTDP at CPSES. The CPSES application meets the guidelines presented in WCAP 11397-P-A. Specifically, Sensitivity factors and their ranges will be included in the Safety Analysis Report or reload submittal. As discussed in the NRC's SER, any changes in DNB correlation, THINC-IV correlations, or parameter values listed in Table 3-1 of WCAP-1 1397 outside of previously demonstrated acceptable ranges will be re-evaluated to assure the continued validity of the sensitivity factors and the use of Equation (2-3) of the topical report. If the sensitivity factors are changed as a result of correlation changes or changes in the application or use of the THINC-IV code, then the use of an uncertainty allowance for application of Equation (2-
The NRC's Safety Evaluation report (SER) was reviewed to identify any limitations or conditions on the use of the RTDP at CPSES. The CPSES application meets the guidelines presented in WCAP 11397-P-A. Specifically, Sensitivity factors and their ranges will be included in the Safety Analysis Report or reload submittal. As discussed in the NRC's SER, any changes in DNB correlation, THINC-IV correlations, or parameter values listed in Table 3-1 of WCAP-1 1397 outside of previously demonstrated acceptable ranges will be re-evaluated to assure the continued validity of the sensitivity factors and the use of Equation (2-3) of the topical report. If the sensitivity factors are changed as a result of correlation changes or changes in the application or use of the THINC-IV code, then the use of an uncertainty allowance for application of Equation (2-
Line 116: Line 117:
probability that the DNB will not occur at the limiting fuel rod at 95% confidence level. TXU Power will meet these criteria by restricting the calculated fuel centerline temperature to less than 4700'F and limiting the minimum DNBR to the correlation limit. The hot leg temperature must be maintained below the saturation temperature to assure the validity of the vessel average inlet/outlet coolant temperature difference. Additionally, the application of the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Function methodology for CPSES will account for changes in system design and operation. The adequacy of the standard power shapes in establishing the core DNB protection system will be evaluated whenever changes are introduced that could potentially affect the core power distribution.
probability that the DNB will not occur at the limiting fuel rod at 95% confidence level. TXU Power will meet these criteria by restricting the calculated fuel centerline temperature to less than 4700'F and limiting the minimum DNBR to the correlation limit. The hot leg temperature must be maintained below the saturation temperature to assure the validity of the vessel average inlet/outlet coolant temperature difference. Additionally, the application of the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Function methodology for CPSES will account for changes in system design and operation. The adequacy of the standard power shapes in establishing the core DNB protection system will be evaluated whenever changes are introduced that could potentially affect the core power distribution.
Even though this methodology was developed for the generic Westinghouse overtemperature and overpower AT core protection systems, the protection philosophy is applicable to the overtemperature and overpower N-16 (Nitrogen-
Even though this methodology was developed for the generic Westinghouse overtemperature and overpower AT core protection systems, the protection philosophy is applicable to the overtemperature and overpower N-16 (Nitrogen-
: 16) based core protection system used at CPSES. The overtemperature and overpower systems are functionally equivalent; the AT-based system uses the hot leg to cold leg temperature difference as an indication of the reactor power, whereas the N- 16 based system uses the normalized N- 16 gamma activity measured in the hot leg as an indication of the reactor power. Both of the overtemperature systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in DNB, and both of the overpower systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in exceeding the LHGR limits.
: 16) based core protection system used at CPSES. The overtemperature and overpower systems are functionally equivalent; the AT-based system uses the hot leg to cold leg temperature difference as an indication of the reactor power, whereas the N-16 based system uses the normalized N-16 gamma activity measured in the hot leg as an indication of the reactor power. Both of the overtemperature systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in DNB, and both of the overpower systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in exceeding the LHGR limits.
VIPRE-01 (WCAP- 14565-P-A)
VIPRE-01 (WCAP-14565-P-A)
VIPRE-01 (WCAP-14565-P-A) is a subchannel thermal-hydraulic computer code that is used to describe the reactor core. Boundary conditions for the coolant entering the core, the power generation rate, and the dimensional and material properties of the nuclear fuel are entered as input to the code. The boundary conditions for the coolant include inlet flow rate, enthalpy and pressure or the pressure, inlet enthalpy and differential pressure from which inlet flow can be derived. The core power generation input includes spatial as well as temporal to TXX-07063 Page 7 of 17 variations. Multiple channels can be described and cross flow is calculated based on user supplied input. The intended use of the VIPRE code is for DNB analysis for those Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) Chapter 15 transients and accidents for which DNB might be of concern. The CPSES application meets the criteria described in the NRC's SER appended to WCAP-14565-P-A by using conservative reactor core boundary conditions as input into VIPRE for reactor transient analysis.
VIPRE-01 (WCAP-14565-P-A) is a subchannel thermal-hydraulic computer code that is used to describe the reactor core. Boundary conditions for the coolant entering the core, the power generation rate, and the dimensional and material properties of the nuclear fuel are entered as input to the code. The boundary conditions for the coolant include inlet flow rate, enthalpy and pressure or the pressure, inlet enthalpy and differential pressure from which inlet flow can be derived. The core power generation input includes spatial as well as temporal to TXX-07063 Page 7 of 17 variations. Multiple channels can be described and cross flow is calculated based on user supplied input. The intended use of the VIPRE code is for DNB analysis for those Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) Chapter 15 transients and accidents for which DNB might be of concern. The CPSES application meets the criteria described in the NRC's SER appended to WCAP-14565-P-A by using conservative reactor core boundary conditions as input into VIPRE for reactor transient analysis.
VIPRE, as described in the NRC's Safety Evaluation appended to WCAP-14565-P-A, has been approved by the NRC staff for use in place of the THINC-IV and FACTRAN computer codes in the Reload Safety Evaluation and RTDP methodologies presented in WCAP-9272-P-A and WCAP-1 1397-P-A, respectively.
VIPRE, as described in the NRC's Safety Evaluation appended to WCAP-14565-P-A, has been approved by the NRC staff for use in place of the THINC-IV and FACTRAN computer codes in the Reload Safety Evaluation and RTDP methodologies presented in WCAP-9272-P-A and WCAP-1 1397-P-A, respectively.
Line 133: Line 134:
Best Estimate Large Break LOCA (WCAP-16009-P-A)
Best Estimate Large Break LOCA (WCAP-16009-P-A)
The NRC-approved best-estimate large break LOCA (BELOCA) analysis includes a reference transient calculation and confirmation of certain conservatisms, the application of the ASTRUM (WCAP-16009-P-A) statistical treatment, the determination of a 9 5 th percentile peak clad temperature (PCT), and oxidation calculations. The proposed ASTRUM Large Break LOCA (LBLOCA) analysis methodology differs from previously approved methodology primarily in the statistical approach. The NRC-approved ASTRUM methodology applies a non-parametric statistical technique directly to a random sample of outputs. The sample outputs are computed by applying Monte Carlo sampling to the inputs of WCOBRA/TRAC calculations. This allows the formulation of a simple singular statement of uncertainty in the form of a tolerance interval for the numerical acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.46. The ASTRUM methodology uses a 95/95 to TXX-07063 Page 9 of 17 tolerance level to demonstrate conformance to 10 CFR 50.46. ASTRUM methodology accounts for the requirement that a spectrum of breaks be considered in the analysis by sampling three distributions: break type, cold-leg break area, and discharge coefficient. In the NRC'S SER appended to WCAP-16009-P-A, the NRC staff found this treatment of LBLOCA break size and type acceptable.
The NRC-approved best-estimate large break LOCA (BELOCA) analysis includes a reference transient calculation and confirmation of certain conservatisms, the application of the ASTRUM (WCAP-16009-P-A) statistical treatment, the determination of a 9 5 th percentile peak clad temperature (PCT), and oxidation calculations. The proposed ASTRUM Large Break LOCA (LBLOCA) analysis methodology differs from previously approved methodology primarily in the statistical approach. The NRC-approved ASTRUM methodology applies a non-parametric statistical technique directly to a random sample of outputs. The sample outputs are computed by applying Monte Carlo sampling to the inputs of WCOBRA/TRAC calculations. This allows the formulation of a simple singular statement of uncertainty in the form of a tolerance interval for the numerical acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.46. The ASTRUM methodology uses a 95/95 to TXX-07063 Page 9 of 17 tolerance level to demonstrate conformance to 10 CFR 50.46. ASTRUM methodology accounts for the requirement that a spectrum of breaks be considered in the analysis by sampling three distributions: break type, cold-leg break area, and discharge coefficient. In the NRC'S SER appended to WCAP-16009-P-A, the NRC staff found this treatment of LBLOCA break size and type acceptable.
The NRC's SER was reviewed to identify any limitations or conditions on the use of the ASTRUM LBLOCA methodology at CPSES. The ASTRUM LBLOCA methodology is NRC approved for Westinghouse designed 2, 3, and 4-loop plants of the type that are currently operating, including both CPSES units. The application of the ASTRUM LBLOCA methodology at CPSES will entail the determination of the maximum local oxidation and whole core hydrogen generation. TXU Power will follow the conditions and limitations previously identified for WCOBRA/TRAC and will address 10CFR 50.46 parts b. 1 through b.4 for LBLOCA as required in the NRC's SER.
The NRC's SER was reviewed to identify any limitations or conditions on the use of the ASTRUM LBLOCA methodology at CPSES. The ASTRUM LBLOCA methodology is NRC approved for Westinghouse designed 2, 3, and 4-loop plants of the type that are currently operating, including both CPSES units. The application of the ASTRUM LBLOCA methodology at CPSES will entail the determination of the maximum local oxidation and whole core hydrogen generation. TXU Power will follow the conditions and limitations previously identified for WCOBRA/TRAC and will address 1 OCFR 50.46 parts b. 1 through b.4 for LBLOCA as required in the NRC's SER.
BEACON Core Monitoring and Operation Support System (WCAP-12472-P-A)
BEACON Core Monitoring and Operation Support System (WCAP-12472-P-A)
In the NRC-approved WCAP-12472-P-A, Westinghouse described a method of monitoring the core power distributions using a power distribution monitoring system (PDMS). The Best Estimate Analyzer for Core Operation Nuclear (BEACON) system was developed by Westinghouse to improve the monitoring support for Westinghouse-designed pressurized water reactors (PWRs). It is a core monitoring and support package which uses plant data fed to the plant process computer from the incore thermocouples and excore nuclear instruments in conjunction with an analytical methodology for on-line generation of three-dimensional power distributions. The system provides core monitoring, core measurement reduction, core analysis, and core predictions. In its SER, the NRC concluded that BEACON provides a greatly improved continuous online power distribution measurement and operation prediction information system for Westinghouse reactors.
In the NRC-approved WCAP-12472-P-A, Westinghouse described a method of monitoring the core power distributions using a power distribution monitoring system (PDMS). The Best Estimate Analyzer for Core Operation Nuclear (BEACON) system was developed by Westinghouse to improve the monitoring support for Westinghouse-designed pressurized water reactors (PWRs). It is a core monitoring and support package which uses plant data fed to the plant process computer from the incore thermocouples and excore nuclear instruments in conjunction with an analytical methodology for on-line generation of three-dimensional power distributions. The system provides core monitoring, core measurement reduction, core analysis, and core predictions. In its SER, the NRC concluded that BEACON provides a greatly improved continuous online power distribution measurement and operation prediction information system for Westinghouse reactors.
CPSES proposes to use BEACON to augment the functional capability of the flux mapping system for the purpose of power distribution surveillances. WCAP-12472-P-A discusses an application of BEACON in which selected Technical Specifications and core power distribution limits are changed to take credit for continuous monitoring by plant operators. The CPSES application proposes to use a more conservative application of BEACON where the core power distribution limits remain unchanged. This limited application of BEACON is referred to as the BEACON Technical Specification Monitor (TSM). TXU Power intends to use the BEACON PDMS as the primary method for power distribution measurements to TXX-07063 Page 10 of 17 and as the flux mapping system. When the PDMS is inoperable, the existing movable incore detector system can be used.
CPSES proposes to use BEACON to augment the functional capability of the flux mapping system for the purpose of power distribution surveillances. WCAP-12472-P-A discusses an application of BEACON in which selected Technical Specifications and core power distribution limits are changed to take credit for continuous monitoring by plant operators. The CPSES application proposes to use a more conservative application of BEACON where the core power distribution limits remain unchanged. This limited application of BEACON is referred to as the BEACON Technical Specification Monitor (TSM). TXU Power intends to use the BEACON PDMS as the primary method for power distribution measurements to TXX-07063 Page 10 of 17 and as the flux mapping system. When the PDMS is inoperable, the existing movable incore detector system can be used.
3.2   Section 3.2 Power Distribution Limits NUREG-1431 Vol. 1, Rev. 3 specifies Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS) for Westinghouse Plants. The proposed revision to the CPSES Technical Specifications Section 3.2 conforms to changes in the methodologies used to establish the core operating limits as described in WCAP-10216-P-A. Section 3.2.1B specifies Power Distribution Limits for the Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor using the Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (RAOC) methodology described in WCAP-10216-P-A, currently listed in Section 5.6.5b of the CPSES Technical Specifications. The proposed modified Section 3.2.1 will be similar to Section 3.2.1B ofNUREG-1431 Vol. 1, Rev. 3. The differences are:
3.2 Section 3.2 Power Distribution Limits NUREG-1431 Vol. 1, Rev. 3 specifies Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS) for Westinghouse Plants. The proposed revision to the CPSES Technical Specifications Section 3.2 conforms to changes in the methodologies used to establish the core operating limits as described in WCAP-10216-P-A. Section 3.2.1B specifies Power Distribution Limits for the Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor using the Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (RAOC) methodology described in WCAP-10216-P-A, currently listed in Section 5.6.5b of the CPSES Technical Specifications. The proposed modified Section 3.2.1 will be similar to Section 3.2.1B ofNUREG-1431 Vol. 1, Rev. 3. The differences are:
                  -  Required Actions A.3 and B.3 will read "Overpower N-16" instead of "Overpower AT"
Required Actions A.3 and B.3 will read "Overpower N-16" instead of "Overpower AT" The Note prior to the surveillance requirements will retain the current verbiage of "During power escalation following shutdown..." rather than the ISTS verbiage of "During power escalation at the beginning of each cycle..."
                  -  The Note prior to the surveillance requirements will retain the current verbiage of "During power escalation following shutdown..." rather than the ISTS verbiage of "During power escalation at the beginning of each cycle..."
The Frequency for performance of SR 3.2.1.1 will retain the current plant-specific criterion of "Once within 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by > 20% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which FcQ(X) was last verified."
                  -  The Frequency for performance of SR 3.2.1.1 will retain the current plant-specific criterion of "Once within 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by > 20% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which FcQ(X) was last verified."
The description of the factor used to increase the value of FwQ(Z) is modified consistent with the current licensing basis and the limited application of the BEACON PDMS.
                  -  The description of the factor used to increase the value of FwQ(Z) is modified consistent with the current licensing basis and the limited application of the BEACON PDMS.
The overtemperature and overpower systems are functionally equivalent; the AT-based system uses the hot leg to cold leg temperature difference as an indication of the reactor power, whereas the N-16-based system uses the normalized N-16 gamma activity measured in the hot leg as an indication of the reactor power.
The overtemperature and overpower systems are functionally equivalent; the AT-based system uses the hot leg to cold leg temperature difference as an indication of the reactor power, whereas the N- 16-based system uses the normalized N- 16 gamma activity measured in the hot leg as an indication of the reactor power.
Both of the overtemperature systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in DNB, and both of the overpower systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in exceeding the LHGR limits.
Both of the overtemperature systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in DNB, and both of the overpower systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in exceeding the LHGR limits.
The changes to the ISTS SR 3.2.1.1 Note are consistent with the current CPSES Technical Specifications and eliminate redundancies between the Note and the surveillance frequencies for SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 which already include the requirement "Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding to TXX-07063 Page 11 of 17 75% RTP." The proposed change to the ISTS Note also clearly indicates that the surveillances are required following any protracted shutdown, not just a refueling shutdown.
The changes to the ISTS SR 3.2.1.1 Note are consistent with the current CPSES Technical Specifications and eliminate redundancies between the Note and the surveillance frequencies for SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 which already include the requirement "Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding to TXX-07063 Page 11 of 17 75% RTP." The proposed change to the ISTS Note also clearly indicates that the surveillances are required following any protracted shutdown, not just a refueling shutdown.
Line 148: Line 148:
The description of the factor used to increase the value of FwQ(Z) is modified to be consistent with the current licensing basis and the limited application of the BEACON PDMS.
The description of the factor used to increase the value of FwQ(Z) is modified to be consistent with the current licensing basis and the limited application of the BEACON PDMS.
Proposed changes to Section 3.2.3 will conform to Section 3.2.3B of the Improved Standard Technical Specifications without modification.
Proposed changes to Section 3.2.3 will conform to Section 3.2.3B of the Improved Standard Technical Specifications without modification.
3.3   BEACON-related Changes (TS 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1)
3.3 BEACON-related Changes (TS 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1)
CPSES proposes to use the BEACON system to augment the functional capability of the moveable incore flux mapping system for the purpose of power distribution surveillances. WCAP-12472-P-A discusses an application of BEACON in which the Technical Specifications and core power distribution limits are changed to take credit for continuous monitoring by plant operators. CPSES will use a conservative application of BEACON where the core power distribution limits remain unchanged; referred to as the BEACON Technical Specification monitor (TSM). TXU Power intends to use the BEACON PDMS as the primary method for power distribution measurements and as the flux mapping system, if required, provided that thermal power is greater than 25 percent rated thermal power (RTP). At thermal power levels less than or equal to 25 percent RTP, or when PDMS is inoperable, the existing moveable incore detector system will be used.
CPSES proposes to use the BEACON system to augment the functional capability of the moveable incore flux mapping system for the purpose of power distribution surveillances. WCAP-12472-P-A discusses an application of BEACON in which the Technical Specifications and core power distribution limits are changed to take credit for continuous monitoring by plant operators. CPSES will use a conservative application of BEACON where the core power distribution limits remain unchanged; referred to as the BEACON Technical Specification monitor (TSM). TXU Power intends to use the BEACON PDMS as the primary method for power distribution measurements and as the flux mapping system, if required, provided that thermal power is greater than 25 percent rated thermal power (RTP). At thermal power levels less than or equal to 25 percent RTP, or when PDMS is inoperable, the existing moveable incore detector system will be used.
The PDMS instrumentation provides the capability to monitor core parameters at more frequent intervals than is currently required by the current Technical Specifications. The PDMS combines inputs from currently installed plant instrumentation and design data for each fuel cycle, and does not modify or eliminate existing plant instrumentation. It provides a means to continuously monitor the power distribution limits including limiting peaking factors and quadrant power tilt ratio. The PDMS instrumentation does not change any of the key safety parameter limits or levels of margin as considered in the reference design basis evaluations. These limits are not revised by this license amendment, and can be determined independently of the operability of the PDMS.
The PDMS instrumentation provides the capability to monitor core parameters at more frequent intervals than is currently required by the current Technical Specifications. The PDMS combines inputs from currently installed plant instrumentation and design data for each fuel cycle, and does not modify or eliminate existing plant instrumentation. It provides a means to continuously monitor the power distribution limits including limiting peaking factors and quadrant power tilt ratio. The PDMS instrumentation does not change any of the key safety parameter limits or levels of margin as considered in the reference design basis evaluations. These limits are not revised by this license amendment, and can be determined independently of the operability of the PDMS.
Line 171: Line 171:
to TXX-07063 Page 14 of 17 This amendment would also continue to allow the use of the movable incore detector system for meeting power distribution surveillances and Technical Specifications actions, and for calibration of BEACON.
to TXX-07063 Page 14 of 17 This amendment would also continue to allow the use of the movable incore detector system for meeting power distribution surveillances and Technical Specifications actions, and for calibration of BEACON.


==4.0   TECHNICAL ANALYSIS==
==4.0 TECHNICAL ANALYSIS==
 
The proposed changes to Technical Specifications 5.6.5.b define NRC-approved methods that will be used to establish cycle operating limits. The limits established with the referenced methodologies will ensure that reload design, analysis, and plant operation will remain within the regulatory requirements established for fuel assembly and core designs. The changes to the power distribution limits Technical Specifications (TS 3.2.1 and 3.2.3), and to those Technical Specifications requiring power distribution measurements (TS 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1) are proposed to conform to the NRC-approved methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. TXU Power has reviewed the changes and determined that the documents referenced completely address the cycle specific reload design and analysis activities required to determine the core operating limits. All referenced methodologies have been approved by the NRC for the intended application.
The proposed changes to Technical Specifications 5.6.5.b define NRC-approved methods that will be used to establish cycle operating limits. The limits established with the referenced methodologies will ensure that reload design, analysis, and plant operation will remain within the regulatory requirements established for fuel assembly and core designs. The changes to the power distribution limits Technical Specifications (TS 3.2.1 and 3.2.3), and to those Technical Specifications requiring power distribution measurements (TS 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1) are proposed to conform to the NRC-approved methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. TXU Power has reviewed the changes and determined that the documents referenced completely address the cycle specific reload design and analysis activities required to determine the core operating limits. All referenced methodologies have been approved by the NRC for the intended application.
5.0   REGULATORY SAFETY ANALYSIS 5.1     No Significant Hazards Consideration TXU Power has evaluated whether or not a significant hazards consideration is involved with the proposed amendment(s) by focusing on the three standards set forth in 10CFR50.92, "Issuance of amendment," as discussed below:
5.0 REGULATORY SAFETY ANALYSIS 5.1 No Significant Hazards Consideration TXU Power has evaluated whether or not a significant hazards consideration is involved with the proposed amendment(s) by focusing on the three standards set forth in 10CFR50.92, "Issuance of amendment," as discussed below:
: 1.     Do the proposed changes involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
: 1.
Do the proposed changes involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Response: No No physical plant changes or changes in manner in which the plant will be operated as a result of the methodology changes. The proposed changes do not impact the condition or performance of any plant structure, system or component. The core operating limits are established to support Technical Specifications 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4. The core operating limits ensure that fuel design limits are not exceeded during any conditions of normal operation or in the event of any Anticipated Operational Occurrence (AOO). The methods used to establish the core operating limits for each operating cycle are based on methods previously found acceptable by the NRC and listed in Technical Specifications section to TXX-07063 Page 15 of 17 5.6.5.b. Application of these NRC-approved methods will continue to ensure that acceptable operating limits are established to protect the fuel cladding integrity during normal operation and AGOs. The requested Technical Specification changes, including those changes proposed to conform with the NRC-approved analysis methodologies, do not involve any plant modifications or operational changes that could affect system reliability, performance, or possibility of operator error. The requested changes do not affect any postulated accident precursors, does not affect any accident mitigation systems, and does not introduce anynew accident initiation mechanisms.
Response: No No physical plant changes or changes in manner in which the plant will be operated as a result of the methodology changes. The proposed changes do not impact the condition or performance of any plant structure, system or component. The core operating limits are established to support Technical Specifications 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4. The core operating limits ensure that fuel design limits are not exceeded during any conditions of normal operation or in the event of any Anticipated Operational Occurrence (AOO). The methods used to establish the core operating limits for each operating cycle are based on methods previously found acceptable by the NRC and listed in Technical Specifications section to TXX-07063 Page 15 of 17 5.6.5.b. Application of these NRC-approved methods will continue to ensure that acceptable operating limits are established to protect the fuel cladding integrity during normal operation and AGOs. The requested Technical Specification changes, including those changes proposed to conform with the NRC-approved analysis methodologies, do not involve any plant modifications or operational changes that could affect system reliability, performance, or possibility of operator error. The requested changes do not affect any postulated accident precursors, does not affect any accident mitigation systems, and does not introduce anynew accident initiation mechanisms.
As a result, the.proposed changes to the CPSES Technical Specifications do not involve any increase in the probability or the consequences of any accident or malfunction of equipment important to safety previously evaluated since neither accident probabilities nor consequences are being affected by this proposed change.
As a result, the.proposed changes to the CPSES Technical Specifications do not involve any increase in the probability or the consequences of any accident or malfunction of equipment important to safety previously evaluated since neither accident probabilities nor consequences are being affected by this proposed change.
: 2. Do the proposed changes create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
: 2.
Do the proposed changes create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
Response: No There are no physical changes being made to the plant. No new modes of plant operation are being introduced. The parameters assumed in the analyses are within the design limits of the existing plant equipment. All plant systems will perform as designed during the response to a potential accident.
Response: No There are no physical changes being made to the plant. No new modes of plant operation are being introduced. The parameters assumed in the analyses are within the design limits of the existing plant equipment. All plant systems will perform as designed during the response to a potential accident.
Therefore, the proposed change to the CPSES Technical Specifications does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident or malfunction of equipment important to safety from any accident previously evaluated.
Therefore, the proposed change to the CPSES Technical Specifications does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident or malfunction of equipment important to safety from any accident previously evaluated.
: 3. Do the proposed changes involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
: 3.
Do the proposed changes involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
Response: No The NRC-approved accident analysis methodologies include restrictions on the choice of inputs, the degree of conservatism inherent in the calculations, and specified event acceptance criteria. Analyses performed in accordance with these methodologies will not result in adverse effects on the regulated margin of safety. Similarly, the use of axial power distribution controls based on the relaxed axial offset control strategy is a to TXX-07063 Page 16 of 17 time-proven and NRC-approved method. The method is consistent with the accident analyses assumptions as described in the list of NRC-approved methodologies proposed to be used to establish the core operating limits. Finally, the proposed changes to allow operation with the BEACON power distribution monitoring tool provide additional information to the reactor operators on the state of the reactor core.
Response: No The NRC-approved accident analysis methodologies include restrictions on the choice of inputs, the degree of conservatism inherent in the calculations, and specified event acceptance criteria. Analyses performed in accordance with these methodologies will not result in adverse effects on the regulated margin of safety. Similarly, the use of axial power distribution controls based on the relaxed axial offset control strategy is a to TXX-07063 Page 16 of 17 time-proven and NRC-approved method. The method is consistent with the accident analyses assumptions as described in the list of NRC-approved methodologies proposed to be used to establish the core operating limits. Finally, the proposed changes to allow operation with the BEACON power distribution monitoring tool provide additional information to the reactor operators on the state of the reactor core.
Again, the use of the BEACON tool and the methodology used to develop the inputs to the tool are consistent with and controlled by the NRC-approved methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. As such, the margin of safety assumed in the plant safety analysis is not adversely affected by the proposed changes.
Again, the use of the BEACON tool and the methodology used to develop the inputs to the tool are consistent with and controlled by the NRC-approved methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. As such, the margin of safety assumed in the plant safety analysis is not adversely affected by the proposed changes.
Based on the above evaluations, TXU Power concludes that the proposed amendment(s) present no significant hazards consideration under the standards set forth in 10CFR50.92(c) and, accordingly, a finding of no significant hazards consideration is justified.
Based on the above evaluations, TXU Power concludes that the proposed amendment(s) present no significant hazards consideration under the standards set forth in 10CFR50.92(c) and, accordingly, a finding of no significant hazards consideration is justified.
5.2     Applicable Regulatory Requirements/Criteria The proposed changes will ensure that the fuel design and core operating limits determined for the operating cycles will be developed using NRC-approved methods identified in Technical Specifications 5.6.5.b, which are based on applicable regulatory criteria. In conclusion, (1) there is reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by the operation in the proposed manner, (2) such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations, and (3) the issuance of the amendment will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public.
5.2 Applicable Regulatory Requirements/Criteria The proposed changes will ensure that the fuel design and core operating limits determined for the operating cycles will be developed using NRC-approved methods identified in Technical Specifications 5.6.5.b, which are based on applicable regulatory criteria. In conclusion, (1) there is reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by the operation in the proposed manner, (2) such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations, and (3) the issuance of the amendment will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public.
 
==6.0    ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION==


==6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION==
The proposed amendment does not involve (i) a significant hazards consideration, (ii) a significant change in the types or significant increase in the amounts of any effluent that may be released offsite, or (iii) a significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure. Accordingly, the proposed amendment meets the eligibility criterion for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need to be prepared in connection with the proposed amendment.
The proposed amendment does not involve (i) a significant hazards consideration, (ii) a significant change in the types or significant increase in the amounts of any effluent that may be released offsite, or (iii) a significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure. Accordingly, the proposed amendment meets the eligibility criterion for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need to be prepared in connection with the proposed amendment.
to TXX-07063 Page 17 of 17 7.0   PRECEDENTS The changes to the Technical Specifications 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1 involve changing the phrase "moveable incore detectors" to "core power distribution measurement information," and the phrase "flux map" to "power distribution measurements." This approach would allow the use of the power distribution monitoring system (PDMS) when available, as well as the use of the traditional moveable incore instrumentation system when the PDMS was not available. These changes are consistent with those proposed changes outlined in WCAP-12472-P-A and with those changes recently approved by the NRC for Diablo Canyon (see, Reference 8.2).
to TXX-07063 Page 17 of 17 7.0 PRECEDENTS The changes to the Technical Specifications 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1 involve changing the phrase "moveable incore detectors" to "core power distribution measurement information," and the phrase "flux map" to "power distribution measurements."
This approach would allow the use of the power distribution monitoring system (PDMS) when available, as well as the use of the traditional moveable incore instrumentation system when the PDMS was not available. These changes are consistent with those proposed changes outlined in WCAP-12472-P-A and with those changes recently approved by the NRC for Diablo Canyon (see, Reference 8.2).


==8.0   REFERENCES==
==8.0 REFERENCES==
 
8.1 NUREG-1431 Volume 1, Revision 3.0, "Standard Technical Specifications, Westinghouse Plants," June 2004.
8.1     NUREG-1431 Volume 1, Revision 3.0, "Standard Technical Specifications, Westinghouse Plants," June 2004.
8.2 Diablo Canyon Power Plant, Unit No. 1 (TAC No. MB9640) And Unit No. 2 (TAC No. MB9641) - Issuance Of Amendment Re: Use Of A Power Distribution Monitoring System, March 31, 2004.
8.2     Diablo Canyon Power Plant, Unit No. 1 (TAC No. MB9640) And Unit No. 2 (TAC No. MB9641) - Issuance Of Amendment Re: Use Of A Power Distribution Monitoring System, March 31, 2004.


ATTACHMENT 2 to TXX-07063 PROPOSED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES (MARK-UP)
ATTACHMENT 2 to TXX-07063 PROPOSED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES (MARK-UP)
Pages i 3.1-16 3.1-17 3.2-1 3.2-2 3.2-3 3.2-4 3.2-8 3.2-9 3.2-10 3.2-11 3.2-15 3.3-10 3.3-11 5.0-33 5.0-34 Insert for 5.6
Pages i
3.1-16 3.1-17 3.2-1 3.2-2 3.2-3 3.2-4 3.2-8 3.2-9 3.2-10 3.2-11 3.2-15 3.3-10 3.3-11 5.0-33 5.0-34 Insert for 5.6


TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION ..............................................................................................                             1.1-1 1.1     D efi nitio ns ...............................................................................................................             1 .1-1 1.2     Logical C onnectors .................................................................................................                     1.2-1 1.3     C om pletion T im es ..................................................................................................                   1.3-1 1.4     F requency ...............................................................................................................                 1.4-1 2.0 SA FETY LIM ITS (SLs) ...................................................................................................                     2.0-1 2 .1   S Ls ........................................................................................................................             2 .0 -1 2 .2   S L Violations ...........................................................................................................                 2 .0-1 3.0 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY ............................                                                             3.0-1 3.0 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT (SR) APPLICABILITY ...........................................                                                       3.0-4 3.1     REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS .....................................................................                                           3.1-1 3.1.1         SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM) .......................................................................                                       3.1-1 3.1.2         C ore R eactivity ................................................................................................                   3.1-2 3.1.3         Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC) ....................................................                                         3.1-4 3.1.4         Rod Group Alignment Limits ...........................................................................                               3.1-7 3.1.5         Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits .....................................................................                                 3.1-11 3.1.6         Control Bank Insertion Limits ..........................................................................                             3.1-13 3.1.7         Rod Position Indication ...................................................................................                         3.1-16 3.1.8         PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions- MODE 2 ........................................................                                           3.1-19 3.2     POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS ..........................................................................                                       3.2-1 3.2.1         Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (FQ Methodology) ..............................                                                 3.2-1 3.2.2         Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FNAH) .........................................                                           3.2-6 3.2.3         AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (CGenctat A,-gl OffcQt GOCF,(GAGG) Methodology) ........................ . .........................................                                        3.2-9 3.2.4        QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR) ...... .......................................                                                     3.2-12 3.3    INSTRUMENTATION ....................................................                           ....................................... 3.3-1 3.3.1        Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation ........... .....................................                                         3.3-1 3.3.2        Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFA ) Instrumentation ......                                                           3.3-21 3.3.3        Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation ......... ................................                                            3.3-35 3.3.4          Remote Shutdown System .............................................                             ............................... 3.3-40 3.3.5        Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instru entation ..............                                                       3.3-43 3.3.6        Containment Ventilation Isolation Instrumentation ............. ..........................                                          3.3-48 3.3.7        Control Room Emergency Filtration System (CREFS)
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION..............................................................................................
Actuation Instrumentation .......................................................                            ...................... 3.3-52 COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                                                                                                  Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 1 to 16 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication LCO 3.1.7                    The Digital Rod Position Indication (DRPI) System and the Demand Position Indication System shall be OPERABLE APPLICABILITY:              MODES 1 and 2.
1.1-1 1.1 D efi n itio ns...............................................................................................................
ACTIONS
1.1-1 1.2 Logical C onnectors.................................................................................................
    ----------------------------                      NOTE            --------------------------        --
1.2-1 1.3 C om pletion T im es..................................................................................................
Separate Condition entry is allowed for each inoperable rod position indicator and each demand position indicator per bank.
1.3-1 1.4 F requency...............................................................................................................
CONDITION                          REQUIRED ACTION                  COMPLETION TIME A. One DRPI per group                A.1      Verify the position of the    Once per 8 hours inoperable for one or                        rods with inoperable more groups.                                position indicators indirectly by using mo':able inoor crpwedistribution OR A.2     Reduce THERMAL                 8 hours POWER to *50% RTP.
1.4-1 2.0 SA FETY LIM ITS (S Ls)...................................................................................................
2.0-1 2.1 S L s........................................................................................................................
2.0 -1 2.2 S L V iolations...........................................................................................................
2.0-1 3.0 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY............................
3.0-1 3.0 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT (SR) APPLICABILITY...........................................
3.0-4 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS.....................................................................
3.1-1 3.1.1 SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM).......................................................................
3.1-1 3.1.2 C ore R eactivity................................................................................................
3.1-2 3.1.3 Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC)....................................................
3.1-4 3.1.4 Rod Group Alignment Limits...........................................................................
3.1-7 3.1.5 Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits.....................................................................
3.1-11 3.1.6 Control Bank Insertion Limits..........................................................................
3.1-13 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication...................................................................................
3.1-16 3.1.8 PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions-MODE 2........................................................
3.1-19 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS..........................................................................
3.2-1 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (FQ Methodology)..............................
3.2-1 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FNAH).........................................
3.2-6 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (CGenctat A,-gl OffcQ t GOCF,(GAGG) Methodology)........................
3.2-9 3.2.4 QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)......
....................................... 3.2-12 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION....................................................  
....................................... 3.3-1 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation................................................ 3.3-1 3.3.2 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFA ) Instrumentation...... 3.3-21 3.3.3 Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation......................................... 3.3-35 3.3.4 Remote Shutdown System.............................................
............................... 3.3-40 3.3.5 Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instru entation.............. 3.3-43 3.3.6 Containment Ventilation Isolation Instrumentation....................................... 3.3-48 3.3.7 Control Room Emergency Filtration System (CREFS)
Actuation Instrumentation.......................................................  
...................... 3.3-52 COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 1 to 16 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication LCO 3.1.7 The Digital Rod Position Indication (DRPI) System and the Demand Position Indication System shall be OPERABLE APPLICABILITY:
MODES 1 and 2.
ACTIONS NOTE Separate Condition entry is allowed for each inoperable rod position indicator and each demand position indicator per bank.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A.
One DRPI per group A.1 Verify the position of the Once per 8 hours inoperable for one or rods with inoperable more groups.
position indicators indirectly by using mo':able inoor crpwedistribution OR A.2 Reduce THERMAL 8 hours POWER to *50% RTP.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                       3.1-16                               Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 2 to 16 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 ACTIONS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.1-16 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 2 to 16 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION                 REQUIRED ACTION             COMPLETION TIME B. More than one DRPI per         B.1   Place the control rods   Immediately group inoperable.                  under manual control.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. More than one DRPI per group inoperable.
AND B.2   Monitor and record RCS   Once per 1 hour Tavg.
B.1 Place the control rods under manual control.
AND B.3   Verify the position of the Once per 8 hours rods with inoperable position indicators indirectly by using
AND B.2 Monitor and record RCS Tavg.
                                              *,    I ,t c inoo core power distribution AND                               measurement information B.4   Restore inoperable       24 hours position indicators to OPERABLE status such that a maximum of one DRPI per group is inoperable.
AND B.3 Verify the position of the rods with inoperable position indicators indirectly by using I
4F C. One or more rods with     C.1  Verify the position of the 4 hours inoperable DRPIs have             rods with inoperable been moved in excess of           position indicators 24 steps in one direction         indirectly by usingI since the last                   myavblc iFnierc determination of the rod's       deteete-s position.
c
OR C.2   Reduce THERMAL           8 hours POWER to < 50% RTP.
,t inoo AND B.4 Restore inoperable position indicators to OPERABLE status such that a maximum of one DRPI per group is inoperable.
Immediately Once per 1 hour Once per 8 hours core power distribution measurement information 24 hours 4F C.
One or more rods with inoperable DRPIs have been moved in excess of 24 steps in one direction since the last determination of the rod's position.
C.1 Verify the position of the rods with inoperable position indicators indirectly by usingI myavblc iFnierc deteete-s 4 hours 8 hours OR C.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             3.1-17                       Amendment No. 64
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.1-17 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 3 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (Fo Methodology)
 
LCO 3.2.1 APPLICABILITY:
Attachment 2 to TXX-07063 Page 3 to 16                                                                     FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.1   Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (Fo Methodology)
FQ (Z), as approximated by FC(Z) and Fow(Z), shall be within the limits specified in the COLR.
LCO 3.2.1               FQ (Z), as approximated by FC(Z) and Fow(Z), shall be within the limits specified in the COLR.
MODE 1 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A FCZA.
APPLICABILITY:          MODE 1 ACTIONS CONDITION                         REQUIRED ACTION               COMPLETION TIME FQc(Z) not within limit.
FQc(Z) not within limit.
A FCZA.                              A.1      Reduce THERMAL              15 minutes after POWER > 1% RTP for          each FC(Z) each 1% FcF(Z ) exceeds    determination NOTE---------
NOTE ---------
      -------                                                      limit.
R~equired Action A.4 shall be Ccompleted 7whenever thisi Condition is entered.
R~equired Action A.4 shall be Ccompleted 7whenever thisi Condition is entered.                                   AND A.2     Reduce Power Range         72 hours after each Neutron Flux- High trip     Fc(Z) determination setpoints > 1% for each 1% Fdc(Z) exceeds limit.
A.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER > 1% RTP for each 1% FcF(Z ) exceeds limit.
AND A.3     Reduce Overpower N-16       72 hours after each trip setpoints > 1% for     Fc(Z) determination each 1% Fdc(Z) exceeds limit.
AND A.2 Reduce Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints > 1% for each 1% Fdc(Z) exceeds limit.
AND A.4                                  Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER and SR 3.2.1.2 above the limit of Required Action A.1 (continued)
AND A.3 Reduce Overpower N-16 trip setpoints > 1% for each 1% Fdc(Z) exceeds limit.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                     3.2-1                         Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 4 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 ACTIONS (continued)
AND 15 minutes after each FC(Z) determination 72 hours after each Fc(Z) determination 72 hours after each Fc(Z) determination Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A.1 A.4 and SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)
CONDITION                   REQUIRED ACTION                   COMPLETION TIME Fow(Z) not within limits. B.1         Reduce AFD limits > 1%         4 hours for each 1% FoW(Z) exceeds limit.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-1 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 4 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 ACTIONS (continued)
C. Re uired Action and         C.1         Be in MODE 2.                   6 hours ass ciated Completion Tim not met.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME Fow(Z) not within limits.
      ---- NOTE --- ---------      AN Required Action B.4 shall be completed whenever this       B.2 Reduce Power Range Neutron       72 hours Condition is entered.         Flux - High trip setpoints > 1% for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.
B.1 Reduce AFD limits > 1%
AND B.3 Reduce Overpower N-16 trip       72 hours setpoints > 1% for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.
4 hours for each 1% FoW(Z) exceeds limit.
AND B. 4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and SR       Prior to increasing 3.2.1.2.                             THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 3.2-2                             Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 5 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
C. Re uired Action and C.1 Be in MODE 2.
    ---------------------------------------------------------    kIrVT'"1" I
6 hours ass ciated Completion Tim not met.
During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a ower distribution .ma...                                         is obtained.
NOTE ---------
                                        -- --- ---------      -------  ---            m-e-as-u-r-eme-ntF       ; f --------------
AN Required Action B.4 shall be completed whenever this B.2 Reduce Power Range Neutron 72 hours Condition is entered.
SURVEILLANCE                                                                 FREQUENCY SR 3.2.1.1             Verify F0C(Z) is within limit.                                                             Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND Once within 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by
Flux - High trip setpoints > 1% for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.
                                                                                                                          > 20% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which Fac(Z)was last verified AND 31 EFPD thereafter (continued)
AND B.3 Reduce Overpower N-16 trip 72 hours setpoints > 1% for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                                       3.2-3                                           Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 6 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
AND B. 4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and SR Prior to increasing 3.2.1.2.
SURVEILLANCE                                         FREQUENCY i
THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-2 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 5 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS kIrVT '"1" I
SR 3.2.1.2                                                 -----------------
During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a ower distribution.ma...
NOTE -------------
is obtained.
If Foc(Z) measurements indicate maximum over z [-K(Z)1                                           7an appropriate factor spedcifed in the COLR has increased since the previous evaluation of FQC(Z):
m -e-as-u-r-em e-ntF  
: a. Increase Fow(Z) by the appPt,                 and reverify FQw(Z) is within limits; or
; f ----
: b. Repeat SR 3.2.1.2 once per 7 EFPD until two successive flux raeps indicate maximum over z           Z-                               Heither
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.1.1 Verify F0C(Z) is within limit.
: a. above is met or has not increased.              measurements Verify F~w(Z) is within limit.                                   Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND (continued)
Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND Once within 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS I AND 2                         3.2-4                           Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 7 to 16 32H 3.2.2 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
> 20% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which Fac(Z)was last verified AND 31 EFPD thereafter (continued)
    ------------------------------------            FIL !  ----------------------------------------------------------
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-3 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 6 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a.                    distribution           is obtained.
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY i
SURVEILLANCE                                                       FREQUENCY SR 3.2.2.1         Verify FNH is within limits specified in the COLR.                           Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND 31 EFPD thereafter COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                         3.2-8                                     Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 8 to 16 AFD (GAGG METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.3   AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD).(G, ems~tLet Am~sI Offat CemtreI (CAGC)Methodolog)
SR 3.2.1.2 NOTE If Foc(Z) measurements indicate maximum over z [-K(Z)1 has increased since the previous evaluation of FQC(Z):
: a. Increase Fow(Z) by the appPt, and reverify FQw(Z) is within limits; or
: b. Repeat SR 3.2.1.2 once per 7 EFPD until two successive flux raeps indicate maximum over z Z-has not increased.
measurements 7an appropriate factor spedcifed in the COLR Heither
: a. above is met or Verify F~w(Z) is within limit.
Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS I AND 2 3.2-4 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 7 to 16 32H 3.2.2 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS FIL During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a distribution is obtained.
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.2.1 Verify FNH is within limits specified in the COLR.
Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND 31 EFPD thereafter COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-8 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 8 to 16 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD).(G, AFD (GAGG METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 ems~tLet Am~sI Offat CemtreI (CAGC)Methodolog)
(Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology)
(Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology)
LCO 3.2.3           The-AFQ913 Shall be mfaintainodj within the targot band about the targot flux The AFD in % flux                d.FoRn.....g. band ic epcpifid in the COLR.
LCO 3.2.3 The AFD in % flux difference units shall be maintained within the limits specified in the COLR.
difference units shall be maintained within            May deoyi*e otido-I the targot band with THEiRMAL POWE!"'R the limits specified in the COLR.                        4 900% RTP but &#x17d;!50% RT-P, prcO.1c :d AFD- ic wthin the acceptao Ef
-NOTE-The AFD shall be considered outside limits when two or more OPERABLE excore channels indicate AFD to be outside limits.
                                                                                                              )
The-AFQ913 Shall be mfaintainodj within the targot band about the targot flux d.FoRn.....g. band ic epcpifid in the COLR.
eporation limits and ebimulatr: .O
May deoyi*e otido-I the targot band with THEiRMAL POWE!"'R 4 900% RTP but &#x17d;! 50% RT-P, prcO.1c eporation limits and ebimulatr:  
                  -NOTE-
.O during the pro'.luc 24 hourc. The cpoeifiod in tho COLR.
              -----              during the pro'.luc 24 hourc. The aeecetable oparation limits ar The AFD shall be                cpoeifiod in tho COLR.
Ef:d AFD-ic wthin the acceptao
considered outside limits when two or more OPERABLE          87       ME, y,de-iato outeido the taroot b9and With TH ERM.ALAI POWE4SR excore channels                  e.604; RT-P.
)
indicate AFD to be outside limits.
aeecetable oparation limits ar 87 ME,y, de-iato outeido the taroot b9and With TH ERM.ALAI POWE4SR
: e. 604; RT-P.
NOTESS
NOTESS
                          -t.-
-t.-
                                  ,morc OPERABLE x3r3 eha.innels iRndicate AFD to bc outsido the
,morc OPERABLE x3r3 eha.innels iRndicate AFD to bc outsido the ith THERMA..
: 24.        ith THERMA.. J POWER        50%; RTP, penalty dLviation tim chal aoumuatea on the bee10 e a m inute pcnaltyseaefiatin Tor beoce oaoh; 1 minuto of power operation with AF-D outcida h tro befid.
POWER J
With THERM*AL POWE6 - 60% RT.P, penalty deriaticn time ehal be aeoumulatod on tho baro*s f a 90. minutv p,, alty do.iation for oaoh 1 minuto ef power eperatien with AFD1 outside the targaet 4.:    A tea~l of 1 6 houra of operation m~ay be aeeoumulated with AF-D euteido the targaet band without ponaiel' deyiation tim   Fe dur~ing suryeiiianee of ~a~we rangae ohannale in -AooeArdAnoc1 with
50%; RTP, penalty dLviation t im chal 24.
                                        ~t-J~i1 tpreyegead Al-U ir, malntalnad within aeecotable epe~atienlR-*e.
beoce aoumuatea on the bee10 e a m inute pcnaltyseaefiatin Tor oaoh; 1 minuto of power operation with AF-D outcida h tro befid.
APPLICABILITY:       MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER >45% RTP COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                   3.2-9                               Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 9 to 16 AFD (GAGG METHODOLOGY)
With THERM*AL POWE6  
                                                                                ,3.2.3 ACTIONS CONDITION                             REQUIRED ACTION                         COMPLETION TIME A. THERIVMAl         POWER                             Rotoo AFD t           ithin,,
- 60% RT.P, penalty deriaticn time ehal be aeoumulatod on tho baro*s f a 90. minutv p,, alty do.iation for oaoh 1 minuto ef power eperatien with AFD1 outside the targaet A tea~l of 1 6 houra of operation m~ay be aeeoumulated with AF-D euteido the targaet band without ponaiel' deyiation tim Fe dur~ing suryeiiianee of ~a~we rangae ohannale in -AooeArdAnoc1 with 4.:
~t-J~i1 tpreyegead Al-U ir, malntalnad within aeecotable epe~atienlR-*e.
APPLICABILITY:
MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER >45% RTP COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-9 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 9 to 16 AFD (GAGG METHODOLOGY)
,3.2.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. THERIVMAl POWER Rotoo AFD t ithin,,
twet baRd.
twet baRd.
AN4D
AN4D
          .AF-D RAt "0.0thg,",
.AF-D RAt "0.0thg,",
S.Rogufod Arctieon Ad                   8.4       Reduc. THERM.AL-                     16 iRies asCOeiated Campletion                             POWER to - 00% RT-p.
S. Rogufod Arctieon Ad 8.4 Reduc. THERM.AL-16 iRies asCOeiated Campletion POWER to - 00% RT-p.
Timaf- o-f ConLdition A not.
Timaf-o-f ConLdition A not.
ILI #"%'*1=*
ILI #"%'*1=
t-                 ij   &I-A .      .
* t-ij  
G4\       Redupo THrERMAL Re(cglrzed ActIan G.1 must                        POWER to e.50% RT-P.
&I-G4\\
bo 6ofmplotod Whono'.eF Condition C or, cntercd.
Redupo THrERMAL POWER to e. 50% RT-P.
(I t
A Re(cglrzed ActIan G.1 must bo 6ofmplotod Whono'.eF Condition C or, cntercd.
A. AFD not within limits. A.1 Reduce TI- ERMAL       30 minutes POWER tol 50&#xfd;% RTP.
(I A. AFD not within limits.
THERMVAL POWER -                           I  I    ~        ~  I    I    I  I wnd ;- 60% RTP with pe..
A.1 Reduce TI-POWER tol t
                        .uumuloti       ,.,ty dcviotion tome > 1 hour duORng tho prloeiuc, 21 49R
ERMAL 30 minutes 50&#xfd;% RTP.
            ;Ad;i. 0% RTP wth AD-,
THERMVAL POWER -
nat WithinR thc     AAAPRtobl J.
wnd ;- 60% RTP with
.uumuloti pe
,.,ty dcviotion tome > 1 hour duORng tho prloeiuc, 21 49R I
I
~
~
I I
I I
;Ad ;i.
0% RTP wth AD-,
nat WithinR thc AAAPRtobl J.
(ee~tAe4)
(ee~tAe4)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                           3.2-10                                 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 10 to 16 A     ,AOG METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 CRAOCS ACTIONS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-10 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 10 to 16 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION                             REQUIRED ACTION                 COMPLETION TIME ID. Roguirad AetiA and                     &4         ReduooTHERMAL                   eF accoiatod Complotion                             POWER t8 - 1 65%; RTP.
A  
TimoR for Condition C not Met-SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE                                           FREQUENCY SR 3.2.3.1         Verify AFD is within limits for each OPERABLE excore               7 days channel.
,AOG METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 CRAOCS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME ID. Roguirad AetiA and  
6R8.-2.3.         Net -Ueed.
&4 ReduooTHERMAL eF accoiatod Complotion POWER t8 - 1 65%; RTP.
SR 32.3.                                     NOTE Tho iRitial tar.,.t flu* deFforn. . after.. oah
TimoR for Condition C not Met-SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.3.1 Verify AFD is within limits for each OPERABLE excore 7 days channel.
                                                                        .k,.lin. g may 19c d8tetrlioed frcv,   Eldcig, prcdIoitiVc.
6R8.-2.3.
Dotefrmino, by mcacurcmcnlet, the targcet flux*diffc~Rcno ef       Whcncvcr FOV(Z4 cARh OPERAPILR cxoorzA chRannA.                                   i     ified pe COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                         3.2-11                           Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 11 to 16 QPTR 3.2.4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE                               FREQUENCY SR 3.2.4.1         -      ------------ NOTES         ------------------
Net -Ueed.
SR 32.3.
NOTE Tho iRitial tar.,.t flu* deFforn..
after. oah  
.k,.lin. g may 19c d8tetrlioed frcv, Eldcig, prcdIoitiVc.
Dotefrmino, by mcacurcmcnlet, the targcet flux* diffc~Rcno ef Whcncvcr FOV(Z4 cARh OPERAPILR cxoorzA chRannA.
i ified pe COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-11 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 11 to 16 QPTR 3.2.4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.4.1
------------ NOTES
: 1. With input from one Power Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER
: 1. With input from one Power Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER
                            < 75% RTP, the remaining three power range channels can be used for calculating QPTR.
< 75% RTP, the remaining three power range channels can be used for calculating QPTR.
: 2. SR 3.2.4.2 may be performed in lieu of this Surveillance.
: 2. SR 3.2.4.2 may be performed in lieu of this Surveillance.
Verify QPTR is within limit by calculation.             7 days SR 3.2.4.2                             NOTE. ---
Verify QPTR is within limit by calculation.
7 days SR 3.2.4.2 NOTE.
Not required to be performed until 12 hours after input from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable with THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP.
Not required to be performed until 12 hours after input from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable with THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP.
Verify QPTR is within limit using the rnzvabke;.rce     12 hours deteete                                  A L   core power distribution COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                         3.2-15                 Amendment 64 to TXX-07063 Page 12 to 16 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Verify QPTR is within limit using the rnzvabke;.rce deteete A
SURVEILLANCE                                             FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.2         --            --------------- NOTES       ----------------
12 hours L
core power distribution COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-15 Amendment 64 to TXX-07063 Page 12 to 16 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.2
--------------- NOTES
: 1. Adjust NIS and N-16 Power Monitor channel if absolute difference is > 2%.
: 1. Adjust NIS and N-16 Power Monitor channel if absolute difference is > 2%.
: 2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is > 15% RTP.
: 2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is > 15% RTP.
Compare results of calorimetric heat balance calculation                 24 hours to Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) and N-16 Power Monitor channel output.
Compare results of calorimetric heat balance calculation to Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) and N-16 Power Monitor channel output.
SR 3.3.1.3         -            --------------- NOTES       ----------------
24 hours SR 3.3.1.3
--------------- NOTES
: 1. Adjust NIS channel if absolute difference is > 3%.
: 1. Adjust NIS channel if absolute difference is > 3%.
: 2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is >_50% RTP.
: 2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is >_ 50% RTP.
Compare results of the incoro dotoctor measurements to                   31 effective full NIS AFD.                                                                  power days (EFPD) core power distribution)
Compare results of the incoro dotoctor measurements to NIS AFD.
SR 3.3.1.4               -------                  NOTE ----------------------------------
core power distribution) 31 effective full power days (EFPD)
SR 3.3.1.4 NOTE ----------------------------------
This Surveillance must be performed on the reactor trip bypass breaker for the local manual shunt trip only prior to placing the bypass breaker in service.
This Surveillance must be performed on the reactor trip bypass breaker for the local manual shunt trip only prior to placing the bypass breaker in service.
Perform TADOT.                                                           62 days on a         I STAGGERED TEST BASIS (continued)
Perform TADOT.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                           3.3-10                     Amendment No. 64,114 to TXX-07063 Page 13 to 16 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
62 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS I
SURVEILLANCE                                     FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.5         Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST.                                   92 days on a       I STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.1.6             -------------------- NOTE           -----------------
(continued)
Not required to be performed until 72 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions with THERMAL POWER
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.3-10 Amendment No. 64,114 to TXX-07063 Page 13 to 16 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
                        > 75 % RTP.
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.5 Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST.
Calibrate excore channels to agree with .cr d.to               92 EFPD measurements.
92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.1.6  
core power distribution SR 3.3.1.7             -------------------- NOTES ----------------
-------------------- NOTE Not required to be performed until 72 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions with THERMAL POWER
> 75 % RTP.
Calibrate excore channels to agree with.cr d.to 92 EFPD measurements.
core power distribution SR 3.3.1.7  
-------------------- NOTES
: 1. Not required to be performed for source range instrumentation prior to entering MODE 3 from MODE 2 until 4 hours after entry into MODE 3.
: 1. Not required to be performed for source range instrumentation prior to entering MODE 3 from MODE 2 until 4 hours after entry into MODE 3.
: 2. Source range instrumentation shall include verification that interlocks P-6 and P-1 0 are in their required state for existing unit conditions.
: 2. Source range instrumentation shall include verification that interlocks P-6 and P-1 0 are in their required state for existing unit conditions.
Perform COT.                                                   184 days           I (continued)
Perform COT.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                       3.3-11                   Amendment No. 66,114 to TXX-07063 Page 14 to 16 Reporting Requirements 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5             Core Operatina Limits Report (COLR) (continued) allowing use of 100.6 percent of rated power in safety analysis methodology when the LEFMI is used for feedwater flow measurement.
184 days (continued)
I I
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.3-11 Amendment No. 66,114 to TXX-07063 Page 14 to 16 Reporting Requirements 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5 Core Operatina Limits Report (COLR) (continued) allowing use of 100.6 percent of rated power in safety analysis methodology when the LEFMI is used for feedwater flow measurement.
The approved analytical methods are described in the following documents:
The approved analytical methods are described in the following documents:
: 1)     WCAP-9272-P-A, "WESTINGHOUSE RELOAD SAFETY EVALUATION METHODOLOGY," July 1985 M Proprietary)
: 1)
: 2)     WCAP-1 0216-P-A, Revision IA, "RELAXATION OF CONSTANT AXIAL OFFSET CONTROL Fa SURVEILLANCE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION," February 1994 W Proprietary).
WCAP-9272-P-A, "WESTINGHOUSE RELOAD SAFETY EVALUATION METHODOLOGY," July 1985 M Proprietary)
: 3)     RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology," June 1994.
: 2)
: 4)     RXE-88-102-P-A, "TUE-1 Departure from Nucleate Boiling Correlation," July 1992.
WCAP-1 0216-P-A, Revision IA, "RELAXATION OF CONSTANT AXIAL OFFSET CONTROL Fa SURVEILLANCE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION," February 1994 W Proprietary).
: 5)     RXE-88-102-P, Sup. 1, "TUE-1 DNB Correlation - Supplement 1,"
: 3)
RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology," June 1994.
: 4)
RXE-88-102-P-A, "TUE-1 Departure from Nucleate Boiling Correlation," July 1992.
: 5)
RXE-88-102-P, Sup. 1, "TUE-1 DNB Correlation - Supplement 1,"
December 1990.
December 1990.
: 6)     RXE-89-002-A, "VIPRE-01 Core Thermal-Hydraulic Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," September 1993.
: 6)
: 7)     RXE-91 -001-A, "Transient Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," October 1993.
RXE-89-002-A, "VIPRE-01 Core Thermal-Hydraulic Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," September 1993.
: 8)     RXE-91-002-A, "Reactivity Anomaly Events Methodology,"
: 7)
RXE-91 -001-A, "Transient Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," October 1993.
: 8)
RXE-91-002-A, "Reactivity Anomaly Events Methodology,"
October 1993.
October 1993.
: 9)     ERX-2000-002-P, "Revised Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," March 2000.
: 9)
ERX-2000-002-P, "Revised Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," March 2000.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                   5.0-33                         Amendment No. 119 to TXX-07063 Page 15 to 16 Reporting Requirements 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5             Core Operating Limits Report (COLR) (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 5.0-33 Amendment No. 119 to TXX-07063 Page 15 to 16 Reporting Requirements 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5 Core Operating Limits Report (COLR) (continued)
: 10)     TXX-88306, "Steam Generator Tube Rupture Analysis,"
: 10)
TXX-88306, "Steam Generator Tube Rupture Analysis,"
March 15, 1988.
March 15, 1988.
: 11)     RXE-91-005-A, "Methodology for Reactor Core Response to Steamline Break Events," February 1994.
: 11)
: 12)     RXE-94-001-A, "Safety Analysis of Postulated Inadvertent Boron Dilution Event in Modes 3, 4, and 5," February 1994.
RXE-91-005-A, "Methodology for Reactor Core Response to Steamline Break Events," February 1994.
: 13)     RXE-95-001-P-A, "Small Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," September 1996.
: 12)
: 14)     Caldon, Inc. Engineering Report-80P, "Improving Thermal Power Accuracy and Plant Safety While Increasing Operating Power level Using the LEFMW System," Revision 0, March 1997 and Caldon Engineering Report- 160P, "Supplement to Topical Report ER-80P; Basis for a Power Uprate With the LEFM-, m System," Revision 0, May 2000.
RXE-94-001-A, "Safety Analysis of Postulated Inadvertent Boron Dilution Event in Modes 3, 4, and 5," February 1994.
: 15)     ERX-2001-005-P, "ZIRLO TM Cladding and Boron Coating Models for TXU Electric's Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies," October 2001.
: 13)
: 16)     WCAP-10444-P-A, "Reference Core Report VANTAGE 5 Fuel Assembly," September 1985.
RXE-95-001-P-A, "Small Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," September 1996.
: 17)     WCAP-15025-P-A, "Modified WRB-2 Correlation, WRB-2M, for Predicting Critical Heat Flux in 17x17 Rod Bundles for Modified LPD Mixing Vane Grids," April 1999.
: 14)
: 18)     WCAP-13060-P-A, "Westinghouse Fuel Assembly Reconstitution Evaluation Methodology," July, 1993.
Caldon, Inc. Engineering Report-80P, "Improving Thermal Power Accuracy and Plant Safety While Increasing Operating Power level Using the LEFMW System," Revision 0, March 1997 and Caldon Engineering Report-160P, "Supplement to Topical Report ER-80P; Basis for a Power Uprate With the LEFM-, m System," Revision 0, May 2000.
: 19)     ERX-04-004-A, "Replacement Steam Generator Supplement To TXU Power's Large and Small Break Loss Of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies," Revision 0, March 2007.
: 15)
ERX-2001-005-P, "ZIRLO TM Cladding and Boron Coating Models for TXU Electric's Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies," October 2001.
: 16)
WCAP-10444-P-A, "Reference Core Report VANTAGE 5 Fuel Assembly," September 1985.
: 17)
WCAP-15025-P-A, "Modified WRB-2 Correlation, WRB-2M, for Predicting Critical Heat Flux in 17x17 Rod Bundles for Modified LPD Mixing Vane Grids," April 1999.
: 18)
WCAP-13060-P-A, "Westinghouse Fuel Assembly Reconstitution Evaluation Methodology," July, 1993.
: 19)
ERX-04-004-A, "Replacement Steam Generator Supplement To TXU Power's Large and Small Break Loss Of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies," Revision 0, March 2007.
INSERT A
INSERT A
: 20)     ERX-04-005-A, "Application of TXU Power's Non-LOCA Transient Analysis Methodologies to a Feed Ring Steam Generator Design,"
: 20)
ERX-04-005-A, "Application of TXU Power's Non-LOCA Transient Analysis Methodologies to a Feed Ring Steam Generator Design,"
Revision 0, March 2007.
Revision 0, March 2007.
: c. The core operating limits shall be determined such that all applicable limits (e.g., fuel thermal mechanical limits, core thermal hydraulic limits, Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) limits, nuclear limits such as SDM, transient analysis limits, and accident analysis limits) of the safety analysis are met.
: c.
: d. The COLR, including any midcycle revisions or supplements, shall be provided upon issuance for each reload cycle to the NRC.
The core operating limits shall be determined such that all applicable limits (e.g., fuel thermal mechanical limits, core thermal hydraulic limits, Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) limits, nuclear limits such as SDM, transient analysis limits, and accident analysis limits) of the safety analysis are met.
: d.
The COLR, including any midcycle revisions or supplements, shall be provided upon issuance for each reload cycle to the NRC.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                     5.0-34             Amendment No. 449,424,445A to TXX-07063 Page 16 to 16                                         INSERT A for Section 5.6 21)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 5.0-34 Amendment No. 449,424,445A to TXX-07063 Page 16 to 16 INSERT A for Section 5.6
                          ~~April WCAP-   11397-P-A,,-"Revised Thermal Design Procedure,"
: 21)
1989.
WCAP-11397-P-A, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure,"
: 22) WCAP-8745-P-A, "Design Bases for the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions,"
~~April 1989.
: 22)
WCAP-8745-P-A, "Design Bases for the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions,"
September 1986.
September 1986.
: 23) WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.
: 23)
: 24) WCAP- 14882-P-A, "RETRAN-02 Modeling and Qualification for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Safety Analyses," April 1999.
WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.
: 25) WCAP-10054-P-A, "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," August 1985.
: 24)
: 26) WCAP- 10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1, "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model," July 1997.
WCAP-14882-P-A, "RETRAN-02 Modeling and Qualification for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Safety Analyses," April 1999.
: 27) WCAP- 10079-P-A, "NOTRUMP, A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," August 1985.
: 25)
: 28) WCAP- 16009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005.
WCAP-10054-P-A, "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," August 1985.
: 29) WCAP- 12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.
: 26)
WCAP-10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1, "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model," July 1997.
: 27)
WCAP-10079-P-A, "NOTRUMP, A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," August 1985.
: 28)
WCAP-16009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005.
: 29)
WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.


ATTACHMENT 3 to TXX-07063 PROPOSED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES CHANGES (Markup For Information Only)
ATTACHMENT 3 to TXX-07063 PROPOSED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES CHANGES (Markup For Information Only)
Pages B 3.1-20 B 3.1-23 B 3.1-39 B 3.1-40 B 3.2-1 thruB 3.2-11 B 3.2-13 B 3.2-16 thru B 3.2-20 Insert A and Insert B B 3.2-21 thru B 3.2-25 B 3.2-28 B 3.2-29 B 3.2-31 B 3.3-32 B 3.3-45 to TXX-07063                                                         Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 1 of 32                                                                                             B 3.1.4 APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) /
Pages B 3.1-20 B 3.1-23 B 3.1-39 B 3.1-40 B 3.2-1 thruB 3.2-11 B 3.2-13 B 3.2-16 thru B 3.2-20 Insert A and Insert B B 3.2-21 thru B 3.2-25 B 3.2-28 B 3.2-29 B 3.2-31 B 3.3-32 B 3.3-45 to TXX-07063 Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 1 of 32 B 3.1.4 APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) /
directly by ,or,     .p*.g.
directly by,or,  
                                                      ..      Bases Section 3.2 (Power Distribution Limits) contains more complete discussions of the relation of FQ(Z) and F H to the operating limits.
.p*.g.
Bases Section 3.2 (Power Distribution Limits) contains more complete discussions of the relation of FQ(Z) and F H to the operating limits.
Shutdown and control rod OPERABILITY and alignment are directly related to power distributions and SDM, which are initial conditions assumed in safety analyses. Therefore they satisfy Criterion 2 of 1 OCFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
Shutdown and control rod OPERABILITY and alignment are directly related to power distributions and SDM, which are initial conditions assumed in safety analyses. Therefore they satisfy Criterion 2 of 1 OCFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
LCO               The limits on shutdown or control rod alignments ensure that the assumptions in the safety analysis will remain valid. The requirements on OPERABILITY ensure that upon reactor trip, the assumed reactivity will be available and will be inserted. The OPERABILITY requirements (i.e.,
LCO The limits on shutdown or control rod alignments ensure that the assumptions in the safety analysis will remain valid. The requirements on OPERABILITY ensure that upon reactor trip, the assumed reactivity will be available and will be inserted. The OPERABILITY requirements (i.e.,
trippability to meet SDM) are separate from the alignment requirements, which ensure that the RCCAs and banks maintain the correct power distribution and rod alignment. A rod is considered OPERABLE based on the last satisfactory performance of SR 3.1.4.2 and has met the rod drop time criteria during the last performance of SR 3.1.4.3. Rod control malfunctions that result in the inability to move a rod (e.g., rod urgent failures), which do not impact trippability within the time requirements of SR 3.1.4.3, do not result in rod inoperability.
trippability to meet SDM) are separate from the alignment requirements, which ensure that the RCCAs and banks maintain the correct power distribution and rod alignment. A rod is considered OPERABLE based on the last satisfactory performance of SR 3.1.4.2 and has met the rod drop time criteria during the last performance of SR 3.1.4.3. Rod control malfunctions that result in the inability to move a rod (e.g., rod urgent failures), which do not impact trippability within the time requirements of SR 3.1.4.3, do not result in rod inoperability.
The requirement to maintain the rod alignment to within plus or minus 12 steps of their group step counter demand position is conservative. The minimum misalignment assumed in safety analysis is 24 steps (15 inches),
The requirement to maintain the rod alignment to within plus or minus 12 steps of their group step counter demand position is conservative. The minimum misalignment assumed in safety analysis is 24 steps (15 inches),
and in some cases a total misalignment from fully withdrawn to fully inserted is assumed.
and in some cases a total misalignment from fully withdrawn to fully inserted is assumed.
Failure to meet the requirements of this LCO may produce unacceptable power peaking factors and LHRs, or unacceptable SDMs, all of which may constitute initial conditions inconsistent with the safety analysis.
Failure to meet the requirements of this LCO may produce unacceptable power peaking factors and LHRs, or unacceptable SDMs, all of which may constitute initial conditions inconsistent with the safety analysis.
APPLICABILITY     The requirements on RCCA OPERABILITY and alignment are applicable in MODES 1 and 2, because these are the only MODES in which neutron (or fission) power is generated, and the OPERABILITY (i.e., trippability) and alignment of rods have the potential to affect the safety of the plant. In MODES 3, 4, 5, and 6, the alignment limits do not apply because the rods are typically fully inserted and the reactor is shut down and not producing fission power. In the shutdown MODES, the OPERABILITY of the shutdown and control rods has the potential to affect the required SDM, but this effect (continued)
APPLICABILITY The requirements on RCCA OPERABILITY and alignment are applicable in MODES 1 and 2, because these are the only MODES in which neutron (or fission) power is generated, and the OPERABILITY (i.e., trippability) and alignment of rods have the potential to affect the safety of the plant. In MODES 3, 4, 5, and 6, the alignment limits do not apply because the rods are typically fully inserted and the reactor is shut down and not producing fission power. In the shutdown MODES, the OPERABILITY of the shutdown and control rods has the potential to affect the required SDM, but this effect (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.1-20                                   Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                         Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 2 of 32                                                                                             B 3.1.4 BASES ACTIONS           B.2.2, B.2.3, B.2.4, B.2.5, and B.2.6 (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-20 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 2 of 32 B 3.1.4 BASES ACTIONS B.2.2, B.2.3, B.2.4, B.2.5, and B.2.6 (continued)
Verifying that FQ(Z), as approximated by FQC(Z) and FQW(Z), and FN are
Verifying that FQ(Z), as approximated by FQC(Z) and FQW(Z), and FN are
                          *1     ithin the required limits ensures that current operation at 75% RTP with a a core power           misaligned not resulting in power distributions that may invalidate measuementsafety analysis is  assumptions at full power. The Completion Time of 72 hours allows sufficient time to obtain flux
*1 ithin the required limits ensures that current operation at 75% RTP with a a core power misaligned is not resulting in power distributions that may invalidate measuementsafety analysis assumptions at full power. The Completion Time of 72 hours allows sufficient time to obtain flux,-aps of th-* coe poworditiu. tion, u..n the in.r. flux mwapping cyctem and to calculate FQ(Z) and FA H" Once current conditions have been verified acceptable, time is available to perform evaluations of the affected accident analysis to determine that core limits will not be exceeded during a Design Basis Event for the duration of operation under these conditions. The accident analyses presented in FSAR Chapter 15 (Ref. 3) that may be adversely affected will be evaluated to ensure that the analyses results remain valid for the duration of continued operation under these conditions. A Completion Time of 5 days is sufficient time to obtain the required input data and to perform the analysis.
                                                                    ,-aps of th-* coe poworditiu.tion, u..n the in.r. flux mwapping cyctem and to calculate FQ(Z) and FA H" Once current conditions have been verified acceptable, time is available to perform evaluations of the affected accident analysis to determine that core limits will not be exceeded during a Design Basis Event for the duration of operation under these conditions. The accident analyses presented in FSAR Chapter 15 (Ref. 3) that may be adversely affected will be evaluated to ensure that the analyses results remain valid for the duration of continued operation under these conditions. A Completion Time of 5 days is sufficient time to obtain the required input data and to perform the analysis.
C.1 When Required Actions of Condition B cannot be completed within their Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE or Condition in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours, which obviates concerns about the development of undesirable xenon or power distributions. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, for reaching MODE 3 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging the plant systems.
C.1 When Required Actions of Condition B cannot be completed within their Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE or Condition in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours, which obviates concerns about the development of undesirable xenon or power distributions. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, for reaching MODE 3 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging the plant systems.
D.1.1 and D.1.2 More than one control rod becoming misaligned from its group demand position is not expected, and has the potential to reduce SDM. Therefore, SDM must be evaluated. Verification of shutdown banks fully withdrawn and the control banks within the limits of LCO 3.1.6, "CONTROL BANK INSERTION LIMITS" ensure SDM is maintained provided the misaligned rod is above the insertion limit. One hour allows the operator adequate time to determine SDM. Restoration of the required SDM, if necessary, requires increasing the RCS boron concentration to provide negative reactivity, as described in the Bases of LCO 3.1.1. The required Completion Time of 1 hour for initiating boration is reasonable, based on the time required for potential xenon redistribution, the low probability of an accident occurring, and the steps required to complete the action. This allows the operator sufficient time to align the required valves and start the required pumps.
D.1.1 and D.1.2 More than one control rod becoming misaligned from its group demand position is not expected, and has the potential to reduce SDM. Therefore, SDM must be evaluated. Verification of shutdown banks fully withdrawn and the control banks within the limits of LCO 3.1.6, "CONTROL BANK INSERTION LIMITS" ensure SDM is maintained provided the misaligned rod is above the insertion limit. One hour allows the operator adequate time to determine SDM. Restoration of the required SDM, if necessary, requires increasing the RCS boron concentration to provide negative reactivity, as described in the Bases of LCO 3.1.1. The required Completion Time of 1 hour for initiating boration is reasonable, based on the time required for potential xenon redistribution, the low probability of an accident occurring, and the steps required to complete the action. This allows the operator sufficient time to align the required valves and start the required pumps.
Boration will continue until the required SDM is restored.
Boration will continue until the required SDM is restored.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.1-23                                   Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                 Rod Position Indication Page 3 of 32                                                                                               B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-23 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 3 of 32 Rod Position Indication B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
A.1                                                     orKnPERALE       PES When one DRPI per group fails, the position of the r         ystill be indirectly determined by use of the incore movable detectors.-The Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FAH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Based on experience, normal power operation does not require excessive movement of banks. If a bank has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required. Therefore, verification of RCCA position within the Completion Time of 8 hours is adequate for allowing continued full power operation, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small.
A.1 orKnPERALE PES When one DRPI per group fails, the position of the r ystill be indirectly determined by use of the incore movable detectors.-The Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FAH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Based on experience, normal power operation does not require excessive movement of banks. If a bank has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required. Therefore, verification of RCCA position within the Completion Time of 8 hours is adequate for allowing continued full power operation, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small.
A.2 Reduction of THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP puts the core into a condition where rod position is not significantly affecting core peaking factors (Ref. 2).
A.2 Reduction of THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP puts the core into a condition where rod position is not significantly affecting core peaking factors (Ref. 2).
The allowed Completion Time of 8 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, for reducing power to < 50% RTP from full power conditions without challenging plant systems and allowing for rod position determination by Required Action A.1 above.
The allowed Completion Time of 8 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, for reducing power to < 50% RTP from full power conditions without challenging plant systems and allowing for rod position determination by Required Action A.1 above.
Line 385: Line 491:
The immediate Completion Time for placing the Rod Control System in manual reflects the urgency with which unplanned rod motion must be prevented while in this Condition. Monitoring and recording reactor coolant Tavg help assure that significant changes in power distribution and SDM are avoided. The once per hour Completion Time is acceptable because only minor fluctuations in RCS temperature are expected at steady state plant operating conditions.
The immediate Completion Time for placing the Rod Control System in manual reflects the urgency with which unplanned rod motion must be prevented while in this Condition. Monitoring and recording reactor coolant Tavg help assure that significant changes in power distribution and SDM are avoided. The once per hour Completion Time is acceptable because only minor fluctuations in RCS temperature are expected at steady state plant operating conditions.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.1-39                                     Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                             Rod Position Indication Page 4 of 32                                                                                             B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS         B.1, B.2, B.3 and B.4 (continued)           *      *rnPRBEPM The position of the rods             etermined indirectly by use of the movable incore detectors.. e Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FAH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Verification of RCCA position once per 8 hours is adequate for allowing continued full power operation for a limited, 24 hour period, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small. The 24 hour Completion Time provides sufficient time to troubleshoot and restore the DRPI system to operation while avoiding the plant challenges associated with a shutdown without full rod position indication (Ref. 4).
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-39 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Rod Position Indication Page 4 of 32 B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS B.1, B.2, B.3 and B.4 (continued)  
*rnPRBEPM The position of the rods etermined indirectly by use of the movable incore detectors..
e Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FAH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Verification of RCCA position once per 8 hours is adequate for allowing continued full power operation for a limited, 24 hour period, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small. The 24 hour Completion Time provides sufficient time to troubleshoot and restore the DRPI system to operation while avoiding the plant challenges associated with a shutdown without full rod position indication (Ref. 4).
Based on operating experience, normal power operation does not require excessive rod movement. If one or more rods has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required.
Based on operating experience, normal power operation does not require excessive rod movement. If one or more rods has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required.
C.1 and C.2 These Required Actions clarify that when one or more rods with inoperable position indicators have been moved in excess of 24 steps in one direction, since the position was last determined, the Required Actions of A.1 and A.2 or B.3 are still appropriate but must be initiated promptly under Required Action C.1 to begin indirectly verifying that these rods are still properly positioned, relative to their group positions using the movable incore detectors.
C.1 and C.2 These Required Actions clarify that when one or more rods with inoperable position indicators have been moved in excess of 24 steps in one direction, since the position was last determined, the Required Actions of A.1 and A.2 or B.3 are still appropriate but must be initiated promptly under Required Action C.1 to begin indirectly verifying that these rods are still properly positioned, relative to their group positions using the movable incore detectors.
Line 391: Line 499:
D.1.1 and D.1.2 With one demand position indicator per bank inoperable, the rod positions can be determined by the DRPI System. Since normal power operation does not require excessive movement of rods, verification by administrative means (e.g., observation of appropriate DRPI status indications) that the rod position indicators are OPERABLE and the most withdrawn rod and the least withdrawn rod are < 12 steps apart within the allowed Completion Time of once every 8 hours is adequate.
D.1.1 and D.1.2 With one demand position indicator per bank inoperable, the rod positions can be determined by the DRPI System. Since normal power operation does not require excessive movement of rods, verification by administrative means (e.g., observation of appropriate DRPI status indications) that the rod position indicators are OPERABLE and the most withdrawn rod and the least withdrawn rod are < 12 steps apart within the allowed Completion Time of once every 8 hours is adequate.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.1-40                                     Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                       FQ(Z) (Fie Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-40 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 5 of 32 FQ(Z) (Fie Methodology)
Page 5 of 32                                                                                          /p         B 3.2.1 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS                             __
/p B 3.2.1 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (F-e-.ethodology)
B 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (F-e-.ethodology)
BASES BACKGROUND The purpose of the limits on the values of FQ(Z) is to limit the local (i.e.,
BASES BACKGROUND             The purpose of the limits on the values of FQ(Z) is to limit the local (i.e.,
pellet) peak power density. The value of FQ(Z) varies along the axial height (Z) of the core.
pellet) peak power density. The value of FQ(Z) varies along the axial height (Z) of the core.
FQ(Z) is defined as the maximum local fuel rod linear power density divided by the average fuel rod linear power density, assuming nominal fuel pellet and fuel rod dimensions. Therefore, FQ(Z) is a measure of the peak fuel pellet power within the reactor core.
FQ(Z) is defined as the maximum local fuel rod linear power density divided by the average fuel rod linear power density, assuming nominal fuel pellet and fuel rod dimensions. Therefore, FQ(Z) is a measure of the peak fuel pellet power within the reactor core.
During power operation, the global power distribution is limited by LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT TILT POWER RATIO (QPTR)," which are directly and continuously measured process variables. These LCOs, along with LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," maintain the core limits on power distributions on a continuous basis.
During power operation, the global power distribution is limited by LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT TILT POWER RATIO (QPTR)," which are directly and continuously measured process variables. These LCOs, along with LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," maintain the core limits on power distributions on a continuous basis.
measured periodically using the   FQ(Z) varies with fiuel loading patterns, control bank insertion, fuel burnup, incore detector system or an     and changes in axial power distribution.
measured periodically using the FQ(Z) varies with fi incore detector system or an and changes in ax OPERABLE PDMS.FZ  
OPERABLE PDMS.FZ                             .t-dietl ymoeAcu'-rab1_lo_ but ic inforrod 4fro a powor.dictribution mnap obtaioed with the Heyable incoro deteetor system. The racultc of the throc f-F       . These measurements are generally taken with the core at or near equilibrium conditions.
.t-dietl obtaioed with the uel loading patterns, control bank insertion, fuel burnup, ial power distribution.
Usn h maue treS                   owever, because this value represents an equilibrium condition, it does not dimensional power             ~include the variations in the value of FQ(Z) that are present during non-distributions, it is possible   equilibrium situations, such as load following. To account for these possible to derive a measured             variations, the steady state value of FQ(Z) is adjusted by an elevation dependent factor, W(Z), that accounts for calculated worst case, Core monitoring and control under non-steady state conditions are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the appropriate LCOs, including the limits on AFD, QPTR, and control rod insertion.
y moeAcu'-rab1_lo_ but ic inforrod 4fro a powor. dictribu tion mnap Heyable incoro deteetor system. The racultc of the throc f-F  
APPLICABLE             This LCO's principal effect is to preclude core power distributions that could SAFETY ANALYSES         lead to violation of the following fuel design criterion:
. These measurements are generally taken with the core at or near equilibrium conditions.
: a.       During a large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA), the peak cladding temperature must not exceed 2200&deg;F (Ref. 1); and (continued)
Usn h maue treS owever, because this value represents an equilibrium condition, it does not dimensional power  
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 B 3.2-1                                     Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                       FQ(Z) (Fa Methodology)
~include the variations in the value of FQ(Z) that are present during non-distributions, it is possible equilibrium situations, such as load following. To account for these possible to derive a measured variations, the steady state value of FQ(Z) is adjusted by an elevation dependent factor, W(Z), that accounts for calculated worst case, Core monitoring and control under non-steady state conditions are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the appropriate LCOs, including the limits on AFD, QPTR, and control rod insertion.
Page 6 of 32                                                                                                      B 3.2.1 RA BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
APPLICABLE This LCO's principal effect is to preclude core power distributions that could SAFETY ANALYSES lead to violation of the following fuel design criterion:
: b.         During an ejected rod accident, the energy deposition to the fuel must not exceed 280 cal/gm-dLimits     on FQ(Z) ensure that the value of the initial total peaking factor
: a.
: c. The control rods     assumed in the accident analyses remains valid. Other criteria must also be must be capable of       met (e.g., maximum cladding oxidation, maximum hydrogen generation, shutting down the       coolable geometry, and long term cooling). However, the LOCA peak reactor with a minimum   cladding temperature is typically most limiting.
During a large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA), the peak cladding temperature must not exceed 2200&deg;F (Ref. 1); and (continued)
required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully         FQ(Z) limits assumed in the LOCA analysis are typically limiting relative to withdrawn.               (i.e., lower than) the FQ(Z) limit assumed in safety analyses for other postulated accidents. Therefore, this LCO provides conservative limits for other postulated accidents.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-1 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 6 of 32 FQ(Z) (Fa Methodology)
B 3.2.1 RA BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
: b.
During an ejected rod accident, the energy deposition to the fuel must not exceed 280 cal/gm-dLimits on FQ(Z) ensure that the value of the initial total peaking factor
: c. The control rods assumed in the accident analyses remains valid. Other criteria must also be must be capable of met (e.g., maximum cladding oxidation, maximum hydrogen generation, shutting down the coolable geometry, and long term cooling). However, the LOCA peak reactor with a minimum cladding temperature is typically most limiting.
required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully FQ(Z) limits assumed in the LOCA analysis are typically limiting relative to withdrawn.
(i.e., lower than) the FQ(Z) limit assumed in safety analyses for other postulated accidents. Therefore, this LCO provides conservative limits for other postulated accidents.
FQ(Z) satisfies Criterion 2 of the 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
FQ(Z) satisfies Criterion 2 of the 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
LCO                   The Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor, FQ(Z), shall be limited by the following relationships:
LCO The Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor, FQ(Z), shall be limited by the following relationships:
KZ-T-for P > 0.5 for P < 0.5 K(Z)
KZ-T-for P > 0.5 for P < 0.5 K(Z)
                                                        .ZETis the FQ(Z) limit at RTP provided in the COLR, K(Z) is the normalized FQ(Z) as a function of core height dein the COLR, and
.ZET is the FQ(Z) limit at RTP provided in the COLR, K(Z) is the normalized FQ(Z) as a function of core height dein the COLR, and P = THERMAL POWER / RTP i~~~~
                                                                                <        -        P = THERMAL POWER / RTP i~~~~
i C1 auck vC3lu~o V 4--V alZu I C1-/
i   C1 auck     vC3lu~o V 4--V     alZu I C1-/ *vUHl Ul      Hl Vl .. 'L
Ul
                                          .... " tAxial Offset Control operation, FQ(Z) is approximated by EQ(Z) and F W(Z). Thus, both FQ (Z) and FQ (Z) must meet the preceding limits on FQ(Z).
*vUHl Hl Vl.. 'L
.... " tAxial Offset Control operation, FQ(Z) is approximated by EQ(Z) and F W(Z). Thus, both FQ (Z) and FQ (Z) must meet the preceding limits on FQ(Z).
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                   B 3.2-2                                     Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                               FQ(Z) (F-.-Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-2 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 7 of 32 BASES FQ(Z) (F-.-Methodology)
Page 7 of 32                                                                                                      A             B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)                                     coepower distribution measurement An F0 (Z) evauai                 qurs obtaining an inzroR-A flux- mwip in MODE 1.
A B 3.2.1 LCO (continued) coepower distribution measurement An F0 (Z) evauai qurs obtaining an inzroR-A flux-mwip in MODE 1.
IY'Y*f te       i;shFrom
IY'Y*f te i;shFrom the inerfl-,x results we obtain the measured value (F QV,(*
      *"Ifthe PDMS is used, the      F*
*"If the PDMS is used, the F*
the inerfl-,x           results we obtain the measured value (F QV,(* 7)) of appropriate measurement       FQ(Z).
appropriate measurement FQ(Z).
uncertainty and             "
uncertainty and manufacturing allowance  
manufacturing allowance                                                                   ,C are automatically             T,:h computed heat flux hot channel factor, FQ (Z), is obtained by the calculated and applied to       ,quation:
,C are automatically T,:h computed heat flux hot channel factor, FQ (Z), is obtained by the calculated and applied to  
,quation:
the measured FQ (Ref.
the measured FQ (Ref.
      *7).                   .)-"
*7).  
19'&#xfd;                           FCQF()=FM (Z) =   E     (Z) -1.03-       1.05.
.)-"
If the movable incore detector sytmi sd9h                     F QM(Z) is increased by 3% to account for manufacturing tolerances and further increased by 5% to account for measurement uncertainties.
19'&#xfd; FC ()=FM QF (Z) = E (Z) -1.03-1.05.
FQc(Z) is an excellent approximation for FQ(Z) when the reactor is at the steady state power at which the incore flux map was taken.
If the movable incore detector sytmi sd9h F QM(Z) is increased by 3% to account for manufacturing tolerances a 7)) of nd further increased by 5% to account for measurement uncertainties.
c FQ (Z) is an excellent approximation for FQ(Z) when the reactor is at the steady state power at which the incore flux map was taken.
w The expression for F Q (Z) is:
w The expression for F Q (Z) is:
FQ        = FC(Z) . W(Z) where W(Z) is a cycle dependent function that accounts for power distribution transients during normal operations. W(Z) is included in the COLR.
F Q
The FQ(Z) limits define limiting values for core power peaking that precludes peak cladding temperatures above 2200&deg;F during either a large or small break LOCA.                     C cpThis                                   LCO requi       operation within the bounds assumed in the safety core design process to confirm     analys       If FQ') cannot be maintained within the [CO limits, a reduction of that the core can be controlled in   e core power is required such a manner during operation Ftatitcs                          Violating the LCO limits for           (Z) may produce unacceptable consequences ifa design basis event occurs             hile FQ(Z) is outside its specified limits.
= FC(Z). W(Z) where W(Z) is a cycle dependent function that accounts for power distribution transients during normal operations. W(Z) is included in the COLR.
The FQ(Z) limits define limiting values for core power peaking that precludes peak cladding temperatures above 2200&deg;F during either a large or small break LOCA.
C cpThis LCO requi operation within the bounds assumed in the safety core design process to confirm analys If FQ') cannot be maintained within the [CO limits, a reduction of that the core can be controlled in e core power is required such a manner during operation Fta titcs Violating the LCO limits for (Z) may produce unacceptable consequences if a design basis event occurs hile FQ(Z) is outside its specified limits.
and if FQW(Z) cannot be maintained within the LCO limits, reduction of the AFD limits is required. Note that sufficient reduction of the AFD limits will also result in a reduction of the core power.
and if FQW(Z) cannot be maintained within the LCO limits, reduction of the AFD limits is required. Note that sufficient reduction of the AFD limits will also result in a reduction of the core power.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                       B 3.2-3                                             Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                   FQ(Z) (F-. Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-3 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 8 of 32 FQ(Z) (F-. Methodology)
Page 8 of 32 A         B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)
A B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)
If tho poWor dictribution mo~acu9romont aro porformoAd at a powor levol loer
If tho poWor dictribution mo~acu9romont aro porformoAd at a powor levol loer C
___ ___        __        C                W than 100% RTP, thon tho Z-tZ+               Ad F-d~Z+ Yalu% that would rocult from mAcR....         if.
W than 100% RTP, thon tho Z-tZ+ Ad F-d~Z+ Yalu% that would rocult from mAcR....
                                                    ;h     corV wAc
if.  
                                                                  ...... 100;Ot RTP c*hd b           nfordod from tho a....bl inform.., ation;,,,^
;h corV......
A com
wAc Ot 100; RTP c*hd b nfordod from tho a....bl inform..,
                                                            ...       o of thoo. ;nforod*,,
ation;,,,^...
                                                                    ....                    .,alu... with     "Tl accroc~e complianco with Vh A-LCOQ at Ra1PW9     po or3Ve1c.-
A com  
APPLICABILITY   The FQ(Z) limits must be maintained in MODE 1 to prevent core power distributions from exceeding the limits assumed in the safety analyses.
....o of thoo. ;nforod*,,  
.,alu...
with "Tl accroc~e complianco with Vh A-LCOQ at Ra1PW9 po or3Ve1c.-
APPLICABILITY The FQ(Z) limits must be maintained in MODE 1 to prevent core power distributions from exceeding the limits assumed in the safety analyses.
Applicability in other MODES is not required because there is either insufficient stored energy in the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the reactor coolant to require a limit on the distribution of core power.
Applicability in other MODES is not required because there is either insufficient stored energy in the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the reactor coolant to require a limit on the distribution of core power.
ACTIONS         A.1 Reducing THERMAL POWER by a 1% RTP for each 1% by which FQc (Z) exceeds its limit, maintains an acceptable absolute power density. F C(Z)
ACTIONS A.1 c
Reducing THERMAL POWER by a 1% RTP for each 1% by which FQ (Z) exceeds its limit, maintains an acceptable absolute power density. F C(Z)
M is F Q (Z) multiplied by factors that account for manufacturing tolerances M
M is F Q (Z) multiplied by factors that account for manufacturing tolerances M
and measurement uncertainties. F Q (Z) is the measured value of FQ(Z).
and measurement uncertainties. F Q (Z) is the measured value of FQ(Z).
Line 450: Line 572:
reductions within 15 minutes of the FQ (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable power level. Decreases in c
reductions within 15 minutes of the FQ (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable power level. Decreases in c
FQ (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable power level and increasing power up to this revised limit.
FQ (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable power level and increasing power up to this revised limit.
A.2 A reduction of the Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by > 1 % for each 1% by which FQc(Z) exceeds its limit is a conservative action for (continued)
A.2 A reduction of the Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by > 1 % for c
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-4                                             Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                   F0 (Z) (EF Methodology)
each 1% by which FQ (Z) exceeds its limit is a conservative action for (continued)
Page 9 of 32                                                                             .                  B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS               A.2 (continued) protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reduction in THERMAL POWER in accordance with Required Action A.1. The maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux -
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-4 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 F0 (Z) (EF Methodology)
Page 9 of 32 B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS A.2 (continued) protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reduction in THERMAL POWER in accordance with Required Action A.1. The maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux -
High trip setpoints initially determined by Required Action A.2 may be c
High trip setpoints initially determined by Required Action A.2 may be c
affected by subsequent determinations of FQ (Z) and would require Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoint reductions within 72 hours of the c
affected by subsequent determinations of FQ (Z) and would require Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoint reductions within 72 hours of the c
F 0 (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints. Decreases in c
F0 (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints. Decreases in c
FQ (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints.
FQ (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints.
A.3 Reduction in the Overpower N-16 trip setpoints by _ 1% for each 1% by c
A.3 Reduction in the Overpower N-16 trip setpoints by _ 1% for each 1% by c
Line 461: Line 584:
determinations of FQ (Z) and would require Overpower N-1 6 trip setpoint c
determinations of FQ (Z) and would require Overpower N-1 6 trip setpoint c
reductions within 72 hours of the FQ (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable Overpower N-16 trip c
reductions within 72 hours of the FQ (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable Overpower N-16 trip c
setpoints. Decreases in F 0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum Overpower N-16 trip setpoints.
setpoints. Decreases in F0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum Overpower N-16 trip setpoints.
A.4 Verification that FQC(Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2       prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit imposed fY         Yequired               Action A.1, ensures that core conditions during operation at ahigher                   power levels are consistent with safety analyses assumptions.
A.4 C
Verification that FQ (Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit imposed fY Yequired Action A.1, ensures that core conditions during operation at ahigher power levels are consistent with safety analyses assumptions.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 B 3.2-5                                   Revision 51
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-5 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 einoaology)
 
Page 10 of 32 B 3...1 B.4 Verification that FQW(Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power limit imposed by Required Action B.1 ensures that core conditions during operation at higher power levels and RAOC-W(Z)
Attachment 3 to TXX-07063                                                                                                               einoaology)
BASE future operation are consistent with safety analysis assumptions.
Page 10 of 32                                                                                                                               B 3...1 B.4 Verification that FQW(Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power limit imposed by Required Action B.1 ensures that core conditions during operation at higher power levels and                         RAOC-W(Z)
ACTIONS A
BASE       future operation are consistent with safety analysis assumptions.
(eRtifed4 Condition B is modified by a Note that requires Required Action B.4 to be Condition A is mified by a ote performed whenever the Condition is that requires Required Action A.4 entered. This ensures that SR 3.2.1.1 and to be performed whenever the  
ACTIONS                         A     (eRtifed4                               Condition B is modified by a Note that requires Required Action B.4 to be Condition A is mified by a ote                                                         performed whenever the Condition is that requires Required Action A.4                                                       entered. This ensures that SR 3.2.1.1 and to be performed Condition          whenever is entered. Thise the                           **SR                           3.2.1.2 will be performed prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the eCnsurstatSre3.             and                                                         limit of Required ensures that SR 3.2.1.1 and SR           dtSFRe             b7Condition                                   Action A is exited     B.1,to even prior          when performing 3.2.1.2 will be performed prior to       i ....     ; ......          ...    *      , Required Action B.4. Performance of SR         )
**SR 3.2.1.2 will be performed prior to Condition is entered. Thise increasing THERMAL POWER above the eCnsurs tatSre3.
increasingincrasig TERML THERMAL PWER POWER          Of a*,' ;*dW6dD*_ A0--            -,      0    3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are necessary to above the limit of Required                                                             e       FQZ i Action A.1, even when Condition                                                         increas i s pRMAL POW E R.
and limit of Required Action B.1, even when ensures that SR 3.2.1.1 and SR dtSFRe b7Condition A is exited prior to performing 3.2.1.2 will be performed prior to i....
A is exited prior to performing         B.1                                               creasing THERMAL POWER.
, Required Action B.4. Performance of SR  
)
increasing THERMAL POWER A0--
0 incrasig TERML PWER Of a*,' ;*dW6dD*_
3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are necessary to above the limit of Required e
FQZ i Action A.1, even when Condition increas i
s pRMAL POW E R.
A is exited prior to performing B.1 creasing THERMAL POWER.
Required Action A.4.
Required Action A.4.
Performance of SR 3.2.1.1 and           If it is found that the           aximum calculated v           e of FQ(Z) that can occur SR 3.2.1.2 are necessary to assure FQ(Z) is properly                 d       g       m         n uve           W       ec evaluated prior to increasing           during normal ma                   ers, F Q (Z)           eds its specified limits, there exists THERMALa                                   potential for F (Z) to                                         high if a normal operational B.2 A reduction of the Power Range             transient occurs. educing th                   ED limits by 1%       / for each 1% by which Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by a           F W                 ce its limit hin the allowed Com 1% for each 1% by which the                     F Q (Z) excee             i                                       mpletion Time of 4 hours, maximum allowable power is                     restricts the axi I flux d' ribution such that even if a transient occurred, core reduced, is a conservative action for         peaking factor imits re not exceeded.
Performance of SR 3.2.1.1 and If it is found that the aximum calculated v e of FQ(Z) that can occur SR 3.2.1.2 are necessary to assure FQ(Z) is properly d
protection against the consequence of severe transients with unanalyzed           c. 1 power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient                                                                         I considering the small likelihood of a         If Req ired Actions A.1 through A.4 or B.lrare not met within their associated severe transient in this time period           Coim etion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode or condition in which and the preceding prompt reductions           the       0 requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance             in a least MODE 2 within 6 hours.
g m
wT                                                 s allowed Completion Time is reasonable based on operating experience r garding the amount of time it takes to reach MODE 2 from full power peration in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
n uve W
SURVEILLANCE                     SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are modified by a Note. The Note applies during power ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1). The note 8.3 Reduction     in the Overpower             allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not current. It states that N-16 setpoints value by > 1%for               THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has each 1% by which the maximum                   been achieved at which a power distribution mip<n he obtained. This allowable power is redued, is a           ,  allowance is modified, however, by one of the Frequency conditions t                                 easremn conservative action for protection                                                     C               W against the consequences of sever             requires verification that F Q (Z) and F Q (Z) are within their specified transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time             limits after a power rise of more than 20% RTP over the THERMAL POWER of 72 hours is sufficient considering           t which they were last verified to be within specified limits. Because the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the                                                                                                     (continued) preceding prompt reductions in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance ith Required Action B.1.
ec evaluated prior to increasing during normal ma ers, F Q (Z) eds its specified limits, there exists THERMALa potential for F (Z) to high if a normal operational B.2 A reduction of the Power Range transient occurs.
                                          - UNITS 1 AND 2                     B 3.2-6                                               Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                           FQ(Z) (-.tMethodology)
educing th ED limits by  
Page 11 of 32                                                                                                         B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
/
C               w F Q (Z) and F Q (Z) could not have previously been measured for a reload core, there is a second Frequency condition, applicable only for reload cores, that requires determination of these parameters before exceeding C
1% for each 1% by which Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by a F W ce its limit hin the allowed Com 1% for each 1% by which the F Q (Z) excee i
75% RTP. This ensures that some determination of FQ (Z) and F QW(Z) are made at a lower power level at which adequate margin is available before going to 100% RTP. Also, this Frequency condition, together with the Frequency condition requiring verification of FQC(Z) and F Qw(Z) following a power increase of more than 20%, ensures that they are verified within 24 RTP (or any hsoonas heurs     frm ;hon 8qUbiu cOnditinc aro achiovod at RTP (or any othor other level for extended 18Yo! for oxtondod oporation). Eq9!brumoodiionc aroA achiovod whon the operation) is achieved. oro,-A ic. cufficiontly etablo cuch that the uncortainty al!owancoc accociatod with tho m,,oauroot aro "alid. In the absence of these Frequency conditions, it is possible to increase power to RTP and operate for 31 days without verification of F QW(Z) and F W(Z). The Frequency condition is not intended to require verification of these parameters after every 20% increase in power level above the last verification. It only requires verification after a power level is achieved for extended operation that is 20% higher than that power at which FQ was last measured.
mpletion Time of 4 hours, maximum allowable power is restricts the axi I flux d' ribution such that even if a transient occurred, core reduced, is a conservative action for peaking factor imits re not exceeded.
SR 3.2.1.1 If the PDMS is used, the appropriate Verification that FQc(Z) is within its specified limits involves increasing measurement uncertainty and manufacturingng                                                                 tolerance and measurement automatically calculated and applied         (         lea to the measured FQ (Ref. 7). Ifthe                                          FC                      F MIz) is the movable incore detector system is   uncertainties in order to obtain F         (Z). eenfleeI1     Q(     i used,                               measured value of FQ(Z) obtained from incore flux map results and FQ (Z)=F M(Z)o1.03.1.05 (Ref. 4). F QC(Z) is then compared to its specified limits.
protection against the consequence of severe transients with unanalyzed
The limit with which FQc(Z) is compared varies inversely with power above 50% RTP and directly with a function called K(Z) provided in the COLR.
: c. 1 power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient I
Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, 9F at a roducod poWor l... l at any othor time, and meeting the I00%4           RTP-r (continued)
considering the small likelihood of a If Req ired Actions A.1 through A.4 or B.lrare not met within their associated severe transient in this time period Coim etion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode or condition in which and the preceding prompt reductions the 0 requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance in a least MODE 2 within 6 hours.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                           B 3.2-7                                   Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                       FQ(Z) (Fe Methodology)
wT s allowed Completion Time is reasonable based on operating experience r garding the amount of time it takes to reach MODE 2 from full power peration in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
Page 12 of 32                                                                                                     B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE               SR 3.2.1.1 (continued)
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are modified by a Note. The Note applies during power ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1). The note 8.3 Reduction in the Overpower allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not current. It states that N-16 setpoints value by > 1% for THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has each 1% by which the maximum been achieved at which a power distribution mip<n he obtained. This allowable power is redued, is a allowance is modified, however, by one of the Frequency conditions t easremn conservative action for protection C
W against the consequences of sever requires verification that F Q (Z) and F Q (Z) are within their specified transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time limits after a power rise of more than 20% RTP over the THERMAL POWER of 72 hours is sufficient considering t which they were last verified to be within specified limits. Because the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the (continued) preceding prompt reductions in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance ith Required Action B.1.
- UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-6 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (-.tMethodology)
Page 11 of 32 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
C w
F Q (Z) and F Q (Z) could not have previously been measured for a reload core, there is a second Frequency condition, applicable only for reload cores, that requires determination of these parameters before exceeding C
75% RTP. This ensures that some determination of FQ (Z) and F QW(Z) are made at a lower power level at which adequate margin is available before going to 100% RTP. Also, this Frequency condition, together with the C
w Frequency condition requiring verification of FQ (Z) and F Q (Z) following a power increase of more than 20%, ensures that they are verified within 24 hsoonas RTP (or any heurs frm ;hon 8qUbiu cOnditinc aro achiovod at RTP (or any othor other level for extended 18Yo! for oxtondod oporation). Eq9!brumoodiionc aroA achiovod whon the operation) is achieved.
oro,-A.ic cufficiontly etablo cuch that the uncortainty al!owancoc accociatod with tho m,,oauroot aro "alid. In the absence of these Frequency conditions, it is possible to increase power to RTP and operate for 31 days without verification of F QW(Z) and F W(Z). The Frequency condition is not intended to require verification of these parameters after every 20% increase in power level above the last verification. It only requires verification after a power level is achieved for extended operation that is 20% higher than that power at which FQ was last measured.
SR 3.2.1.1 c
If the PDMS is used, the appropriate Verification that FQ (Z) is within its specified limits involves increasing measurement uncertainty and manufacturingng tolerance and measurement automatically calculated and applied
(
lea to the measured FQ (Ref. 7). If the F C F MIz) is the movable incore detector system is uncertainties in order to obtain F (Z).
eenfleeI1 Q(
i
: used, measured value of FQ(Z) obtained from incore flux map results and FQ (Z)=F M(Z)o1.03.1.05 (Ref. 4). F QC(Z) is then compared to its specified limits.
c The limit with which FQ (Z) is compared varies inversely with power above 50% RTP and directly with a function called K(Z) provided in the COLR.
Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, 9F at a roducod poWor l... l at any othor time, and meeting the I00%4 RTP-r (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-7 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (Fe Methodology)
Page 12 of 32 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.1 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS C
REQUIREMENTS C
i4,i4, provides assurance that the F C(Z) limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.
i4,i4, provides assurance that the F C(Z) limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.
Line 492: Line 642:
ensure that F Q (Z) values are being reduced sufficiently with power increase to stay within the LCO limits).
ensure that F Q (Z) values are being reduced sufficiently with power increase to stay within the LCO limits).
The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup because such changes are slow and well controlled when the plant is operated in accordance with the Technical
The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup because such changes are slow and well controlled when the plant is operated in accordance with the Technical
                            *        ) Specifications (TS).
)
Te nuclear deinprocess includes                         power:distribution     at or near cacuaton       eromdto determine       SR 3.2.1.2         meauremt~enuts that the core can be operated within the FQ(Z) limits.                     Because fiw-* Fmap are taken 4 equilibrium conditions, the variations in power distribution resulting from normal operational maneuvers are not present int           ,,.*oap data. These variations are, however, conservatively core power distribution                       bnconsidering a wide range of unit maneuvers in normal measurement                     operation. The maximum peaking factor increase over steady state values, calculated as a function of core elevation, Z, is called W(Z). Multiplying the measured total peaking factor, FQc(Z), by W(Z) gives the maximum FQ(Z) calculated to occur in normal operation, F W(Z).
Specifications (TS).
Te nuclear deinprocess includes power :distribution at or near cacuaton eromdto determine SR 3.2.1.2 meauremt~enuts that the core can be operated within the FQ(Z) limits.
Because fiw-* Fmap are taken 4 equilibrium conditions, the variations in power distribution resulting from normal operational maneuvers are not present int  
,,.*oap data. These variations are, however, conservatively core power distribution bnconsidering a wide range of unit maneuvers in normal measurement operation. The maximum peaking factor increase over steady state values, calculated as a function of core elevation, Z, is called W(Z). Multiplying the c
measured total peaking factor, FQ (Z), by W(Z) gives the maximum FQ(Z) calculated to occur in normal operation, F W(Z).
The limit with which F QW(Z) is compared varies inversely with powe*and directly with the function K(Z) provided in the COLR.
The limit with which F QW(Z) is compared varies inversely with powe*and directly with the function K(Z) provided in the COLR.
The W(Z) curve is provided in the COLR for discrete core elevations. Flux map data are typically taken for 30 to 75 core elevations. F QW(Z) w evaluations are not applicable for the following axial core regions, measured in percent of core height:
The W(Z) curve is provided in the COLR for discrete core elevations. Flux w
: a.       Lower core region, from 0 to 15% inclusive; and
map data are typically taken for 30 to 75 core elevations. F QW(Z) evaluations are not applicable for the following axial core regions, measured in percent of core height:
: b.       Upper core region, from 85 to 100% inclusive.
: a.
Lower core region, from 0 to 15% inclusive; and
: b.
Upper core region, from 85 to 100% inclusive.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                         B 3.2-8                               Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                             FQ(Z) (F-e Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-8 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (F-e Methodology)
Page 13 of 32                                                                                           B 3.2.1 RAOCWZ BASES SURVEILLANCE     SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)
Page 13 of 32 B 3.2.1 RAOCWZ BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS The top and bottom 15% of the core are excluded from the evaluation because of the low probability that these regions would be more limiting in the safety analyses and because of the difficulty of making a precise measurement in these regions.
REQUIREMENTS The top and bottom 15% of the core are excluded from the evaluation because of the low probability that these regions would be more limiting in the safety analyses and because of the difficulty of making a precise measurement in these regions.
This Surveillance has been modified by a Note that may require that more w
This Surveillance has been modified by a Note that may require that more w
frequent surveillances be performed. When F Q (Z) is evaluated, an evaluation of the expression below is required to account for any increase to C
frequent surveillances be performed. When F Q (Z) is evaluated, an evaluation of the expression below is required to account for any increase to C
FQ (Z) that may occur and cause the FQ(Z) limit to be exceeded before the next required FQ(Z) evaluation.
FQ (Z) that may occur and cause the FQ(Z) limit to be exceeded before the next required FQ(Z) evaluation.
If the two most recent FQ(Z) evaluations show an increase in the expression maximum over z                       K(Z) it is required to meet the FQ(Z) limit with the last F (W(Z) increased by the appropriate factor of __1.02 specified in the COLR, or to evaluate FQ(Z) more frequently, each 7 EFPD. These alternative requirements prevent FQ(Z) from exceeding its limit for any significant period of time without detection.
If the two most recent FQ(Z) evaluations show an increase in the expression maximum over z K(Z) it is required to meet the FQ(Z) limit with the last F (W(Z) increased by the appropriate factor of __ 1.02 specified in the COLR, or to evaluate FQ(Z) more frequently, each 7 EFPD. These alternative requirements prevent FQ(Z) from exceeding its limit for any significant period of time without detection.
Performing the Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, e9-at-a rod8c.d poWor     loy.
Performing the Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, e9-at-a rod8c.d poWor loy. l at nY othor timo, and moting tho 4 0 TP E:(::T
                                                . l at nY othor timo, and moting tho 4 0       TP E:(::T
#A*-, provides assurance that the FQ(Z) limit will be met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors are generally decreased as power level is increased.
                            #A*-, provides assurance that the FQ(Z) limit will be met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors are generally decreased as power level is increased.
FQ(Z) is verified at power levels _&#x17d; 20% RTP above the THERMAL POWER of its last verification, 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions to ensure that FQ(Z) is within its limit at higher power levels.
FQ(Z) is verified at power levels _&#x17d;20% RTP above the THERMAL POWER of its last verification, 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions to ensure that FQ(Z) is within its limit at higher power levels.
The Surveillance Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup. The Surveillance may be done more frequently if required by the results of FQ(Z) evaluations.
The Surveillance Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup. The Surveillance may be done more frequently if required by the results of FQ(Z) evaluations.
The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution because such a change is sufficiently slow, when the plant is operated in accordance with the TS, to preclude adverse peaking factors between 31 day surveillances.
The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution because such a change is sufficiently slow, when the plant is operated in accordance with the TS, to preclude adverse peaking factors between 31 day surveillances.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-9                                 Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                   FQ(Z)*F--aMethodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-9 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 14 of 32 BASES (continued)
Page 14 of 32                                                                                                      B 3.2.1 BASES (continued)
FQ(Z)*F--aMethodology)
REFERENCES            1.       10 CFR 50.46, 1974.
B 3.
: 2.       Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.
 
: 3.       10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
==2.1 REFERENCES==
: 4.       RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-1 6 and Overpower N-1 6 Trip Setpoint Methodology," TU Electric, June 1994.
: 1.
                              ,.6. WCAP-10216-P-A, Rev. 1 A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) FO0 Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.                                      .
10 CFR 50.46, 1974.
: 2.
Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.
: 3.
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
: 4.
RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-1 6 and Overpower N-1 6 Trip Setpoint Methodology," TU Electric, June 1994.
,.6. WCAP-10216-P-A, Rev. 1 A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) FO0 Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.
: 7. WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System,"
: 7. WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System,"
August 1994.
August 1994.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               B 3.2-10                                       Revision 51
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-10 Revision 51


N to TXX-07063                                                                                         FAH Page 15 of 32                                                                                                 B 3.2.2 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS N
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 15 of 32 B 3.2.2 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS N
B 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)
B 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)
BASES BACKGROUND             The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the power density at any point in the core so that the fuel design criteria are not exceeded and the accident analysis assumptions remain valid. The design limits on local (pellet) and integrated fuel rod peak power density are expressed in terms of hot channel factors. Control of the core power distribution with respect to these factors ensures that local conditions in the fuel rods and coolant channels do not challenge core integrity at any location during normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency analyzed in the safety analyses.
BASES BACKGROUND The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the power density at any point in the core so that the fuel design criteria are not exceeded and the accident analysis assumptions remain valid. The design limits on local (pellet) and integrated fuel rod peak power density are expressed in terms of hot channel factors. Control of the core power distribution with respect to these factors ensures that local conditions in the fuel rods and coolant channels do not challenge core integrity at any location during normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency analyzed in the safety analyses.
N FAH is defined as the ratio of the integral of the linear power along the fuel rod with the highest integrated power to the average integrated fuel rod N
N FAH is defined as the ratio of the integral of the linear power along the fuel rod with the highest integrated power to the average integrated fuel rod N
power. Therefore,     FAH   is a measure of the maximum total power produced N
power. Therefore, FAH is a measure of the maximum total power produced N
in a fuel rod. FAH is sensitive to fuel loading patterns, bank insertion, and fuel burnup.                                 marement Ni FAH is not directly measurable but is inferre from a power distribution f obtained with the movable incore detector sytem           ecifically, the results of the three dimensional power distribution fap are anay               determine FAH. This factor is calculated at least every 31 EFPD. However, during             OPERABLE power operation, the global power distribution is monitored by LCO 3.2.3, PDMS "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," which address directly and continuously measured process variables. Compliance with these LCOs, along with the LCOs governing shutdown and control rod insertion and alignment, maintains the core limits on power distribution on a continuous basis.
in a fuel rod. FAH is sensitive to fuel loading patterns, bank insertion, and fuel burnup.
marement Ni FAH is not directly measurable but is inferre from a power distribution f obtained with the movable incore detector sytem ecifically, the results of the three dimensional power distribution fap are anay determine FAH. This factor is calculated at least every 31 EFPD. However, during OPERABLE power operation, the global power distribution is monitored by LCO 3.2.3, PDMS "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," which address directly and continuously measured process variables. Compliance with these LCOs, along with the LCOs governing shutdown and control rod insertion and alignment, maintains the core limits on power distribution on a continuous basis.
The COLR provides peaking factor limits that ensure that the design basis value of the departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) is met for normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency. All DNB limited transient events are N
The COLR provides peaking factor limits that ensure that the design basis value of the departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) is met for normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency. All DNB limited transient events are N
assumed to begin with an FAH value that satisfies the LCO requirements.
assumed to begin with an FAH value that satisfies the LCO requirements.
Operation outside the LCO limits may produce unacceptable consequences if a DNB limiting event occurs. The DNB design basis ensures that there is (continued)
Operation outside the LCO limits may produce unacceptable consequences if a DNB limiting event occurs. The DNB design basis ensures that there is (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 B 3.2-11                                   Revision 51
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-11 Revision 51


N to TXX-07063                                                                               FAH Page 16 of 32                                                                                         B 3.2.2 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 16 of 32 B 3.2.2 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
N The LOCA safety analysis also uses FAH       as an input parameter. The Nuclear Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) and the axial peaking factors are inserted directly into the LOCA safety analyses that verify the acceptability of the resulting peak cladding temperature (Ref. 3).
N The LOCA safety analysis also uses FAH as an input parameter. The Nuclear Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) and the axial peaking factors are inserted directly into the LOCA safety analyses that verify the acceptability of the resulting peak cladding temperature (Ref. 3).
The fuel is protected in part by compliance with Technical Specifications which ensure that the initial conditions assumed in the safety and accident analyses remain valid. The following LCOs ensure this: LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," LCO 3.2.2, "Nuclear N
The fuel is protected in part by compliance with Technical Specifications which ensure that the initial conditions assumed in the safety and accident analyses remain valid. The following LCOs ensure this: LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," LCO 3.2.2, "Nuclear N
Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)," and LCO 3.2.1, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z))."
Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)," and LCO 3.2.1, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z))."
or an 0PRBEPM and FQ(Z) are measured periodically using the movable incore detector syste . Measurements are generally taken with the core at, or near, equilibrium conditions. Core monitoring and control under transient conditions (Condition 1 events) are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the LCOs on AFD, QPTR, and Bank Insertion Limits.
or an 0PRBEPM and FQ(Z) are measured periodically using the movable incore detector syste  
. Measurements are generally taken with the core at, or near, equilibrium conditions. Core monitoring and control under transient conditions (Condition 1 events) are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the LCOs on AFD, QPTR, and Bank Insertion Limits.
N FAH satisfies Criterion 2 of 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
N FAH satisfies Criterion 2 of 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
N LCO               FAH shall be maintained within the limits of the relationship provided in the COLR.
N LCO FAH shall be maintained within the limits of the relationship provided in the COLR.
N The FAH limit is representative of the coolant flow channel with the maximum enthalpy rise. This channel has the least heat removal capability and thus the highest probability for a DNB condition.
N The FAH limit is representative of the coolant flow channel with the maximum enthalpy rise. This channel has the least heat removal capability and thus the highest probability for a DNB condition.
N The limiting value of FAH     described by the equation contained in the COLR, is the design radial peaking factor used in the unit safety analyses.
N The limiting value of FAH described by the equation contained in the COLR, is the design radial peaking factor used in the unit safety analyses.
A power multiplication factor in this equation includes an additional allowance for higher radial peaking factors from reduced thermal feedback and greater control rod insertion at low power levels. The limiting value of N
A power multiplication factor in this equation includes an additional allowance for higher radial peaking factors from reduced thermal feedback and greater control rod insertion at low power levels. The limiting value of N
FAH is allowed to increase by a cycle-dependent factor (PFAH, as specified (continued)
FAH is allowed to increase by a cycle-dependent factor (PFAH, as specified (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-13                                 Revision 51
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-13 Revision 51


N to TXX-07063                                                                                     FAH Page 17 of 32                                                                                               B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS             A.2 (continued)
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 17 of 32 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS A.2 (continued)
Required Action A.1.1, or the power level has been reduced to < 50% RTP per Required Action A.1.2.1, an; incor flux map (SR 3.2.2.1) must be obtained andthe                 valu of FNH verified not to exceed the allowed limit a       wer power level. The unit is provided 20 additional hours to orm this task over and above the 4 hours allowed by either Action A.1.1 (core power distributioan   r Action A.1.2.1. The Completion Time of 24 hours is acceptable because measurement             of the increase in the DNB margin, which is obtained at lower power levels, d the low probability of having a DNB limiting event within this 24 hour Additionally, operating         ience has indicated that this Completion Time is sufficient to obtain the ieee A -x meap, perform the required calculations, N
Required Action A.1.1, or the power level has been reduced to < 50% RTP per Required Action A.1.2.1, an; incor flux map (SR 3.2.2.1) must be obtained andthe valu of F NH verified not to exceed the allowed limit a wer power level. The unit is provided 20 additional hours to orm this task over and above the 4 hours allowed by either Action A.1.1 (core power distributioan r Action A.1.2.1. The Completion Time of 24 hours is acceptable because measurement of the increase in the DNB margin, which is obtained at lower power levels, d the low probability of having a DNB limiting event within this 24 hour Additionally, operating ience has indicated that this Completion Time is sufficient to obtain the ieee A -x meap, perform the required calculations, N
and evaluate FAH.
and evaluate FAH.
A.3 Verification that FNAH is within its specified limits after an out of limit occurrence ensures that the cause that led to the FNAH exceeding its limit is identified, to the extent necessary, and corrected, and that subsequent operation proceeds within the LCO limit. This Action demonstrates that the F NAH limit is within the LCO limits prior to exceeding 50% RTP, again prior to exceeding 75% RTP, and within 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is
A.3 Verification that FN AH is within its specified limits after an out of limit occurrence ensures that the cause that led to the FNAH exceeding its limit is identified, to the extent necessary, and corrected, and that subsequent operation proceeds within the LCO limit. This Action demonstrates that the F NAH limit is within the LCO limits prior to exceeding 50% RTP, again prior to exceeding 75% RTP, and within 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is
                                > 95% RTP. SR 3.2.2.1 must be satisfied prior to increasing power above the extrapolated allowable power level or restoration of any reduced Reactor N
> 95% RTP. SR 3.2.2.1 must be satisfied prior to increasing power above the extrapolated allowable power level or restoration of any reduced Reactor N
Trip System setpoints. When FAH is measured at reduced power levels, the N
Trip System setpoints. When FAH is measured at reduced power levels, the N
allowable power level is determined by evaluating FAH for higher power levels.
allowable power level is determined by evaluating FAH for higher power levels.
This Required Action is modified by a Note that states that THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced prior to performing this Action.
This Required Action is modified by a Note that states that THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced prior to performing this Action.
B.1 When Required Actions A.1.1 through A.3 cannot be completed within their required Completion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in at (continued)
B.1 When Required Actions A.1.1 through A.3 cannot be completed within their required Completion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in at (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-16                                   Revision 51
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-16 Revision 51


N to TXX-07063                                                                                               FAH Page 18 of 32                                                                                                         B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS                     B.1 (continued) least MODE 2 within 6 hours. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience regarding the time required to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 18 of 32 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued) least MODE 2 within 6 hours. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience regarding the time required to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
SURVEILLANCE               SR 3.2.2.1 REQUIREMENTS                                                                                             measurement SR 3.2.2.1 is modified by a Note. The Note applies during               er ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1).           e note allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not curre         lt states that THERMAL POWER may be increased until an                 ilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution marfp can be obtained.
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.2.1 REQUIREMENTS measurement SR 3.2.2.1 is modified by a Note. The Note applies during er ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1).
Equilibrium conditions are achieved when the core is sufficiently stable such that the uncertainty allowances                     the m         ment are valid.
e note allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not curre lt states that THERMAL POWER may be increased until an ilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution marfp can be obtained.
or an OPERABLE PDMS                                               pwrdistribution measurement value of FaH is determinel Wusing the movable incore detector syste to obtain a flux dictributio, map. A data reduction computer program N
Equilibrium conditions are achieved when the core is sufficiently stable such that the uncertainty allowances the m ment are valid.
then calculates the maximum value of FAH from the measured flux Ifthe PDMS is used, the appropriate     istributions*, -The measured value of F H must be multiplied by 1.04 to measurement uncertainty is                                                       AH automatically calculated and applied *ta         for measurement uncertainty before making comparisons to the to the measured FN AH (Ref. 4).         FN    limit.
or an OPERABLE PDMS pwrdistribution measurement value of FaH is determinel Wusing the movable incore detector syste to obtain a flux dictributio, map. A data reduction computer program N
FNAH                 FAH limit..
then calculates the maximum value of FAH from the measured flux If the PDMS is used, the appropriate istributions*, -The measured value of F H must be multiplied by 1.04 to measurement uncertainty is AH automatically calculated and applied *ta for measurement uncertainty before making comparisons to the to the measured FN AH (Ref. 4).
If the moveable incore detector                               N syste                                 After each refueling, F   AH must be determined in MODE 1 prior to N
F N limit.
exceeding 75% RTP. This requirement ensures that FAH limits are met at the beginning of each fuel cycle. Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, or at a reduced power level at any other time, N                                           N and meeting the 100% RTP FAH limit, provides assurance that the FAH limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.
FNAH F AH limit..
If the moveable incore detector N
syste After each refueling, F AH must be determined in MODE 1 prior to N
exceeding 75% RTP. This requirement ensures that FAH limits are met at the beginning of each fuel cycle. Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, or at a reduced power level at any other time, N
N and meeting the 100% RTP FAH limit, provides assurance that the FAH limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.
The 31 EFPD Frequency is acceptable because the power distribution changes relatively slowly over this amount of fuel burnup. Accordingly, this N
The 31 EFPD Frequency is acceptable because the power distribution changes relatively slowly over this amount of fuel burnup. Accordingly, this N
Frequency is short enough that the FAH limit cannot be exceeded for any significant period of operation.
Frequency is short enough that the FAH limit cannot be exceeded for any significant period of operation.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                     B 3.2-17                                     Revision 51
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-17 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 19 of 32 N
 
FAH B 3.2.2 BASES (continued)
to TXX-07063                                                                         FAH Page 19 of 32                                                                                   B 3.2.2 BASES (continued)
REFERENCES
REFERENCES           1. Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.
: 1.
: 2. 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.
: 3. 10 CFR 50.46.
: 2.
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
: 3.
10 CFR 50.46.
: 4. WCAP-1 2472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.
: 4. WCAP-1 2472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-18                         Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                 AFD (GAOG Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-18 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 20 of 32 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)
Page 20 of 32 mB                3.2.3 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)                   Axial Offset Control (c)         Methodology)
AFD (GAOG Methodology) mB 3.2.3 Axial Offset Control (c)
BASES BACKGROUND         The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the values of the AFD in order to limit the axial power distribution skewing to either the top or bottom of the core. By limiting the amount of power distribution skewing, core peaking factors are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses. Limiting power distribution skewing over time also minimizes the xenon distribution skewing, which is a significant factor in axial power distribution control.
Methodology)
Tho oporating sehemo uscd to control tho axial pow-r distrbuti.n, CAOC, involvocN mainAtaining4 the AFDQ Within AtoloFranco band Aaroud AbUFRUP dop3,,de*t targt, know 3n,tho targt flux diffF*,Ae, t9 MiniFA,,i--
BASES BACKGROUND The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the values of the AFD in order to limit the axial power distribution skewing to either the top or bottom of the core. By limiting the amount of power distribution skewing, core peaking factors are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses. Limiting power distribution skewing over time also minimizes the xenon distribution skewing, which is a significant factor in axial power distribution control.
Yariatien Of the axial poaking factor and axial xenon dictribution durinig unit Tho targot   flu. dif.F.roee 'a dot.Fr.ind at qguilibriumR Xo.* *,onditien..     The controel banRkc mnuct be pocition-d- viithin the ecoram inR aceordancoA 0ith their RL;A~kqn "imots And Contral Bank Q should bc incortcd Rnor it nrmal1R pesition (i.e., &#x17d;!180 6tepc withdrawn) foretoady ctato operation at high power lo'.els. The pwere leyo1 chould be ac noar RTP ac practical. The Yalue of tho target flux di9Fforonc ebtainod undor there oenditionc, divi~ded by tho FrFaction of RTP ;6 th49 targot flux differAnco at R'T-P for the acceciatad caro lovolc aro obtainod by multiplying the RT-P Yalua by the appropriate fEracioal THWERMAL POWER level.
Tho oporating sehemo uscd to control tho axial pow-r distrbuti.n, CAOC, involvocN mainAtaining4 the AFDQ Within A toloFranco band Aaroud A bUFRUP dop3,,de*t targt, know 3n, tho targt flux diffF*,Ae, t9 MiniFA,,i--
Pododic uipdating of the target flux differenee Y.alue is nococcar'; to follow the change ,f   th3 flux dif.f.rn.. at steadystate eendition. with bUR.up.
Yariatien Of the axial poaking factor and axial xenon dictribution durinig unit Tho targot flu. dif.F.roee 'a dot.Fr.ind at qguilibriumR Xo.* *,onditien..
Thoq ARID ic mntcAFd An an 81automati bacic ucing the unit Prcccc eomputer that hac an Ar-)FD montcr alarmI. The freguancY of mnenitering the A9by the       col emputer onc           minute PFYdR           ccccnuait8y aontinuauc6 accumRulation Ef eateite               tiff3 that alleWc the Bparalter t9 accurately accocerR the ctaRtuc af the penRalty deviatie timfe. The comlputer deteFrminec the 1 mfinute Elveiago of each of the OPER'ABLE oxcer-e detector eUtpUtc and prc'idec an alarFm meccage if the AF-Da for two or m~ere OPERA1BLE 8xcore ehannelc arc outcide the targlet bandE anid the THERMAL POWER irc 900 RT-P. DuFrig epcration at THERMVAL POWER levels 4 90% RTP but &#x17d;! 15%; RT-P, the comfputer 6endr, an alaFrm mcccage when the cumuwlative panalty davi~ationR tim:e Ofc'
The controel banRkc mnuct be pocition-d-viithin the ecoram inR aceordancoA 0ith their RL;A~kqn "imots And Contral Bank Q should bc incortcd Rnor it nrmal1R pesition (i.e., &#x17d;! 180 6tepc withdrawn) foretoady ctato operation at high power lo'.els. The pwere leyo1 chould be ac noar RTP ac practical. The Yalue of tho target flux di9Fforonc ebtainod undor there oenditionc, divi~ded by tho FrFaction of RTP ;6 th49 targot flux differAnco at R'T-P for the acceciatad caro lovolc aro obtainod by multiplying the RT-P Yalua by the appropriate fEracioal THWERMAL POWER level.
                                                                        > hour in thz przviauc 21 heure.
Pododic uipdating of the target flux differenee Y.alue is nococcar'; to follow the change  
,f th3 flux dif.f.rn..
at steadystate eendition. with bUR.up.
Thoq ARID ic mntcAFd An an 81automati bacic ucing the unit Prcccc eomputer that hac an Ar-)FD montcr alarmI.
The freguancY of mnenitering the A9by the col emputer onc minute PFYdR ccccnuait8y aontinuauc6 accumRulation Ef eateite tiff3 that alleWc the Bparalter t9 accurately accocerR the ctaRtuc af the penRalty deviatie timfe. The comlputer deteFrminec the 1 mfinute Elveiago of each of the OPER'ABLE oxcer-e detector eUtpUtc and prc'idec an alarFm meccage if the AF-Da for two or m~ere OPERA1BLE 8xcore ehannelc arc outcide the targlet bandE anid the THERMAL POWER irc 900 RT-P. DuFrig epcration at THERMVAL POWER levels 4 90% RTP but &#x17d;! 15%; RT-P, the comfputer 6endr, an alaFrm mcccage when the cumuwlative panalty davi~ationR tim:e Ofc'  
> hour in thz przviauc 21 heure.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               B 3.2-19                                     Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                             AFD (,AQG. Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-19 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 21 of 32 BASES (continued)
Page 21 of 32 cB                 3.2.3 BASES (continued)
AFD (,AQG.
APPLICABLE                                                                 N no NUGIBE- L--haPY       K168 Miot unannIo i-actor   (FAH) and QPTR LCGc limit SAFEY ANALYSES the radial eomponont of the poaking factorcs. The A.F-D ic-aamoacu-ro of axial.
Methodology) cB 3.2.3 APPLICABLE SAFEY ANALYSES no NUGIBE-L-- haPY K168 Miot unannIo i-actor N
poWor dictributio ckoWing to th9 top or bottom4 half of 414o cor. Tho AF ic to many coFo rolatod parametorc cuch aS conrolI ban~k pecitionc, WociiOA 6oro poWor loVol, axial IbuFRnup, axial X-non d-ictri-bu-tion and, to a lesccorf oxtont, Foactor ooolant tomAporaturo and boFro concontrationc. Tho AlloWod rango of the AF-D ic,used in the nucloar docign prococc to confiFrm that oporation Within thoco-A Iiit pr               F poaking factorci And Axial poWor oo 3uc dictributionc that moo8t Gaft* ana!YGic roquiromonRtc.
(FAH) and QPTR LCGc limit the radial eomponont of the poaking factorcs. The A.F-D ic-aa moacu-ro of axial.
Tho rACAQO- mothodology (Refs. 1, 2, and 3) ontaiS;-
poWor dictributio ckoWing to th9 top or bottom4 half of 414o cor.
a-.     Ecstbliching an cnvolepc of allowod pewer chapoc and poWcr deRstesei
Tho AF ic WociiOA to many coFo rolatod parametorc cuch aS conrolI ban~k pecitionc, 6oro poWor loVol, axial IbuFRnup, axial X-non d-ictri-bu-tion and, to a lesccorf oxtont, Foactor ooolant tomAporaturo and boFro concontrationc. Tho AlloWod rango of the AF-D ic, used in the nucloar docign prococc to confiFrm that oporation Within thoco-A Iiit pr 3uc F
: 49.     Dovicing BAn opoating 64tratgy for tho eyoio that m~ximizoc uni
oo poaking factorci And Axial poWor dictributionc that moo8t Gaft* ana!YGic roquiromonRtc.
                                        %lXi8liltytmanouV8FR@n)         ..
Tho rACAQO-mothodology (Refs. 1, 2, and 3) ontaiS;-
                                                                    -anamRRInimzo  axial poWor 6napo cnangoc; Domonctrating that this tratoatgy dooc not recult in eoro condition that ioato91-*tho Bnvolopo of poFrmisciblo coro poWorcarooici CA~d Demoncr~ating that thic pA;owor d-itribu---tonA oontrl 6chomoe can bo offctaiyoly cuporyicod with oxcoro dotoctorc.
a-.
Ecstbliching an cnvolepc of allowod pewer chapoc and poWcr deRstesei
: 49.
Dovicing BAn opoating 64tratgy for tho eyoio that m~ximizoc uni
%lXi8lilty tmanouV8FR@n)  
-ana..mRRInimzo axial poWor 6napo cnangoc; Domonctrating that this tratoatgy dooc not recult in eoro condition that ioato91-*
tho Bnvolopo of poFrmisciblo coro poWorcarooici CA~d Demoncr~ating that thic pA;owor d-itribu---tonA oontrl 6chomoe can bo offctaiyoly cuporyicod with oxcoro dotoctorc.
The limits on the AFD ensure that the Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z))
The limits on the AFD ensure that the Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z))
is not exceeded during either normal operation or in the event of xenon redistribution following power changes. The limits on the AFD also limit the range of power distributions that are assumed as initial conditions in analyzing Condition II, Ill, and IV events. Compliance with this limit ensures that acceptable levels of fuel cladding integrity is maintained for these postulated accidents. The most important Condition IV event is the loss of coolant accident. The most significant Condition III event is the complete loss of forced RCS flow accident. The most significant Condition II events are uncontrolled bank withdrawal and boration or dilution accidents.
is not exceeded during either normal operation or in the event of xenon redistribution following power changes. The limits on the AFD also limit the range of power distributions that are assumed as initial conditions in analyzing Condition II, Ill, and IV events. Compliance with this limit ensures that acceptable levels of fuel cladding integrity is maintained for these postulated accidents. The most important Condition IV event is the loss of coolant accident. The most significant Condition III event is the complete loss of forced RCS flow accident. The most significant Condition II events are uncontrolled bank withdrawal and boration or dilution accidents.
Condition II accidents are used to confirm the adequacy of Overpower N-16 and Overtemperature N-16 trip setpoints.
Condition II accidents are used to confirm the adequacy of Overpower N-16 and Overtemperature N-16 trip setpoints.
The limits on the AFD satisfy Criterion 2 of the 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
The limits on the AFD satisfy Criterion 2 of the 1 OCFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
LCO               The shape of the power profile in the axial (i.e., the vertical) direction is largely under the control of the operator, through either the manual operation of the control banks, or automatic motion of control banks responding to (continued)
LCO The shape of the power profile in the axial (i.e., the vertical) direction is largely under the control of the operator, through either the manual operation of the control banks, or automatic motion of control banks responding to (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-20                                   Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 22 of 32 The AFD limits are selected by considering a range of axial xenon distributions that may occur as a result of large variations of the AFD. Subsequently, power peaking factors and power distributions are examined to ensure that the.,
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-20 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 22 of 32 The AFD limits are selected by considering a range of axial xenon distributions that may occur as a result of large variations of the AFD. Subsequently, power peaking factors and power distributions are examined to ensure that the.,
transient limits are met. Violation of the AFD limits invalidate the conclusions of the accident and transient analyses with regard to fuel cladding integrity.
transient limits are met. Violation of the AFD limits invalidate the conclusions of the accident and transient analyses with regard to fuel cladding integrity.
The AFD s monitored on an automatic basis using the unit process computer, which has an AFD monitor alarm. The computer determines the 1 minute average of each of the OPERABLE excore detector outputs and provides an alarm message immediately if the AFD for to or more OPERABLE excore channels is outside its specified limits.
The AFD s monitored on an automatic basis using the unit process computer, which has an AFD monitor alarm. The computer determines the 1 minute average of each of the OPERABLE excore detector outputs and provides an alarm message immediately if the AFD for to or more OPERABLE excore channels is outside its specified limits.
Line 608: Line 791:
The allowed range of the AFO is used in the nuclear design process to confirm that operation within these limits produces core peaking factors and axial power distributions that meet safety analysis requirements.
The allowed range of the AFO is used in the nuclear design process to confirm that operation within these limits produces core peaking factors and axial power distributions that meet safety analysis requirements.
The RAOC methodology (Ref. 5) establishes a xenon distribution library with tentatively wide AFD limits. One dimensional axial power distribution calculations are then performed to demonstrate that normal operation power shapes are acceptable for the loss of coolant accident and loss of flow accident, and for initial conditions of anticipated transients. The tentative limits are adjusted as necessary to meet the safety analysis requirements.
The RAOC methodology (Ref. 5) establishes a xenon distribution library with tentatively wide AFD limits. One dimensional axial power distribution calculations are then performed to demonstrate that normal operation power shapes are acceptable for the loss of coolant accident and loss of flow accident, and for initial conditions of anticipated transients. The tentative limits are adjusted as necessary to meet the safety analysis requirements.
to TXX-07063                                                                         AFD (           Methodology)
to TXX-07063 Page 23 of 32 AFD (
Page 23 of 32
Methodology)
                                                                                                          !B                   3.2.3 BASES LCO (continued) temperature deviations resulting from either manual operation of the Chemical and Volume Control System to change boron concentration, or from power level changes.
!B 3.2.3 BASES LCO (continued) temperature deviations resulting from either manual operation of the Chemical and Volume Control System to change boron concentration, or from power level changes.
Signals are available to the operator from the Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) excore neutron detectors (Ref. 4). Separate signals are taken from the top and bottom detectors. The AFD is defined as the difference in normalized flux signals between the top and bottom excore detector in each detector well. For convenience, this flux difference is converted to provide flux difference units expressed as a percentage and labeled as %A flux or
Signals are available to the operator from the Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) excore neutron detectors (Ref. 4). Separate signals are taken from the top and bottom detectors. The AFD is defined as the difference in normalized flux signals between the top and bottom excore detector in each detector well. For convenience, this flux difference is converted to provide flux difference units expressed as a percentage and labeled as %A flux or
                                        %AI.
%AI.
The AFD limits are provided inG-G   fo              6 mo!dified by a Noto that etatoc tho cR.ditncr, nroc**ar; for s
The AFD limits are provided inG-G 6
th e A DR i. Th e AFD limi s f*o                       AFD outeide of the targot band. The roFguird t;Argt band RAldo not dpn on the.........4W                 ixia! bDuFnUP dictributien, Whioh iAturn Yariec With tho 68Fo target flux difference.               a     &sect;e.... :umulaed burup. The targot1 band dofined in; the COL=R may However, the target flux                                                                                                           &A difference may be used to minimize changes in the axial         be*e;,,Wed   for a Gepoiflo rango of Byelo bumRup.
s fo th e A D R i. T h e A F D limi s f*o RA l do not dpn on the.........4W target flux difference.
power distribution.
a  
A[
&sect;e....
Al   nIAIME " OAOI DTDQ #k^ A CM     1. imk . 4 %AP041;,0*k^4--
However, the target flux difference may be used to minimize changes in the axial be*e;,,Wed power distribution.
ba*d. With the AFD autide the targot bn wRI       ,.itih THERMAL POWER &#xfd; 0O%
mo!dified by a Noto that etatoc tho cR.ditncr, nroc**ar; for AFD outeide of the targot band. The roFguird t;Argt band ixia! bDuFnUP dictributien, Whioh iA turn Yariec With tho 68Fo
RTP, the accumptienc of thoacoidont aralycc may bo "iolatod.
:umulaed burup. The targot1 band dofined in; the COL=R may
PeArt B and G of this LOC Wre affoctod by Notoc that de~ecrbo how tho rumulative pnalty do-iation time isealculatod. it ic it*dod that the unit, c operatid with th; ARc within the   .. a.;gotbandath      14cthe targe.t fux difforono..
&A for a Gepoiflo rango of Byelo bumRup.
HA-oor, dUr-ing r'Arpid THEM             POWER rodutionE-14     , contrl bank motion may oauco, the AF-D to deviate outcido of the targlet band at reduced THERMA~L POWER leyolc. This deviation dooc not affect the xenon dictribuWtion cufiei8ntly to change the envelope of poaking factoeF that May bo roached on a 6ubseauont roetuFR t RT-P with the AF-D within the target band, provdod the timol duration of the deviation is limFited. Accordingly, w*.hie THERMAL POWER ic~60% RT-P and 4 -^0%RT               '              Part B3 of thic LCO), a 1 hour cumul~ativo pen4alty deIBiation timfe limit, cumu~lative during the pr-eceding 24 houres, ic,allowed duFrin which the unit m~ay be operatled autc~ide of the target band but within the aeceptable operation limFltz provided inthe C-O1R. Thic, penalty timfe iGa661umula"tod At th rAt oAAf         1 minutoA for each 1 mninute ef operating time within the poer8 Fraga of PBar B of thic LCO-(i.e., THERMAL POWER &#xfd;!600% RTP). The cumu lativYe penalt' time ic the sum of penalty timer, from Parte 1B     and C of thic, 6CO.
A[ Al nIAIME  
For THERMALA       PO1WE-R loeye       16% RTP and     -5%       RTP (i.e.,Part C of (continued)
" OAOI DTDQ  
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                         B 3.2-21                                       Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                                                   AFD (GAGQ Methodology)
#k^ A CM
Page 24 of 32                                                                                                                                      B 3.2.3 BASES LCO (continued)
: 1. im k.
II I   I X X
4 %AP041;,0 *k^4--
* thn Al~l) flutE-idA At thn t-irnnt h-~wt -irn ir'-"
ba*d. With the AFD autide the targot bn wRI  
tflif' Lt(11 dn'~i1tinnr nt.................-.-..----........
,.itih THERMAL POWER &#xfd; 0O%
cignificant. ThA acuuato f I1142 minubto ponalty doviation timel por I m:inute of Ractuatl timoi ou~tcido tho targoet band reflectc this roduco ORgn,,icnco.       With THERMALA             POWER             1 4O         RTP, ArD ;- not a     igrnifcr *t parafmiter in the accumF7ptoneF ucoAd in the cafot*nlc                             and           thorforo, roquirc   . no imt....     .      ocu..       the x.. ..       di.tribut...         produced at THERMAL rnt%,AIrPI', I. ... 1.
RTP, the accumptienc of tho acoidont aralycc may bo "iolatod.
I-- I---- SLL.._ nr*"r-s ._ --...  ,        i._=.*L- . ..  . J.-.-: ".
PeArt B and G of this LOC Wre affoctod by Notoc that de~ecrbo how tho rumulative pnalty do-iation time isealculatod. it ic it*dod that the unit, c operatid with th; ARc within the a.;gotbanda th 14cthe targe.t fux difforono..
incroacod, un~analyzod Kenon and poWer dictribuiti8nc aro provonted by
HA-oor, dUr-ing r'Arpid THEM POWER rodutionE-14  
                                        !ImiRtfincj the a6ecumulatod pen~alty deovition tmA4 Violating the LCO on the AFD could produce unacceptable consequences if a Condition 2, 3, or 4 event occurs while the AFD is outside its limits.
, contrl bank motion may oauco, the AF-D to deviate outcido of the targlet band at reduced THERMA~L POWER leyolc. This deviation dooc not affect the xenon dictribuWtion cufiei8ntly to change the envelope of poaking factoeF that May bo roached on a 6ubseauont roetuFR t RT-P with the AF-D within the target band, provdod the timol duration of the deviation is limFited. Accordingly, w*.hie THERMAL POWER ic~60% RT-P and 4 -^0%RT Part B3 of thic LCO), a 1 hour cumul~ativo pen4alty deIBiation timfe limit, cumu~lative during the pr-eceding 24 houres, ic, allowed duFrin which the unit m~ay be operatled autc~ide of the target band but within the aeceptable operation limFltz provided inthe C-O1R. Thic, penalty timfe iG a661umula"tod At th rAt oAAf 1 minutoA for each 1 mninute ef operating time within the poer8 Fraga of PBar B of thic LCO-(i.e., THERMAL POWER &#xfd;! 600% RTP). The cumu lativYe penalt' time ic the sum of penalty timer, from Parte 1B and C of thic, 6CO.
APPLI( CABILITY Vke3 AFD requirements are applicable in MODE 1 a.ovo.. 159 RTP.. ...                                                 v 500X RT the combination of THERMAL POWER and core peaking factors are
For THERMALA PO1WE-R loeye 16% RTP and -5%
                      &#xfd;     he                 core parameters of primary importance in safety analyses (Ref. 1).
RTP (i.e.,Part C of (continued)
Botwoon4 15% RTP and-905%RTP, thic LCOQ iGapplicablo to oncuro that tho dictribuitiOnc of %onon aro GAoncictontR With Safety anolYcic accUmRptionc.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-21 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 24 of 32 AFD (GAGQ Methodology)
At or 1&sect;ooW 495%A RT-P AnRd for loWor operating MODES, tho ctArod BnrgFy i using RAQO methodology, the value of the AFD does the fuaRad-tho enArgy 198ing troncfoRred to the roaotor coolant are8 loW. The not affect the limiting            .aluo of the AFD in thoco conditioes deer,not affoct the concoquoncocs of the accident consequences with        docign bacic e.'ontc.
B 3.2.3 BASES LCO (continued)
THERMAL POWER < 50%
II I I X X
RTP and for lower operating        For cUrPoillanco of the poWor rango channolc, poformo~ld according to power MODES.
* tflif' Lt(11 dn'~i1tinnr nt thn Al~l) flutE-idA At thn t-irnnt h-~wt -irn ir'-"
SR 3.3.449, davoton utido t148 target band 06, poFr*ittd for 16 hourc and no penalty doviation time go aoeuimulatcd. Somae doviation in the AFO m~a be roqulirod fort tho poffFRmanco of the NIS calibrFation With the incoro dotooto cyctemr. Th1411 roalibrFation ic typically po4eormcd eavoy 02 days.
cignificant. ThA acuuato f I1142 minubto ponalty doviation timel por I m:inute of Ractuatl timoi ou~tcido tho targoet band reflectc this roduco ORgn,,icnco. With THERMALA POWER 1 4O RTP, ArD ;- not a igrnifcr parafmiter in the accumF7ptoneF ucoAd in the cafot*nlc and
Lo9W c~gnal 18Y816 intheo-4AAf         ocrochannAelc ma8Y proc!lud obtaining valid AF-D signals bolaw 156% RT-P.
: thorforo, roquirc no imt....
A.1 As an alternative to restoring the AFD to within its specified limits,         hWiththc AFD '-tcido tho target bend and THERMAL POWER &#x17d; 90% RTP, Required Action A.1 requires a         th         ,ssumptie
ocu..
                                                                .. used in the ea.id.An        ^    nalycoi ma"y be "iolatad with rcpoct THERMAL POWER reduction to < h               t   max*,.   .
the x....
50% RTP. This places the core in a                               m.heat generatio..              Tha.cfao.,        a Completion Time of condition for which the value of the   15 m.n.toc !C Alleodd to rectoro the AFD) to Withn the targe~t band b(neau                                        )
di.tribut...
AFD is not important in the                     L9 dict;ibul ti81nc Renon                  change little inthic relatively chort time.
produced at THERMAL rnt%,AIrPI', I....
applicable safety analyses. A Completion Time of 30 minutes is reasonable, based on operating                                                                                                               (continued) experience, to reach 50% RTP without challenoinoi Dlant systems.
: 1.
1     1                   ~AK - -UNITS 1 AND 2                     B 3.2-22                                                     Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                 AFD (__AG, Methodology)
I-- I----
Page 25 of 32                                                                                zB               3.2.3 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
SLL.._
nr*"r-s._
i._=.*L-.
J.-.-:  
*t incroacod, un~analyzod Kenon and poWer dictribuiti8nc aro provonted by
!ImiRtfincj the a6ecumulatod pen~alty deovition tmA4 Violating the LCO on the AFD could produce unacceptable consequences if a Condition 2, 3, or 4 event occurs while the AFD is outside its limits.
APPLI(CABILITY Vke3 AFD requirements are applicable in MODE 1 a.ovo..
159 RTP.....
v 500X RT the combination of THERMAL POWER and core peaking factors are
&#xfd; he core parameters of primary importance in safety analyses (Ref. 1).
using RAQO methodology, the value of the AFD does not affect the limiting accident consequences with THERMAL POWER < 50%
RTP and for lower operating power MODES.
Botwoon4 15% RTP and-905% RTP, thic LCOQ iG applicablo to oncuro that tho dictribuitiOnc of %onon aro GAoncictontR With Safety anolYcic accUmRptionc.
At or 1&sect;ooW 495%A RT-P AnRd for loWor operating MODES, tho ctArod BnrgFy i the fuaRad-tho enArgy 198ing troncfoRred to the roaotor coolant are8 loW. The
.aluo of the AFD in thoco conditioes deer, not affoct the concoquoncocs of the docign bacic e.'ontc.
For cUrPoillanco of the poWor rango channolc, poformo~ld according to SR 3.3.449, davoton utido t148 target band 06, poFr*ittd for 16 hourc and no penalty doviation time go aoeuimulatcd. Somae doviation in the AFO m~a be roqulirod fort tho poffFRmanco of the NIS calibrFation With the incoro dotooto cyctemr.
Th1411 roalibrFation ic typically po4eormcd eavoy 02 days.
Lo9W c~gnal 18Y816 in theo-4AAf ocrochannAelc ma8Y proc!lud obtaining valid AF-D signals bolaw 156% RT-P.
A.1 As an alternative to restoring the AFD to within its specified limits, hWith thc AFD Required Action A.1 requires a th  
,ssumptie THERMAL POWER reduction to < h t
max*,..
50% RTP. This places the core in a condition for which the value of the 15 m.n.toc !C AFD is not important in the L9 Renon dict;ibul applicable safety analyses. A Completion Time of 30 minutes is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach 50% RTP without challenoinoi Dlant systems.
1 1  
~AK - -UNITS 1 AND 2
'-tcido tho target bend and THERMAL POWER &#x17d; 90% RTP,
.. used in the ea.id.An
^
nalycoi ma"y be "iolatad with rcpoct m.heat generatio..
Tha.cfao.,
a Completion Time of Alleodd to rectoro the AFD) to Withn the targe~t band b(neau
)
ti81nc change little in thic relatively chort time.
(continued)
B 3.2-22 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 25 of 32 AFD (__AG, Methodology) zB 3.2.3 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
B-_
B-_
I
I
* 11 I jl         I   I *1     I
* 11 I jl I
* THWERM.AL1 POWER to - 00% RT-P plRacoc tht; oro in Acondition that has boonR analyzod and found to b8 aocoptaBlo1, Pro~1dod- that th3AED icwithi the aecoptablo oporation limfitc Pro~idod in t4o C011=1.
I  
Tho alowo98d- ComRplotion Timo of 156 Fminutoc     pro'Adoc an aeooptablo time to roduco poWor to-         60RTP2without allowing the plant to remain inn unAanAlYZod condition for an e~tondod poriod of time.
*1 I
THWERM.AL1 POWER to - 00% RT-P plRacoc tht; oro in A condition that has boonR analyzod and found to b8 aocoptaBlo1, Pro~1dod-that th3AED icwithi the aecoptablo oporation limfitc Pro~idod in t4o C011=1.
Tho alowo98d-ComRplotion Timo of 156 Fminutoc pro'Adoc an aeooptablo time to roduco poWor to-60 RTP 2without allowing the plant to remain inn unAanAlYZod condition for an e~tondod poriod of time.
With THE-RMALI POWE!R 4 90091 RTP buwt &#x17d; rag% RTP1, oporatio With tho
With THE-RMALI POWE!R 4 90091 RTP buwt &#x17d; rag% RTP1, oporatio With tho
                                ,A~FD outcide the targoet band but within tho aoooptable oporation limfitc prOvidod intho COLR provided in the COL=R is allewod for Up to 1 hour. With the F wti thoco limit, the roculting axial poWor dictributin i accoptablo ac an initial conditic for accidont analYca acmin the thon exicting *onon dictributioncs. Tho 1 hour eumulativo ponalty doviation timol roc0trit the oxtont of xonon rodictribution. Without thic limfitation, unanalYZod Wxonon axiaRl ditrbtin may roclt fr9Am a di#Ffornt pa#Ftor of
,A~FD outcide the targoet band but within tho aoooptable oporation limfitc prOvidod in tho COLR provided in the COL=R is allewod for Up to 1 hour. With the F wti thoco limit, the roculting axial poWor dictributin i accoptablo ac an initial conditic for accidont analYca acmin the thon exicting *onon dictributioncs. Tho 1 hour eumulativo ponalty doviation timol roc0trit the oxtont of xonon rodictribution. Without thic limfitation, unanalYZod Wxonon axiaRl ditrbtin may roclt fr9Am a di#Ffornt pa#Ftor of
                                *enon buildup and docay. The roduetion to a power level 4650% RTP putrt tho PRr.Saar at a THErRMALA POWER loyal at which the AEDP *6 noR If the indicatod AFD0 i6 outcido tho targo*t;R ban an;;Rd outcido tho acco6ptablo oparatien limits providod in the COLR, the poaking faetorc accuwmod in accident analytic6 may be oxocedod with the oxirting xonoen eondition. (Any Ar- within the target b~and 66 a6eoptablo rogardle6c of itc rolationchip to tho aceeptablo8 Bepoatie Wimitc.) The Com:pletion Time of 30 minRutec alIoWc for a prom~pt, Yet erd8rlY, raductiR in powor.
*enon buildup and docay. The roduetion to a power level 4650% RTP putrt tho PRr.Saar at a THErRMALA POWER loyal at which the AEDP *6 noR If the indicatod AFD0 i6 outcido tho targo*t;R ban an  
Condkitio C icmodifiod by a NteW that roguiroc that Reaguirod Action         Q.1 mutha- cAMRoR*tod WhAnoyo thir,Condition OF;     ontccd.
;;Rd outcido tho acco6ptablo oparatien limits providod in the COLR, the poaking faetorc accuwmod in accident analytic6 may be oxocedod with the oxirting xonoen eondition. (Any Ar-within the target b~and 66 a6eoptablo rogardle6c of itc rolationchip to tho aceeptablo8 Bepoatie Wimitc.) The Com:pletion Time of 30 minRutec alIoWc for a prom~pt, Yet erd8rlY, raductiR in powor.
if Roguirod Action G.4 icnot complotod within         4t roguirod Camplotion Timfe of 30   i2nutec, the axial xonI dictribut*ion   tarc to boco mocignificantly skewod with the THERMAL POWER' &#x17d;!60"         % RTOP. In this cituea*.i,   the accumption that a cumulative Icc      penalty de"ition1     tim of 1 hourgOr     durin@g the proviouc 24 hourc while the AFD) it outcEId itc targt band ic,aecoptablo Rt - A00k. QXTR Wt   no lonoor lid COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               B 3.2-23                                     Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                   AFD (QAQQ Methodology)
Condkitio C icmodifiod by a NteW that roguiroc that Reaguirod Action Q.1 mutha-cAMRoR*tod WhAnoyo thir, Condition OF; ontccd.
Page 26 of 32                                                                                                      B 3.2.3 BASES ACTIONS           re     4i^e..
if Roguirod Action G.4 ic not complotod within 4t roguirod Camplotion Timfe of 30 i2nutec, the axial xonI dictribut*ion tarc to boco mocignificantly skewod with the THERMAL POWER' &#x17d;! 60" RTOP. In this cituea*.i, the accumption that a cumulative penalty de"ition1 tim of 1 hourgOr Icc durin@g the proviouc 24 hourc while the AFD) it outcEId itc targt band ic, aecoptablo Rt - A00k. QXTR Wt no lonoor lid COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-23 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 26 of 32 AFD (QAQQ Methodology)
Reducing the poWar loY9l to             - 15MA RTP Within tho CemRplotian Timo~ of 0 houreF and copyn               ihLCO penalty doviation; tio rou rente for conditione aro roctorodAG.
B 3.2.3 BASES ACTIONS re 4i^e..
SURVEILLANCE     SR 3.2.3.1 REQUIREMENTS t   c     lis       Surveillance verifies that the AFD as indicated by the NIS excore
Reducing the poWar loY9l to - 15MA RTP Within tho CemRplotian Timo~ of 0 houreF and copyn ihLCO penalty doviation; tio rou rente for conditione aro roctorodAG.
                                          .d.The          t]Ecr&#xfd;h~act           Surveillance Frequency of 7 days is adequate because the AFD is controlled by the operator and monitored by the process computer. Furthermore, any deviations of the AFD W..,*,baRfd that is not alarmed should be readily noticed.
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.3.1 REQUIREMENTS t
c lis Surveillance verifies that the AFD as indicated by the NIS excore t]Ecr&#xfd;h~act  
.d.The Surveillance Frequency of 7 days is adequate because the AFD is controlled by the operator and monitored by the process computer. Furthermore, any deviations of the AFD W..,*,baRfd that is not alarmed should be readily noticed.
_914e344.4 Wet-UIe4T
_914e344.4 Wet-UIe4T
                              ,Ma-c'-rNment of tho targot fl-ux diffcroneo ic acoormpliched by taking a flux Map Whon thA- coroF ic; at o-quilibriuml xcnon oanditioncS, praforably at high poWor lovolc With the control banks noarly withdirawn. This flux map providee tho oquiIl9F*Wum xonon axial poWor d169ictribtio 4from Which the targoet
,Ma-c'-rNment of tho targot fl-ux diffcroneo ic acoormpliched by taking a flux Map Whon thA-coroF ic; at o-quilibriuml xcnon oanditioncS, praforably at high poWor lovolc With the control banks noarly withdirawn. This flux map providee tho oquiIl9F*Wum xonon axial poWor d169ictribtio 4from Which the targoet
                              *alu, c-a       ba dotorm~ind. The tar.:et flux diffcr-Anc v--r~ic clowly with coro The targot AF-Dmuct be doteFMOnod inconjunction with the meauroement o F QW(Z); '^thorefore,   the froquenoy fo the p         ....
*alu, c-a ba dotorm~ind. The tar.:et flux diffcr-Anc v--r~ic clowly with coro The targot AF-Dmuct be doteFMOnod in conjunction with the meauroement o F QW(Z); '^thorefore, the froquenoy fo the p F*ea of this c"...illanc the same as that.. quiro"d for the performano. of the F QW(Z) siwrei4eanee PeF SR 32.1-26
F*ea   of this c"...illanc the same as that .. quiro"d for the performano. of the F QW(Z) siwrei4eanee PeF SR 32.1-26
.A......
                              .A...... med.ifi this   . S.R to al.ew the P.....t boginnring f eyelc AF-D from the Startup a. d Oporatioe" Report to be ueod to d^tormi;nA-t*ho initial target f... difforenoc after each refueling. This net. allows-operation until the P8W8r eela.o for extendcd aperatienc has been aehioved and an equilibriumFF P9   er 0i6WREMOuia cBA Re 88twina.
med.ifi  
REFERENCES       1.         RXE-90-006-P-A,"Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtem-perature N-1 6 and Overpower N-1 6 Trip Setpoint Methodology," TU Electric, June, 1994.
.this S.R to al.ew the P.....t boginnring f eyelc AF-D from the Startup a. d Oporatioe" Report to be ueod to d^tormi;nA-t*ho initial target f... difforenoc after each refueling. This net. allows-operation until the P8W8r eela.o for extendcd aperatienc has been aehioved and an equilibriumFF P9 er 0i6WREMOuia cBA Re 88twina.
REFERENCES
: 1.
RXE-90-006-P-A,"Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtem-perature N-1 6 and Overpower N-1 6 Trip Setpoint Methodology," TU Electric, June, 1994.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               B 3.2-24                                       Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 27 of 32                                                                                           Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-24 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 27 of 32 Methodology)
(   nOj     B 3.2.3 BASES REFERENCES (continued)
( nOj B 3.2.3 BASES REFERENCES (continued)
: 2.       WCAP-8385 (W proprietary), "Power Distribution Control and Load Following Procedures," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Sep-tember 1974.
: 2.
: 3.       T. M. Anderson to K. Kniel (Chief of Core Performance Branch, NRC),  
WCAP-8385 (W proprietary), "Power Distribution Control and Load Following Procedures," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Sep-tember 1974.
: 3.
T. M. Anderson to K. Kniel (Chief of Core Performance Branch, NRC),  


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
  "Operation and Safety Analysis Aspects of an Improved Load Follow Package," January 31, 1980.
  "Operation and Safety Analysis Aspects of an Improved Load Follow Package," January 31, 1980.
: 4.       FSAR, Chapter 7.
: 4.
FSAR, Chapter 7.
: 5. WCAP-1 0216-P-A, Rev. 1 A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) FQ Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.
: 5. WCAP-1 0216-P-A, Rev. 1 A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) FQ Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               B 3.2-25                                   Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                                     QPTR Page 28 of 32                                                                                               B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS           A.1 (continued) allowable THERMAL POWER level. Decreases in QPTR would allow raising the maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level and increasing THERMAL POWER up to this revised limit.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-25 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 28 of 32 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A.1 (continued) allowable THERMAL POWER level. Decreases in QPTR would allow raising the maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level and increasing THERMAL POWER up to this revised limit.
A.2 After completion of Required Action A.1, the QPTR may still exceed its limits.
A.2 After completion of Required Action A.1, the QPTR may still exceed its limits.
Any additional changes in the QPTR are detected by requiring a check of the QPTR once per 12 hours thereafter. A 12 hour Completion Time is sufficient because any additional change in QPTR would be relatively slow.
Any additional changes in the QPTR are detected by requiring a check of the QPTR once per 12 hours thereafter. A 12 hour Completion Time is sufficient because any additional change in QPTR would be relatively slow.
A.3 N
A.3 N
The peaking factors FAH and FQ(Z) are of primary importance in ensuring that the power distribution remains consistent with the initial conditions used N
The peaking factors FAH and FQ(Z) are of primary importance in ensuring that the power distribution remains consistent with the initial conditions used N
in the safety analyses. Performing SRs on FaH and FQ(Z) within the Completion Time of 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions from a core power distrib THERMAL POWER reduction per Required Action A.1 ensures that these mue                                     of power distribution are within their respective limits.
in the safety analyses. Performing SRs on FaH and FQ(Z) within the Completion Time of 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions from a core power distrib THERMAL POWER reduction per Required Action A.1 ensures that these mue of power distribution are within their respective limits.
Equilibrium conditions ar                   n t e core is sufficiently stable at the tqnded operating conditions to support                     . A Completion Time of 24       s after achieving equilibrium conditions from a THERMAL POWER reduction p       e-quired Action A.1 takes into consideration the rate at which peaking factors art-4eply to change, and the time required to stabilize the plant and perform a ,IQ mp. e If these peaking factors are not within their limits, the Required Actions of these Surveillances provide an appropriate response for the abnormal condition. Ifthe QPTR remains above its specified limit, the peaking factor surveillances are required each 7 days N
Equilibrium conditions ar n t e core is sufficiently stable at the tqnded operating conditions to support  
. A Completion Time of 24 s after achieving equilibrium conditions from a THERMAL POWER reduction p e-quired Action A.1 takes into consideration the rate at which peaking factors art-4eply to change, and the time required to stabilize the plant and perform a,IQ e
mp. If these peaking factors are not within their limits, the Required Actions of these Surveillances provide an appropriate response for the abnormal condition. If the QPTR remains above its specified limit, the peaking factor surveillances are required each 7 days N
thereafter to evaluate FAH and FQ(Z) with changes in power distribution.
thereafter to evaluate FAH and FQ(Z) with changes in power distribution.
Relatively small changes are expected due to either bumup and xenon redistribution or correction of the cause for exceeding the QPTR limit.
Relatively small changes are expected due to either bumup and xenon redistribution or correction of the cause for exceeding the QPTR limit.
A.4 N
A.4 N
Although FAH and FQ(Z) are of primary importance as initial conditions in the safety analyses, other changes in the power distribution may occur as the QPTR limit is exceeded and may have an impact on the validity of the safety analysis. A change in the power distribution can affect such reactor parameters as bank worths and peaking factors for rod malfunction (continued)
Although FAH and FQ(Z) are of primary importance as initial conditions in the safety analyses, other changes in the power distribution may occur as the QPTR limit is exceeded and may have an impact on the validity of the safety analysis. A change in the power distribution can affect such reactor parameters as bank worths and peaking factors for rod malfunction (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-28                                     Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                                     QPTR Page 29 of 32                                                                                               B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS               A.4 (continued) accidents. When the QPTR exceeds its limit, it does not necessarily mean a safety concern exists. It does mean that there is an indication of a change in the gross radial power distribution that requires an investigation and evaluation that is accomplished by examining the incore power distribution.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-28 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 29 of 32 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A.4 (continued) accidents. When the QPTR exceeds its limit, it does not necessarily mean a safety concern exists. It does mean that there is an indication of a change in the gross radial power distribution that requires an investigation and evaluation that is accomplished by examining the incore power distribution.
Specifically, the core peaking factors and the quadrant tilt must be evaluated because they are the factors that best characterize the core power distribution. This evaluation is required to ensure that, before increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limits of Required Action A.1, the reactor core conditions are consistent with the assumptions in the safety analyses.
Specifically, the core peaking factors and the quadrant tilt must be evaluated because they are the factors that best characterize the core power distribution. This evaluation is required to ensure that, before increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limits of Required Action A.1, the reactor core conditions are consistent with the assumptions in the safety analyses.
A.5 If the QPTR remains above the 1.02 limit and a re-evaluation of the safety analysis is completed and shows that safety requirements are met, the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit prior to increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limit of Required Action A.1.
A.5 If the QPTR remains above the 1.02 limit and a re-evaluation of the safety analysis is completed and shows that safety requirements are met, the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit prior to increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limit of Required Action A.1.
Normalization is accomplished in such a manner that the indicated QPTR following normalization is near 1.00. This is done to detect any subsequent significant changes in QPTR.
Normalization is accomplished in such a manner that the indicated QPTR following normalization is near 1.00. This is done to detect any subsequent significant changes in QPTR.
Required Action A.5 is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that the excore detectors are not normalized to restore to restore QPTR to within limits until after the evaluation of the safety analysis has determined that core conditions at RTP are within the safety analysis assumptions (i.e., Required Action A.4). Note 2 states that if Required Action A.5 is performed, then Required Action A.6 shall be performed. Required Action A.5 normalizes the coreors                                     to restore QPTR to within limit, which restores compliance measremets wt             . Thu, Note 2 prevents exiting the Actions prior to completing ,to               verify peaking factors per Required Action A.6.
Required Action A.5 is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that the excore detectors are not normalized to restore to restore QPTR to within limits until after the evaluation of the safety analysis has determined that core conditions at RTP are within the safety analysis assumptions (i.e., Required Action A.4). Note 2 states that if Required Action A.5 is performed, then Required Action A.6 shall be performed. Required Action A.5 normalizes the coreors to restore QPTR to within limit, which restores compliance measremets wt Thu, Note 2 prevents exiting the Actions prior to completing,to verify peaking factors per Required Action A.6.
These notes are intended to prevent any ambiguity about the required sequence of actions.
These notes are intended to prevent any ambiguity about the required sequence of actions.
A.6 Once the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit (i.e., Required Action A.5 is performed), it is acceptable to return to full power operation. However, as an added check that the core power distribution is consistent with the safety analysis assumptions, Required N
A.6 Once the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit (i.e., Required Action A.5 is performed), it is acceptable to return to full power operation. However, as an added check that the core power distribution is consistent with the safety analysis assumptions, Required N
Action A.6 requires verification that FQ(Z) and FAH are within their specified limits within 24 hours of achieving equilibrium conditions at RTP. As an added precaution, if the core power does not reach equilibrium conditions at (continued)
Action A.6 requires verification that FQ(Z) and FAH are within their specified limits within 24 hours of achieving equilibrium conditions at RTP. As an added precaution, if the core power does not reach equilibrium conditions at (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 R 3.2-29                                 Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                                         QPTR Page 30 of 32                                                                                                     B 3.2.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 R 3.2-29 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 30 of 32 B 3.2.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.2.4.2 This Surveillance is modified by a Note, which states that it is not required until 12 hours after the inputs from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable and the THERMAL POWER is > 75% RTP.
SR 3.2.4.2 This Surveillance is modified by a Note, which states that it is not required until 12 hours after the inputs from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable and the THERMAL POWER is > 75% RTP.
With an NIS power range channel inoperable, tilt monitoring for a portion of the reactor core becomes degraded. Large tilts are likely detected with the remaining channels, but the capability for detection of small power tilts in some quadrants is decreased. Performing SR 3.2.4.2 at a Frequency of 12 hours provides an accurate alternative means for ensuring that any tilt remains within its limits.                               oanOPERABLE PDMS For purposes of monitoring the QPTR whe           ne power range channel is When using the moveable   'o erable, the moveable incore detectors ay be used to confirm that the or detetor"synormasize tistribution                                       is consistent with the indicated QPTR and any previous data indicating a . -he incore detector monitoring is performed with a full incore flux map or two sets of four thimble locations with quarter core symmetry. The two sets of four symmetric thimbles is a set of eight unique detector locations. These locations are C-8, E-5, E-1 1, H-3, H-13, L-5, L-11, and N-8.
With an NIS power range channel inoperable, tilt monitoring for a portion of the reactor core becomes degraded. Large tilts are likely detected with the remaining channels, but the capability for detection of small power tilts in some quadrants is decreased. Performing SR 3.2.4.2 at a Frequency of 12 hours provides an accurate alternative means for ensuring that any tilt remains within its limits.
oanOPERABLE PDMS For purposes of monitoring the QPTR whe ne power range channel is When using the moveable  
'o erable, the moveable incore detectors ay be used to confirm that the or detetor"synormasize tistribution is consistent with the indicated QPTR and any previous data indicating a  
. -he incore detector monitoring is performed with a full incore flux map or two sets of four thimble locations with quarter core symmetry. The two sets of four symmetric thimbles is a set of eight unique detector locations. These locations are C-8, E-5, E-1 1, H-3, H-13, L-5, L-11, and N-8.
The symmetric thimble flux map can be used to generate symmetric thimble "tilt." This can be compared to a reference symmetric thimble tilt, from the most recent full core flux map, to generate an incore QPTR. Therefore, incore monitoring of QPTR can be used to confirm that QPTR is within limits.
The symmetric thimble flux map can be used to generate symmetric thimble "tilt." This can be compared to a reference symmetric thimble tilt, from the most recent full core flux map, to generate an incore QPTR. Therefore, incore monitoring of QPTR can be used to confirm that QPTR is within limits.
With one NIS channel inoperable, the indicated tilt may be changed from th*
With one NIS channel inoperable, the indicated tilt may be changed from th*
value indicated with   all four channels OPERABLE. To confirm that noom          core power" anhas                 actually occurred, which might cause the QPTR li         s*itedtributionn excee       , the incore result may be compared against previous &i'm:   Z-pe 0i4heF usi the symmetric thimbles as described above or a complete flux map. Nominally, quadrant tilt from the Surveillance should be within 2% of the tilt shown by the most recent flux map data.
value indicated with all four channels OPERABLE. To confirm that no om core power" anhas actually occurred, which might cause the QPTR li s*ite dtributionn excee  
REFERENCES                 1.       10 CFR 50.46.
, the incore result may be compared against previous &i'm:
: 2.       Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev 0, May 1974.
Z-pe 0i4heF usi the symmetric thimbles as described above or a complete flux map. Nominally, quadrant tilt from the Surveillance should be within 2% of the tilt shown by the most recent flux map data.
: 3.       10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
REFERENCES
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                     B 3.2-31                                 Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                                   RTS Instrumentation Page 31 of 32                                                                                               B 3.3.1 BASES ACTIONS               D.1.1, D.1.2, and D.2 (continued)
: 1.
Required Action D.1.1 has been modified by a Note which only requires SR 3.2.4.2 to be performed ifthe Power Range Neutron Flux input QPTR ora     PERABLE PDMS *e9Qmes inoperable. Failure of a component in the Power Range Neutron Flux CfI       which renders the High Flux Trip Function inoperable may not affect the capa       oimonitor QPTR. As such, determining QPTR using the movable incore detecto once per 12 hours may not be necessary.
10 CFR 50.46.
: 2.
Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev 0, May 1974.
: 3.
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-31 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 RTS Instrumentation Page 31 of 32 B 3.3.1 BASES ACTIONS D.1.1, D.1.2, and D.2 (continued)
Required Action D.1.1 has been modified by a Note which only requires SR 3.2.4.2 to be performed if the Power Range Neutron Flux input QPTR ora PERABLE PDMS *e9Qmes inoperable. Failure of a component in the Power Range Neutron Flux CfI which renders the High Flux Trip Function inoperable may not affect the capa o imonitor QPTR. As such, determining QPTR using the movable incore detecto once per 12 hours may not be necessary.
The NIS power range detectors provide input to the CRD System and, therefore, have a two-out-of-four trip logic. A known inoperable channel must be placed in the tripped condition. This results in a partial trip condition requiring only one-out-of-three logic for actuation. The 72 hours allowed to place the inoperable channel in the tripped condition is justified in WCAP-14333-P-A (Ref. 11).
The NIS power range detectors provide input to the CRD System and, therefore, have a two-out-of-four trip logic. A known inoperable channel must be placed in the tripped condition. This results in a partial trip condition requiring only one-out-of-three logic for actuation. The 72 hours allowed to place the inoperable channel in the tripped condition is justified in WCAP-14333-P-A (Ref. 11).
As an alternative to the above Actions, the plant must be placed in a MODE where this Function is no longer required OPERABLE. Seventy-eight (78) hours are allowed to place the plant in MODE 3. The 78-hour Completion Time includes 72 hours for channel corrective maintenance, and an additional 6 hours for the MODE reduction as required by Required Action D.2. This is a reasonable time, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 from full power in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. If Required Actions cannot be completed within their allowed Completion Times, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered.
As an alternative to the above Actions, the plant must be placed in a MODE where this Function is no longer required OPERABLE. Seventy-eight (78) hours are allowed to place the plant in MODE 3. The 78-hour Completion Time includes 72 hours for channel corrective maintenance, and an additional 6 hours for the MODE reduction as required by Required Action D.2. This is a reasonable time, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 from full power in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. If Required Actions cannot be completed within their allowed Completion Times, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered.
The Required Actions are modified by a Note that allows placing one channel in bypass for 12 hours while performing routine surveillance testing, and setpoint adjustments when a setpoint reduction is required by other Technical Specifications. The 12 hour time limit is justified in Reference 11.
The Required Actions are modified by a Note that allows placing one channel in bypass for 12 hours while performing routine surveillance testing, and setpoint adjustments when a setpoint reduction is required by other Technical Specifications. The 12 hour time limit is justified in Reference 11.
E.1 and E.2 Condition E applies to the following reactor trip Functions:
E.1 and E.2 Condition E applies to the following reactor trip Functions:
Power Range Neutron Flux-Low;
Power Range Neutron Flux-Low; Overtemperature N-16; Overpower N-16; Power Range Neutron Flux-High Positive Rate; Pressurizer Pressure-High; and SG Water Level-Low Low.
* Overtemperature N-16;
* Overpower N-16;
* Power Range Neutron Flux-High Positive Rate;
* Pressurizer Pressure-High; and
* SG Water Level-Low Low.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.3-32                                     Revision 51 to TXX-07063                                                               RTS Instrumentation Page 32 of 32                                                                                         B 3.3.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.3-32 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 RTS Instrumentation Page 32 of 32 B 3.3.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.3.1.5 SR 3.3.1.5 is the performance of an ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. The SSPS is tested every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS, using the semiautomatic tester. The train being tested is placed in the bypass condition, thus preventing inadvertent actuation. Through the semiautomatic tester, all possible logic combinations, with and without applicable permissives, are tested for each protection function. The Frduency of every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS is justified in Reference 12.
SR 3.3.1.5 SR 3.3.1.5 is the performance of an ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. The SSPS is tested every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS, using the semiautomatic tester. The train being tested is placed in the bypass condition, thus preventing inadvertent actuation. Through the semiautomatic tester, all possible logic combinations, with and without applicable permissives, are tested for each protection function. The Frduency of every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS is justified in Reference 12.
SR 3.3.1.6                                 c   power ditrbuio SR 3.3.1.6 is a calibration of the excore channels to the iQnoro chaoL.c_. If the measurements do not agree, the excore channels are not declared           core power inoperable but must be calibrated to agree with the inoor3 dotoctor           1 isributioQ measurements. If the excore channels cannot be adjusted, the channels are declared inoperable. This Surveillance is performed to verify the f(Aq) input to the overtemperature N-16 Function.
SR 3.3.1.6 c
power ditrbuio SR 3.3.1.6 is a calibration of the excore channels to the iQnoro chaoL.c_. If the measurements do not agree, the excore channels are not declared core power inoperable but must be calibrated to agree with the inoor3 dotoctor 1 isributioQ measurements. If the excore channels cannot be adjusted, the channels are declared inoperable. This Surveillance is performed to verify the f(Aq) input to the overtemperature N-16 Function.
A Note modifies SR 3.3.1.6. The Note states that this Surveillance is required only if reactor power is > 75% RTP and that 72 hours is allowed for performing the first surveillance after reaching equilibrium conditions at a THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP. The SR is deferred until a scheduled testing plateau above 75% is attained during the post-outage power ascension. During a typical post-refueling power ascension, it is usually necessary to control the axial flux difference at lower power levels through control rod insertion. Due to rod shadowing effects on the base flux map and, to a lesser degree, the dependency of the axially-dependent radial leakage on the power level, a multi-point calibration performed well below 75% RTP may result in excessive incore-excore axial flux difference deviations at full power. After equilibrium conditions are achieved at the specified power plateau, a base flux map must be taken, required AFD swings initiated, and the required data collected. The data is typically analyzed and the appropriate excore calibrations are completed within 48 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions. An additional time allowance of 24 hours is provided during which the effects of equipment failures may be remedied and any required re-testing may be performed.
A Note modifies SR 3.3.1.6. The Note states that this Surveillance is required only if reactor power is > 75% RTP and that 72 hours is allowed for performing the first surveillance after reaching equilibrium conditions at a THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP. The SR is deferred until a scheduled testing plateau above 75% is attained during the post-outage power ascension. During a typical post-refueling power ascension, it is usually necessary to control the axial flux difference at lower power levels through control rod insertion. Due to rod shadowing effects on the base flux map and, to a lesser degree, the dependency of the axially-dependent radial leakage on the power level, a multi-point calibration performed well below 75% RTP may result in excessive incore-excore axial flux difference deviations at full power. After equilibrium conditions are achieved at the specified power plateau, a base flux map must be taken, required AFD swings initiated, and the required data collected. The data is typically analyzed and the appropriate excore calibrations are completed within 48 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions. An additional time allowance of 24 hours is provided during which the effects of equipment failures may be remedied and any required re-testing may be performed.
The allowance of 72 hours after equilibrium conditions are attained at the testing plateau provides sufficient time to allow power ascensions and (continued)
The allowance of 72 hours after equilibrium conditions are attained at the testing plateau provides sufficient time to allow power ascensions and (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.3-45                                 Revision 51
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.3-45 Revision 51


ATTACHMENT 4 to TXX-07063 RETYPED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PAGES Pages i 3.1-16 3.1-17 3.2-1 3.2-2 3.2-3 3.2-4 3.2-8 3.2-9 3.2-10 3.2-11 3.2-15 3.3-10 3.3-11 5.10-33 5.0-34
ATTACHMENT 4 to TXX-07063 RETYPED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PAGES Pages i 3.1-16 3.1-17 3.2-1 3.2-2 3.2-3 3.2-4 3.2-8 3.2-9 3.2-10 3.2-11 3.2-15 3.3-10 3.3-11 5.10-33 5.0-34


TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION ..............................................................................................                   1.1-1 1.1     Definitions ...............................................................................................................     1.1-1 1.2     Logical Connectors .................................................................................................             1.2-1 1.3     Completion Times ..................................................................................................             1.3-1 1.4     Frequency ...............................................................................................................       1.4-1 2.0 SAFETY LIMITS (SLs) ...................................................................................................             2.0-1 2.1     SLs ........................................................................................................................ 2.0-1 2.2     SL Violations ...........................................................................................................       2.0-1 3.0 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY ............................                                                   3.0-1 3.0 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT (SR) APPLICABILITY ...........................................                                             3.0-4 3.1     REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS .....................................................................                                 3.1-1 3.1.1       SHUTDOW N MARGIN (SDM) .......................................................................                               3.1-1 3.1.2       Core Reactivity ................................................................................................             3.1-2 3.1.3       Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC) ....................................................                                 3.1-4 3.1.4       Rod Group Alignment Limits ...........................................................................                     3.1-7 3.1.5       Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits .....................................................................                         3.1-11 3.1.6       Control Bank Insertion Limits ..........................................................................                     3.1-13 3.1.7       Rod Position Indication ...................................................................................                 3.1-16 3.1.8       PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 2 ........................................................                                   3.1-19 3.2     POW ER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS ..........................................................................                           3.2-1 3.2.1       Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (Fa Methodology) ..............................                                       3.2-1 3.2.2       Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FN ) .........................................                                   3.2-6 3.2.3       AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology) ........................................................................                         3.2-9 3.2.4       QUADRANT POW ER TILT RATIO (QPTR) ..................................................                                         3.2-12 3.3     INSTRUMENTATION .............................................................................................                   3.3-1 3.3.1       Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation ..................................................                               3.3-1 3.3.2       Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation ......                                                   3.3-21 3.3.3       Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation ...........................................                                 3.3-35 3.3.4       Remote Shutdown System .............................................................................                       3.3-40 3.3.5       Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation ..............                                             3.3-43 3.3.6       Containment Ventilation Isolation Instrumentation .........................................                                 3.3-48 3.3.7       Control Room Emergency Filtration System (CREFS)
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION..............................................................................................
Actuation Instrumentation ...............................................................................                   3.3-52 (continued)
1.1-1 1.1 Definitions...............................................................................................................
COMANCHE PEAK- UNITS I AND 2                                             i                                                   Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 1 of 15 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication LCO 3.1.7               The Digital Rod Position Indication (DRPI) System and the Demand Position Indication System shall be OPERABLE APPLICABILITY:         MODES 1 and 2.
1.1-1 1.2 Logical Connectors.................................................................................................
1.2-1 1.3 Completion Times..................................................................................................
1.3-1 1.4 Frequency...............................................................................................................
1.4-1 2.0 SAFETY LIMITS (SLs)...................................................................................................
2.0-1 2.1 SLs........................................................................................................................
2.0-1 2.2 SL Violations...........................................................................................................
2.0-1 3.0 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY............................
3.0-1 3.0 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT (SR) APPLICABILITY...........................................
3.0-4 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS.....................................................................
3.1-1 3.1.1 SHUTDOW N MARGIN (SDM).......................................................................
3.1-1 3.1.2 Core Reactivity................................................................................................
3.1-2 3.1.3 Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC)....................................................
3.1-4 3.1.4 Rod Group Alignment Limits...........................................................................
3.1-7 3.1.5 Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits.....................................................................
3.1-11 3.1.6 Control Bank Insertion Limits..........................................................................
3.1-13 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication...................................................................................
3.1-16 3.1.8 PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 2........................................................
3.1-19 3.2 POW ER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS..........................................................................
3.2-1 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (Fa Methodology)..............................
3.2-1 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FN  
).........................................
3.2-6 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology)........................................................................
3.2-9 3.2.4 QUADRANT POW ER TILT RATIO (QPTR)..................................................
3.2-12 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION.............................................................................................
3.3-1 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation..................................................
3.3-1 3.3.2 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation...... 3.3-21 3.3.3 Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation...........................................
3.3-35 3.3.4 Remote Shutdown System.............................................................................
3.3-40 3.3.5 Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation.............. 3.3-43 3.3.6 Containment Ventilation Isolation Instrumentation.........................................
3.3-48 3.3.7 Control Room Emergency Filtration System (CREFS)
Actuation Instrumentation...............................................................................
3.3-52 (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK-UNITS I AND 2 i
Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 1 of 15 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication LCO 3.1.7 The Digital Rod Position Indication (DRPI) System and the Demand Position Indication System shall be OPERABLE APPLICABILITY:
MODES 1 and 2.
ACTIONS
ACTIONS
                                                            -NOTE.
-NOTE.
Separate Condition entry is allowed for each inoperable rod position indicator and each demand position indicator per bank.
Separate Condition entry is allowed for each inoperable rod position indicator and each demand position indicator per bank.
CONDITION                         REQUIRED ACTION               COMPLETION TIME A. One DRPI per group             A.1     Verify the position of the Once per 8 hours inoperable for one or                   rods with inoperable more groups.                             position indicators indirectly by using core power distribution measurement information.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A.
OR A.2     Reduce THERMAL             8 hours POWER to < 50% RTP.
One DRPI per group A.1 Verify the position of the Once per 8 hours inoperable for one or rods with inoperable more groups.
position indicators indirectly by using core power distribution measurement information.
OR A.2 Reduce THERMAL 8 hours POWER to < 50% RTP.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 3.1-16                       Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 2 of 15 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 ACTIONS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.1-16 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 2 of 15 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION                 REQUIRED ACTION             COMPLETION TIME B. More than one DRPI per       B.1   Place the control rods     Immediately group inoperable,                 under manual control.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. More than one DRPI per B.1 Place the control rods Immediately group inoperable, under manual control.
AND B.2   Monitor and record RCS     Once per 1 hour Tavg.
AND B.2 Monitor and record RCS Once per 1 hour Tavg.
AND B.3   Verify the position of the Once per 8 hours rods with inoperable position indicators indirectly by using core power distribution measurement information.
AND B.3 Verify the position of the Once per 8 hours rods with inoperable position indicators indirectly by using core power distribution measurement information.
AND B.4   Restore inoperable         24 hours position indicators to OPERABLE status such that a maximum of one DRPI per group is inoperable.
AND B.4 Restore inoperable 24 hours position indicators to OPERABLE status such that a maximum of one DRPI per group is inoperable.
C. One or more rods with     C.1   Verify the position of the 4 hours inoperable DRPIs have           rods with inoperable been moved in excess of         position indicators 24 steps in one direction       indirectly by using core since the last                   power distribution determination of the rod's       measurement position.                       information.
C.
OR C.2   Reduce THERMAL             8 hours POWER to < 50% RTP.
One or more rods with C.1 Verify the position of the 4 hours inoperable DRPIs have rods with inoperable been moved in excess of position indicators 24 steps in one direction indirectly by using core since the last power distribution determination of the rod's measurement position.
information.
OR C.2 Reduce THERMAL 8 hours POWER to < 50% RTP.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           3.1-17                         Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 3 of 15                                                                             Fo(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.1     Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (FQ Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.1-17 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 3 of 15 Fo(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (FQ Methodology)
LCO 3.2.1               FQ (Z), as approximated by FcF(Z) and FQw(Z), shall be within the limits specified in the COLR.
LCO 3.2.1 APPLICABILITY:
APPLICABILITY:          MODE 1 ACTIONS CONDITION                   REQUIRED ACTION               COMPLETION TIME
FQ (Z), as approximated by FcF(Z) and FQw(Z), shall be within the limits specified in the COLR.
                --.-.----------- NOTE--------
MODE 1 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME NOTE--------
Required Action A.4 shall be completed whenever this Condition is entered.
Required Action A.4 shall be completed whenever this Condition is entered.
A. FcP(Z) not within limit.           A.1     Reduce THERMAL             15 minutes after POWER a 1% RTP for         each Fci(Z) each 1 % FcF(Z ) exceeds   determination limit.
A. FcP(Z) not within limit.
AND A.2     Reduce Power Range         72 hours after each Neutron Flux C High trip   FcF(Z) determination setpoints > 1% for each 1% Fdc(Z) exceeds limit.
A.1 Reduce THERMAL 15 minutes after POWER a 1% RTP for each Fci(Z) each 1 % FcF(Z ) exceeds determination limit.
AND A.3     Reduce Overpower N-1 6     72 hours after each trip setpoints > 1% for     Fdc(Z) determination each 1% FcF(Z) exceeds limit.
AND A.2 Reduce Power Range 72 hours after each Neutron Flux C High trip FcF(Z) determination setpoints > 1% for each 1% Fdc(Z) exceeds limit.
AND A.4     Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and     Prior to increasing SR 3.2.1.2.                 THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A. 1 (continued)
AND A.3 Reduce Overpower N-1 6 72 hours after each trip setpoints > 1% for Fdc(Z) determination each 1% FcF(Z) exceeds limit.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                   3.2-1                         Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 4 of 15 FQ(Z) (Fa Methodology) 3.2.1 ACTIONS (continued)
AND A.4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and Prior to increasing SR 3.2.1.2.
CONDITION                   REQUIRED ACTION             COMPLETION TIME
THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A. 1 (continued)
                  ---------- NOTE ----------------
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-1 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 4 of 15 FQ(Z) (Fa Methodology) 3.2.1 ACTIONS (continued)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
---------- NOTE ----------------
Required Action B.4 shall be completed whenever this Condition is entered.
Required Action B.4 shall be completed whenever this Condition is entered.
B. FQw(Z) not within limits.       B.1 Reduce AFD limits > 1%     4 hours for each 1% Fdw(Z) exceeds limit.
B. FQw(Z) not within limits.
AND B.2 Reduce Power Range         72 hours Neutron Flux - High trip setpoints > 1% for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.
B.1 Reduce AFD limits > 1%
AND B.3 Reduce Overpower N-16     72 hours trip setpoints > 1 % for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.
for each 1% Fdw(Z) exceeds limit.
AND B.4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and     Prior to increasing SR 3.2.1.2.                THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits.
AND B.2 Reduce Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoints > 1 % for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.
C. Required Action and             C.1 Be in MODE 2.             6 hours associated Completion Time not met.
AND B.3 Reduce Overpower N-16 trip setpoints > 1 % for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             3.2-2                       Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 5 of 15 Fo(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
AND 4 hours 72 hours 72 hours Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits.
                                                          -NOTE.
B.4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2.
C. Required Action and C.1 Be in MODE 2.
6 hours associated Completion Time not met.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-2 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 5 of 15 Fo(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
-NOTE.
During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution measurement is obtained.
During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution measurement is obtained.
SURVEILLANCE                                     FREQUENCY I-SR 3.2.1.1   Verify Fdc(Z) is within limit.                               Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND Once within 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY I-SR 3.2.1.1 Verify Fdc(Z) is within limit.
                                                                                          > 20% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which FQC(Z)was last verified AND 31 EFPD thereafter (continued)
Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND Once within 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 3.2-3                         Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 6 of 15 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
> 20% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which FQC(Z)was last verified AND 31 EFPD thereafter (continued)
SURVEILLANCE                                     FREQUENCY SR 3.2.1.2                               -NOTE-----
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-3 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 6 of 15 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.1.2
-NOTE-----
If FcF(Z) measurements indicate maximum over z [K(Z)]
If FcF(Z) measurements indicate maximum over z [K(Z)]
has increased since the previous evaluation of Fdc(Z):
has increased since the previous evaluation of Fdc(Z):
Line 775: Line 1,053:
above is met or two successive power distribution measurements indicate maximum over z [L(Z)]
above is met or two successive power distribution measurements indicate maximum over z [L(Z)]
has not increased.
has not increased.
Verify FQw(Z) is within limit.                             Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND (continued)
Verify FQw(Z) is within limit.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               3.2-4                       Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 7 of 15 32H 3.2.2 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND (continued)
              ---------------------------------          NOTE------------------------------
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-4 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 7 of 15 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS 32H 3.2.2 NOTE------------------------------
During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution measurement is obtained.
During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution measurement is obtained.
SURVEILLANCE                                   FREQUENCY SR 3.2.2.1   Verify FXH is within limits specified in the COLR.         Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND 31 EFPD thereafter COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 3.2-8                       Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 8 of 15                                                                 AFD (RAOC METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.3   AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC)Methodology)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.2.1 Verify FXH is within limits specified in the COLR.
LCO 3.2.3           The AFD in % flux difference units shall be maintained within the limits specified in the COLR.
Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND 31 EFPD thereafter COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-8 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 8 of 15 AFD (RAOC METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC)Methodology)
                                      ------------------------ NOTE           -------------------------
LCO 3.2.3 The AFD in % flux difference units shall be maintained within the limits specified in the COLR.
The AFD shall be considered outside limits when two or more OPERABLE excore channels indicate AFD to be outside limits.
NOTE The AFD shall be considered outside limits when two or more OPERABLE excore channels indicate AFD to be outside limits.
APPLICABILITY:     MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER > 50% RTP COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             3.2-9                         Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 9 of 15 AFD (RAOC METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 ACTIONS CONDITION           REQUIRED ACTION         COMPLETION TIME A. AFD not within limits. A.1 Reduce THERMAL         30 minutes POWER to < 50% RTP.
APPLICABILITY:
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2   3.2-10                   Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 10 of 15                                                             AFD (RAOC METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE                                 FREQUENCY SR 3.2.3.1 Verify AFD is within limits for each OPERABLE excore   7 days channel.
MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER > 50% RTP COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-9 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 9 of 15 AFD (RAOC METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. AFD not within limits.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               3.2-11                   Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 11 of 15 QPTR 3.2.4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE                               FREQUENCY SR 3.2.4.1 --------     --------- NOTES         ------------------
A.1 Reduce THERMAL 30 minutes POWER to < 50% RTP.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-10 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 10 of 15 AFD (RAOC METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.3.1 Verify AFD is within limits for each OPERABLE excore 7 days channel.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-11 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 11 of 15 QPTR 3.2.4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.4.1 --------  
--------- NOTES
: 1. With input from one Power Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER
: 1. With input from one Power Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER
                                  < 75% RTP, the remaining three power range channels can be used for calculating QPTR.
< 75% RTP, the remaining three power range channels can be used for calculating QPTR.
: 2. SR 3.2.4.2 may be performed in lieu of this Surveillance.
: 2. SR 3.2.4.2 may be performed in lieu of this Surveillance.
Verify QPTR is within limit by calculation.             7 days SR 3.2.4.2                       NOTE-.. ------- ...----
Verify QPTR is within limit by calculation.
7 days SR 3.2.4.2 NOTE-..
Not required to be performed until 12 hours after input from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable with THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP.
Not required to be performed until 12 hours after input from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable with THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP.
Verify QPTR is within limit using the core power       12 hours distribution measurement information.
Verify QPTR is within limit using the core power 12 hours distribution measurement information.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                     3.2-15                 Amendment 64, to TXX-07063 Page 12 of 15 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-15 Amendment 64, to TXX-07063 Page 12 of 15 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SURVEILLANCE                                         FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.2                               NOTES
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.2 NOTES
: 1. Adjust NIS and N-16 Power Monitor channel if absolute difference is > 2%.
: 1. Adjust NIS and N-16 Power Monitor channel if absolute difference is > 2%.
: 2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is a 15% RTP.
: 2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is a 15% RTP.
Compare results of calorimetric heat balance calculation           24 hours to Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) and N-16 Power Monitor channel output.
Compare results of calorimetric heat balance calculation 24 hours to Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) and N-16 Power Monitor channel output.
SR 3.3.1.3 ------------------           NOTES----------------
SR 3.3.1.3 ------------------
NOTES----------------
: 1. Adjust NIS channel if absolute difference is > 3%.
: 1. Adjust NIS channel if absolute difference is > 3%.
: 2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is &#x17d; 50% RTP.
: 2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is &#x17d; 50% RTP.
Compare results of the core power distribution                     31 effective full measurements to NIS AFD.                                           power days (EFPD)
Compare results of the core power distribution 31 effective full measurements to NIS AFD.
power days (EFPD)
SR 3.3.1.4 --.........------------------ NOTE --------............---------
SR 3.3.1.4 --.........------------------ NOTE --------............---------
This Surveillance must be performed on the reactor trip bypass breaker for the local manual shunt trip only prior to placing the bypass breaker in service.
This Surveillance must be performed on the reactor trip bypass breaker for the local manual shunt trip only prior to placing the bypass breaker in service.
Perform TADOT.                                                     62 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS (continued)
Perform TADOT.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 3.3-10                         Amendment No. 64,444, to TXX-07063 Page 13 of 15 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
62 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS (continued)
SURVEILLANCE                                 FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.5   Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST.                                 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.1.6-NOTE Not required to be performed until 72 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions with THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.3-10 Amendment No. 64,444, to TXX-07063 Page 13 of 15 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Calibrate excore channels to agree with core power             92 EFPD distribution measurements.
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.5 Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST.
SR 3.3.1.7   --      ----------          NOTES--------------
92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.1.6-NOTE Not required to be performed until 72 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions with THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP.
Calibrate excore channels to agree with core power 92 EFPD distribution measurements.
SR 3.3.1.7 NOTES--------------
: 1. Not required to be performed for source range instrumentation prior to entering MODE 3 from MODE 2 until 4 hours after entry into MODE 3.
: 1. Not required to be performed for source range instrumentation prior to entering MODE 3 from MODE 2 until 4 hours after entry into MODE 3.
: 2. Source range instrumentation shall include verification that interlocks P-6 and P-10 are in their required state for existing unit conditions.
: 2. Source range instrumentation shall include verification that interlocks P-6 and P-10 are in their required state for existing unit conditions.
Perform COT.                                                   184 days (continued)
Perform COT.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 3.3-11                   Amendment No. fire, 444, to TXX-07063                                                           Reporting Requirements Page 14 of 15                                                                                             5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5         Core Operatina Limits Report (COLR) (continued) allowing use of 100.6 percent 9f rated power in safety analysis methodology when the LEFM'/ Is used for feedwater flow measurement.
184 days (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.3-11 Amendment No. fire, 444, to TXX-07063 Reporting Requirements Page 14 of 15 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5 Core Operatina Limits Report (COLR) (continued) allowing use of 100.6 percent 9f rated power in safety analysis methodology when the LEFM'/ Is used for feedwater flow measurement.
The approved analytical methods are described in the following documents:
The approved analytical methods are described in the following documents:
: 1)     WCAP-9272-P-A, -WESTINGHOUSE RELOAD SAFETY EVALUATION METHODOLOGY," July 1985 (W Proprietary)
: 1)
: 2)     WCAP-10216-P-A, Revision 1A, "RELAXATION OF CONSTANT AXIAL OFFSET CONTROL Fa SURVEILLANCE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION," February 1994 " Proprietary).
WCAP-9272-P-A, -WESTINGHOUSE RELOAD SAFETY EVALUATION METHODOLOGY," July 1985 (W Proprietary)
: 3)     RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology," June 1994.
: 2)
: 4)     RXE-88-102-P-A, "TUE-1 Departure from Nucleate Boiling Correlation," July 1992.
WCAP-10216-P-A, Revision 1A, "RELAXATION OF CONSTANT AXIAL OFFSET CONTROL Fa SURVEILLANCE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION," February 1994 "
: 5)     RXE-88-102-P, Sup. 1, "TUE-1 DNB Correlation - Supplement 1,"
Proprietary).
: 3)
RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology," June 1994.
: 4)
RXE-88-102-P-A, "TUE-1 Departure from Nucleate Boiling Correlation," July 1992.
: 5)
RXE-88-102-P, Sup. 1, "TUE-1 DNB Correlation - Supplement 1,"
December 1990.
December 1990.
: 6)     RXE-89-002-A, "VIPRE-01 Core Thermal-Hydraulic Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," September 1993.
: 6)
: 7)     RXE-91-001 -A, "Transient Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," October 1993.
RXE-89-002-A, "VIPRE-01 Core Thermal-Hydraulic Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," September 1993.
: 8)     RXE-9 1-002-A, "Reactivity Anomaly Events Methodology,"
: 7)
RXE-91-001 -A, "Transient Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," October 1993.
: 8)
RXE-9 1-002-A, "Reactivity Anomaly Events Methodology,"
October 1993.
October 1993.
: 9)     ERX-2000-002-P, 'Revised Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," March 2000.
: 9)
: 10)   TXX-88306, "Steam Generator Tube Rupture Analysis,"
ERX-2000-002-P, 'Revised Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," March 2000.
: 10)
TXX-88306, "Steam Generator Tube Rupture Analysis,"
March 15, 1988.
March 15, 1988.
: 11)     RXE-91-005-A, "Methodology for Reactor Core Response to Steamline Break Events, February 1994.
: 11)
: 12)     RXE-94-001-A, 'Safety Analysis of Postulated Inadvertent Boron Dilution Event in Modes 3, 4, and 5," February 1994.
RXE-91-005-A, "Methodology for Reactor Core Response to Steamline Break Events, February 1994.
: 13)     RXE-95-001-P-A, "Small Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," September 1996.
: 12)
: 14)     Caldon, Inc. Engineering Report-80P, "lmproving Thermal Power Accuracy and Plant Safety While Increasing Operating Power level Using the LEFM4 System," Revision 0, March 1997 and Caldon Engineering Report - 160P,
RXE-94-001-A, 'Safety Analysis of Postulated Inadvertent Boron Dilution Event in Modes 3, 4, and 5," February 1994.
                                          *Supplement to Topical Reort ER-80P; Basis for a Power Uprate With the LE FM-4m Syystem," Revision 0, May 2000.
: 13)
: 15)     ERX-2001-005-P, 'ZIRLOTm Cladding and Boron Coating Models for TXU Electric's Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies," October 2001.
RXE-95-001-P-A, "Small Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," September 1996.
: 14)
Caldon, Inc. Engineering Report-80P, "lmproving Thermal Power Accuracy and Plant Safety While Increasing Operating Power level Using the LEFM4 System," Revision 0, March 1997 and Caldon Engineering Report - 160P,
*Supplement to Topical Reort ER-80P; Basis for a Power Uprate With the LE FM-4m Syystem," Revision 0, May 2000.
: 15)
ERX-2001-005-P, 'ZIRLOTm Cladding and Boron Coating Models for TXU Electric's Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies," October 2001.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               5.0-33                       Amendment No. 44-9, to TXX-07063                                                             Reporting Requirements Page 15 of 15                                                                                               5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5         Core Operating Limits Report (COLR) (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 5.0-33 Amendment No. 44-9, to TXX-07063 Reporting Requirements Page 15 of 15 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5 Core Operating Limits Report (COLR) (continued)
: 16)   WCAP-10444-P-A, "Reference Core Report VANTAGE 5 Fuel Assembly," September 1985.
: 16)
: 17)   WCAP-1 5025-P-A, "Modified WRB-2 Correlation, WRB-2M, for Predicting Critical Heat Flux in 17x17 Rod Bundles for Modified LPD Mixing Vane Grids," April 1999.
WCAP-10444-P-A, "Reference Core Report VANTAGE 5 Fuel Assembly," September 1985.
: 18)   WCAP-1 3060-P-A, "Westinghouse Fuel Assembly Reconstitution Evaluation Methodology," July, 1993.
: 17)
: 19)     ERX-04-004-A; "Replacement Steam Generator Supplement To TXU Power's Large and Small Break Loss Of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies" Revision 0, March 2007.
WCAP-1 5025-P-A, "Modified WRB-2 Correlation, WRB-2M, for Predicting Critical Heat Flux in 17x17 Rod Bundles for Modified LPD Mixing Vane Grids," April 1999.
: 20)     ERX-04-005-A; "Application of TXU Power's Non-LOCA Transient Analysis Methodologies to a Feed Ring Steam Generator Design" Revision 0, March 2007.
: 18)
: 21)   WCAP-1 1397-P-A, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," April 1989.
WCAP-1 3060-P-A, "Westinghouse Fuel Assembly Reconstitution Evaluation Methodology," July, 1993.
: 22)   WCAP-8745-P-A, 'Design Bases for the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions," September 1986.
: 19)
: 23)   WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.
ERX-04-004-A; "Replacement Steam Generator Supplement To TXU Power's Large and Small Break Loss Of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies" Revision 0, March 2007.
: 24)   WCAP-14882-P-A, =RETRAN-02 Modeling and Qualification for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Safety Analyses," April 1999.
: 20)
: 25)   WCAP-1 0054-P-A, "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," August 1985.
ERX-04-005-A; "Application of TXU Power's Non-LOCA Transient Analysis Methodologies to a Feed Ring Steam Generator Design" Revision 0, March 2007.
: 26)   WCAP-10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1, "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model, July 1997.
: 21)
: 27)     WCAP-1 0079-P-A, "NOTRUMP, A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," August 1985.
WCAP-1 1397-P-A, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," April 1989.
: 28)     WCAP-1 6009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005.
: 22)
: 29)     WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.
WCAP-8745-P-A, 'Design Bases for the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions," September 1986.
: c. The core operating limits shall be determined such that all applicable limits (e.g., fuel thermal mechanical limits, core thermal hydraulic limits, Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) limits, nuclear limits such as SDM, transient analysis limits, and accident analysis limits) of the safety analysis are met.
: 23)
: d. The COLR, including any midcycle revisions or supplements, shall be provided upon issuance for each reload cycle to the NRC.
WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.
: 24)
WCAP-14882-P-A, =RETRAN-02 Modeling and Qualification for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Safety Analyses," April 1999.
: 25)
WCAP-1 0054-P-A, "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," August 1985.
: 26)
WCAP-10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1, "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model, July 1997.
: 27)
WCAP-1 0079-P-A, "NOTRUMP, A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," August 1985.
: 28)
WCAP-1 6009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005.
: 29)
WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.
: c.
The core operating limits shall be determined such that all applicable limits (e.g., fuel thermal mechanical limits, core thermal hydraulic limits, Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) limits, nuclear limits such as SDM, transient analysis limits, and accident analysis limits) of the safety analysis are met.
: d.
The COLR, including any midcycle revisions or supplements, shall be provided upon issuance for each reload cycle to the NRC.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 5.0-34             Amendment No. 449,423,436,
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 5.0-34 Amendment No. 449,423,436,


ATTACHMENT 5 to TXX-07063 RETYPED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES PAGES Pages B 3.1-20 B 3.1-23 B 3.1-39 B 3.1-40 B 3.2-1 thru B 3.2-29 B 3.3-32 B 3.3-45 to TXX-07063                                                     Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 1 of 35                                                                                       B 3.1.4 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) directly by core power distribution measurement. Bases Section 3.2 (Power Distribution Limits) contains more complete discussions of the relation of FQ(Z) and F H to the operating limits.
ATTACHMENT 5 to TXX-07063 RETYPED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES PAGES Pages B 3.1-20 B 3.1-23 B 3.1-39 B 3.1-40 B 3.2-1 thru B 3.2-29 B 3.3-32 B 3.3-45 to TXX-07063 Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 1 of 35 B 3.1.4 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) directly by core power distribution measurement. Bases Section 3.2 (Power Distribution Limits) contains more complete discussions of the relation of FQ(Z) and F H to the operating limits.
Shutdown and control rod OPERABILITY and alignment are directly related to power distributions and SDM, which are initial conditions assumed in safety analyses. Therefore I
Shutdown and control rod OPERABILITY and alignment are directly related to power distributions and SDM, which are initial conditions assumed in safety analyses. Therefore they satisfy Criterion 2 of 1 OCFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
they satisfy Criterion 2 of 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
I LCO The limits on shutdown or control rod alignments ensure that the assumptions in the safety analysis will remain valid. The requirements on OPERABILITY ensure that upon reactor trip, the assumed reactivity will be available and will be inserted. The OPERABILITY requirements (i.e.,
LCO               The limits on shutdown or control rod alignments ensure that the assumptions in the safety analysis will remain valid. The requirements on OPERABILITY ensure that upon reactor trip, the assumed reactivity will be available and will be inserted. The OPERABILITY requirements (i.e.,
trippability to meet SDM) are separate from the alignment requirements, which ensure that the RCCAs and banks maintain the correct power distribution and rod alignment. A rod is considered OPERABLE based on the last satisfactory performance of SR 3.1.4.2 and has met the rod drop time criteria during the last performance of SR 3.1.4.3. Rod control malfunctions that result in the inability to move a rod (e.g., rod urgent failures), which do not impact trippability within the time requirements of SR 3.1.4.3, do not result in rod inoperability.
trippability to meet SDM) are separate from the alignment requirements, which ensure that the RCCAs and banks maintain the correct power distribution and rod alignment. A rod is considered OPERABLE based on the last satisfactory performance of SR 3.1.4.2 and has met the rod drop time criteria during the last performance of SR 3.1.4.3. Rod control malfunctions that result in the inability to move a rod (e.g., rod urgent failures), which do not impact trippability within the time requirements of SR 3.1.4.3, do not result in rod inoperability.
The requirement to maintain the rod alignment to within plus or minus 12 steps of their group step counter demand position is conservative. The minimum misalignment assumed in safety analysis is 24 steps (15 inches),
The requirement to maintain the rod alignment to within plus or minus 12 steps of their group step counter demand position is conservative. The minimum misalignment assumed in safety analysis is 24 steps (15 inches),
and in some cases a total misalignment from fully withdrawn to fully inserted is assumed.
and in some cases a total misalignment from fully withdrawn to fully inserted is assumed.
Failure to meet the requirements of this LCO may produce unacceptable power peaking factors and LHRs, or unacceptable SDMs, all of which may constitute initial conditions inconsistent with the safety analysis.
Failure to meet the requirements of this LCO may produce unacceptable power peaking factors and LHRs, or unacceptable SDMs, all of which may constitute initial conditions inconsistent with the safety analysis.
APPLICABILITY     The requirements on RCCA OPERABILITY and alignment are applicable in MODES 1 and 2, because these are the only MODES in which neutron (or fission) power is generated, and the OPERABILITY (i.e., trippability) and alignment of rods have the potential to affect the safety of the plant. In MODES 3, 4, 5, and 6, the alignment limits do not apply because the rods are typically fully inserted and the reactor is shut down and not producing fission power. In the shutdown MODES, the OPERABILITY of the shutdown and control rods has the potential to affect the required SDM, but this effect (continued)
APPLICABILITY The requirements on RCCA OPERABILITY and alignment are applicable in MODES 1 and 2, because these are the only MODES in which neutron (or fission) power is generated, and the OPERABILITY (i.e., trippability) and alignment of rods have the potential to affect the safety of the plant. In MODES 3, 4, 5, and 6, the alignment limits do not apply because the rods are typically fully inserted and the reactor is shut down and not producing fission power. In the shutdown MODES, the OPERABILITY of the shutdown and control rods has the potential to affect the required SDM, but this effect (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.1-20                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                                     Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 2 of 35                                                                                       B 3.1.4 BASES ACTIONS           B.2.2, B.2.3, B.2.4, B.2.5, and B.2.6 (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-20 Revision to TXX-07063 Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 2 of 35 B 3.1.4 BASES ACTIONS B.2.2, B.2.3, B.2.4, B.2.5, and B.2.6 (continued)
Verifying that FQ(Z), as approximated by FQC(Z) and FQW(Z), and F N are within the required limits ensures that current operation at 75% RTP with a rod misaligned is not resulting in power distributions that may invalidate safety analysis assumptions at full power. The Completion Time of 72 hours allows sufficient time to obtain a core power distribution measurement and to calculate FQ(Z) and F N Once current conditions have been verified acceptable, time is available to perform evaluations of the affected accident analysis to determine that core limits will not be exceeded during a Design Basis Event for the duration of operation under these conditions. The accident analyses presented in FSAR Chapter 15 (Ref. 3) that may be adversely affected will be evaluated to ensure that the analyses results remain valid for the duration of continued operation under these conditions.
Verifying that FQ(Z), as approximated by FQC(Z) and FQW(Z), and F N are within the required limits ensures that current operation at 75% RTP with a rod misaligned is not resulting in power distributions that may invalidate safety analysis assumptions at full power. The Completion Time of 72 hours allows sufficient time to obtain a core power distribution measurement and to calculate FQ(Z) and F N Once current conditions have been verified acceptable, time is available to perform evaluations of the affected accident analysis to determine that core limits will not be exceeded during a Design Basis Event for the duration of operation under these conditions. The accident analyses presented in FSAR Chapter 15 (Ref. 3) that may be adversely affected will be evaluated to ensure that the analyses results remain valid for the duration of continued operation under these conditions.
A Completion Time of 5 days is sufficient time to obtain the required input data and to perform the analysis.
A Completion Time of 5 days is sufficient time to obtain the required input data and to perform the analysis.
Line 869: Line 1,187:
Boration will continue until the required SDM is restored.
Boration will continue until the required SDM is restored.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.1-23                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                                           Rod Position Indication Page 3 of 35                                                                                       B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-23 Revision to TXX-07063 Rod Position Indication Page 3 of 35 B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
A.1 When one DRPI per group fails, the position of the rod may still be indirectly determined by use of the incore movable detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS. The Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FaH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Based on experience, normal power operation does not require excessive movement of banks. If a bank has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required. Therefore, verification of RCCA position within the Completion Time of 8 hours is adequate for allowing continued full power operation, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small.
A.1 When one DRPI per group fails, the position of the rod may still be indirectly determined by use of the incore movable detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS. The Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FaH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Based on experience, normal power operation does not require excessive movement of banks. If a bank has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required. Therefore, verification of RCCA position within the Completion Time of 8 hours is adequate for allowing continued full power operation, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small.
A.2 Reduction of THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP puts the core into a condition where rod position is not significantly affecting core peaking factors (Ref. 2).
A.2 Reduction of THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP puts the core into a condition where rod position is not significantly affecting core peaking factors (Ref. 2).
Line 876: Line 1,194:
The immediate Completion Time for placing the Rod Control System in manual reflects the urgency with which unplanned rod motion must be prevented while in this Condition. Monitoring and recording reactor coolant Tavg help assure that significant changes in power distribution and SDM are avoided. The once per hour Completion Time is acceptable because only minor fluctuations in RCS temperature are expected at steady state plant operating conditions.
The immediate Completion Time for placing the Rod Control System in manual reflects the urgency with which unplanned rod motion must be prevented while in this Condition. Monitoring and recording reactor coolant Tavg help assure that significant changes in power distribution and SDM are avoided. The once per hour Completion Time is acceptable because only minor fluctuations in RCS temperature are expected at steady state plant operating conditions.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.1-39                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                                         Rod Position Indication Page 4 of 35                                                                                         B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS           B.1, B.2, B.3 and B.4 (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-39 Revision to TXX-07063 Rod Position Indication Page 4 of 35 B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS B.1, B.2, B.3 and B.4 (continued)
The position of the rods may be determined indirectly by use of the movable incore detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS. The Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FaH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Verification of RCCA position once per 8 hours is adequate for allowing continued full power operation for a limited, 24 hour period, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small. The 24 hour Completion Time provides sufficient time to troubleshoot and restore the DRPI system to operation while avoiding the plant challenges associated with a shutdown without full rod position indication (Ref. 4).
The position of the rods may be determined indirectly by use of the movable incore detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS. The Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FaH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Verification of RCCA position once per 8 hours is adequate for allowing continued full power operation for a limited, 24 hour period, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small. The 24 hour Completion Time provides sufficient time to troubleshoot and restore the DRPI system to operation while avoiding the plant challenges associated with a shutdown without full rod position indication (Ref. 4).
Based on operating experience, normal power operation does not require excessive rod movement. If one or more rods has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required.
Based on operating experience, normal power operation does not require excessive rod movement. If one or more rods has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required.
Line 883: Line 1,201:
D.1.1 and D.1.2 With one demand position indicator per bank inoperable, the rod positions can be determined by the DRPI System. Since normal power operation does not require excessive movement of rods, verification by administrative means (e.g., observation of appropriate DRPI status indications) that the rod position indicators are OPERABLE and the most withdrawn rod and the least withdrawn rod are < 12 steps apart within the allowed Completion Time of once every 8 hours is adequate.
D.1.1 and D.1.2 With one demand position indicator per bank inoperable, the rod positions can be determined by the DRPI System. Since normal power operation does not require excessive movement of rods, verification by administrative means (e.g., observation of appropriate DRPI status indications) that the rod position indicators are OPERABLE and the most withdrawn rod and the least withdrawn rod are < 12 steps apart within the allowed Completion Time of once every 8 hours is adequate.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.1-40                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                                   FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-40 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 5 of 35 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 5 of 35                                                                                            B 3.2.1 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
B 3.2.1 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
I BASES BACKGROUND             The purpose of the limits on the values of FQ(Z) is to limit the local (i.e.,
BASES I
BACKGROUND The purpose of the limits on the values of FQ(Z) is to limit the local (i.e.,
pellet) peak power density. The value of FQ(Z) varies along the axial height (Z) of the core.
pellet) peak power density. The value of FQ(Z) varies along the axial height (Z) of the core.
FQ(Z) is defined as the maximum local fuel rod linear power density divided by the average fuel rod linear power density, assuming nominal fuel pellet and fuel rod dimensions. Therefore, FQ(Z) is a measure of the peak fuel pellet power within the reactor core.
FQ(Z) is defined as the maximum local fuel rod linear power density divided by the average fuel rod linear power density, assuming nominal fuel pellet and fuel rod dimensions. Therefore, FQ(Z) is a measure of the peak fuel pellet power within the reactor core.
Line 893: Line 1,212:
Using the measured three dimensional power distributions, it is possible to derive a measured value of FQ(Z). However, because this value represents an equilibrium condition, it does not include the variations in the value of FQ(Z) that are present during non-equilibrium situations, such as load following. To account for these possible variations, the steady state value of FQ(Z) is adjusted by an elevation dependent factor, W(Z), that accounts for calculated worst case transient conditions.
Using the measured three dimensional power distributions, it is possible to derive a measured value of FQ(Z). However, because this value represents an equilibrium condition, it does not include the variations in the value of FQ(Z) that are present during non-equilibrium situations, such as load following. To account for these possible variations, the steady state value of FQ(Z) is adjusted by an elevation dependent factor, W(Z), that accounts for calculated worst case transient conditions.
Core monitoring and control under non-steady state conditions are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the appropriate LCOs, including the limits on AFD, QPTR, and control rod insertion.
Core monitoring and control under non-steady state conditions are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the appropriate LCOs, including the limits on AFD, QPTR, and control rod insertion.
APPLICABLE             This LCO's principal effect is to preclude core power distributions that could SAFETY ANALYSES       lead to violation of the following fuel design criterion:
APPLICABLE This LCO's principal effect is to preclude core power distributions that could SAFETY ANALYSES lead to violation of the following fuel design criterion:
: a.       During a large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA), the peak cladding temperature must not exceed 2200&deg;F (Ref. 1); and (continued)
: a.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2                 B 3.2-1                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                               FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
During a large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA), the peak cladding temperature must not exceed 2200&deg;F (Ref. 1); and (continued)
Page 6 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-1 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
: b.       During an ejected rod accident, the energy deposition to the fuel must not exceed 280 cal/gm, and
Page 6 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
: c.       The control rods must be capable of shutting down the reactor with a minimum required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully withdrawn.
: b.
During an ejected rod accident, the energy deposition to the fuel must not exceed 280 cal/gm, and
: c.
The control rods must be capable of shutting down the reactor with a minimum required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully withdrawn.
Limits on FQ(Z) ensure that the value of the initial total peaking factor assumed in the accident analyses remains valid. Other criteria must also be met (e.g., maximum cladding oxidation, maximum hydrogen generation, coolable geometry, and long term cooling). However, the LOCA peak cladding temperature is typically most limiting.
Limits on FQ(Z) ensure that the value of the initial total peaking factor assumed in the accident analyses remains valid. Other criteria must also be met (e.g., maximum cladding oxidation, maximum hydrogen generation, coolable geometry, and long term cooling). However, the LOCA peak cladding temperature is typically most limiting.
FQ(Z) limits assumed in the LOCA analysis are typically limiting relative to (i.e., lower than) the FQ(Z) limit assumed in safety ana!yses for other postulated accidents. Therefore, this LCO provides conservative limits for other postulated accidents.
FQ(Z) limits assumed in the LOCA analysis are typically limiting relative to (i.e., lower than) the FQ(Z) limit assumed in safety ana!yses for other postulated accidents. Therefore, this LCO provides conservative limits for other postulated accidents.
FQ(Z) satisfies Criterion 2 of the 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
FQ(Z) satisfies Criterion 2 of the 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
LCO               The Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor, FQ(Z), shall be limited by the following relationships:
LCO The Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor, FQ(Z), shall be limited by the following relationships:
Fc K(Z)               for P > 0.5 Fc FQ(Z):< t     K(Z)               for P _0.5 where:             c Fa is the FQ(Z) limit at RTP provided in the COLR, K(Z) is the normalized FQ(Z) as a function of core height provided in the COLR, and P = THERMAL POWER/RTP The actual values of F 0 c and K(Z) are given in the COLR.
Fc K(Z) for P > 0.5 Fc FQ(Z):< t K(Z) for P _ 0.5 where:
c Fa is the FQ(Z) limit at RTP provided in the COLR, K(Z) is the normalized FQ(Z) as a function of core height provided in the COLR, and P = THERMAL POWER/RTP c
The actual values of F0 and K(Z) are given in the COLR.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-2                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                             FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-2 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 7 of 35                                                                                     B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)
Page 7 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)
For Relaxed Axial Offset Control operation, Fo(Z) is approximated by C             w                     C F (Z) and F W(Z). Thus, both F 0 (Z) and F W(Z) must meet the preceding limits on FQ(Z).
For Relaxed Axial Offset Control operation, Fo(Z) is approximated by C
w C
F (Z) and F W(Z). Thus, both F0 (Z) and F W(Z) must meet the preceding limits on FQ(Z).
C An FQ (Z) evaluation requires obtaining core power distribution measurement in MODE 1. From the core power distribution measurement M
C An FQ (Z) evaluation requires obtaining core power distribution measurement in MODE 1. From the core power distribution measurement M
results we obtain the measured value (F Q(Z)) of FQ(Z).
results we obtain the measured value (F Q(Z)) of FQ(Z).
If the PDMS is used, the appropriate measurement uncertainty and manufacturing allowance are automatically calculated and applied to the measured FQ (Ref. 7).
If the PDMS is used, the appropriate measurement uncertainty and manufacturing allowance are automatically calculated and applied to the measured FQ (Ref. 7).
If the movable incore detector system is used, the computed heat flux hot channel factor, F C(Z), is obtained by the equation:
If the movable incore detector system is used, the computed heat flux hot C
FC ()FM F 0 (Z)* 1.03&deg; 1.05.
channel factor, F (Z), is obtained by the equation:
FQ(z)=
FC ()FM FQ(z)= F0 (Z)* 1.03&deg; 1.05.
M F Q(Z) is increased by 3% to account for manufacturing tolerances and further increased by 5% to account for measurement uncertainties.
M F Q(Z) is increased by 3% to account for manufacturing tolerances and further increased by 5% to account for measurement uncertainties.
C F 0 (Z) is an excellent approximation for FQ(Z) when the reactor is at the steady state power at which the incore flux map was taken.
C F0 (Z) is an excellent approximation for FQ(Z) when the reactor is at the steady state power at which the incore flux map was taken.
w The expression for F QW(Z)     is:
w The expression for F QW(Z) is:
C W = F (Z) oW(Z)
F W C
FQ F (Z)     0 where W(Z) is a cycle dependent function that accounts for power distribution transients during normal operations. W(Z) is included in the COLR.
FQ (Z) = F0 (Z) oW(Z) where W(Z) is a cycle dependent function that accounts for power distribution transients during normal operations. W(Z) is included in the COLR.
The FQ(Z) limits define limiting values for core power peaking that precludes peak cladding temperatures above 2200&deg;F during either a large or small break LOCA.
The FQ(Z) limits define limiting values for core power peaking that precludes peak cladding temperatures above 2200&deg;F during either a large or small break LOCA.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-3                                   Revision to TXX-07063                                               FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-3 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 8 of 35                                                                                         B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)
Page 8 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)
This LCO requires operation within the bounds assumed in the safety analyses. Calculations are performed in the core design process to confirm that the core can be controlled in such a manner during operation that it can stay within the LOCA FQ(Z). If FQC(Z) cannot be maintained within the LCO limits, a reduction of the core power is required and if FQW(Z) cannot be maintained within the LCO limits, reduction of the AFD limits is required.
This LCO requires operation within the bounds assumed in the safety analyses. Calculations are performed in the core design process to confirm that the core can be controlled in such a manner during operation that it can stay within the LOCA FQ(Z). If FQC(Z) cannot be maintained within the LCO limits, a reduction of the core power is required and if FQW(Z) cannot be maintained within the LCO limits, reduction of the AFD limits is required.
Note that sufficient reduction of the AFD limits will also result in a reduction of the core power.
Note that sufficient reduction of the AFD limits will also result in a reduction of the core power.
Violating the LCO limits for FQ(Z) may produce unacceptable consequences if a design basis event occurs while FQ(Z) is outside its specified limits.
Violating the LCO limits for FQ(Z) may produce unacceptable consequences if a design basis event occurs while FQ(Z) is outside its specified limits.
APPLICABILITY     The FQ(Z) limits must be maintained in MODE 1 to prevent core power distributions from exceeding the limits assumed in the safety analyses.
APPLICABILITY The FQ(Z) limits must be maintained in MODE 1 to prevent core power distributions from exceeding the limits assumed in the safety analyses.
Applicability in other MODES is not required because there is either insufficient stored energy In the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the reactor coolant to require a limit on the distribution of core power.
Applicability in other MODES is not required because there is either insufficient stored energy In the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the reactor coolant to require a limit on the distribution of core power.
ACTIONS           A.1 Reducing THERMAL POWER by > 1% RTP for each 1% by which F0 (Z)
ACTIONS A.1 C
C C
Reducing THERMAL POWER by > 1% RTP for each 1% by which F0 (Z)
exceeds its limit, maintains an acceptable absolute power density. Fa (Z)
C exceeds its limit, maintains an acceptable absolute power density. Fa (Z)
M is F 0 (Z) multiplied by factors that account for manufacturing tolerances M
M is F 0 (Z) multiplied by factors that account for manufacturing tolerances M
and measurement uncertainties. F 0 (Z) is the measured value of FQ(Z).
and measurement uncertainties. F 0 (Z) is the measured value of FQ(Z).
Line 938: Line 1,264:
F0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable power level and increasing power up to this revised limit.
F0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable power level and increasing power up to this revised limit.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-4                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                               FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-4 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 9 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
Page 9 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
A.2 A reduction of the Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by _>1% for C
A.2 A reduction of the Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by _> 1% for C
each 1% by which F 0 (Z) exceeds its limit is a conservative action for protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reduction in THERMAL POWER in accordance with Required Action A.I. The maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux -
each 1% by which F 0 (Z) exceeds its limit is a conservative action for protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reduction in THERMAL POWER in accordance with Required Action A.I. The maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux -
High trip setpoints initially determined by Required Action A.2 may be c
High trip setpoints initially determined by Required Action A.2 may be c
Line 952: Line 1,278:
setpoints. Decreases in F 0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum Overpower N-16 trip setpoints.
setpoints. Decreases in F 0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum Overpower N-16 trip setpoints.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-5                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                                 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-5 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 10 of 35                                                                                         B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
Page 10 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
A.4 C
A.4 C
Verification that FQ (Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit imposed by Required Action A.1, ensures that core conditions during operation at higher power levels are consistent with safety analyses assumptions.
Verification that FQ (Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit imposed by Required Action A.1, ensures that core conditions during operation at higher power levels are consistent with safety analyses assumptions.
Line 959: Line 1,285:
B.1 If it is found that the maximum calculated value of FQ(Z) that can occur w
B.1 If it is found that the maximum calculated value of FQ(Z) that can occur w
during normal maneuvers, F QW(Z), exceeds its specified limits, there exists C
during normal maneuvers, F QW(Z), exceeds its specified limits, there exists C
a potential for FQ (Z) to become excessively high if a normal operational transient occurs. Reducing the AFD limits by >_1% for each 1% by which F QW(Z) exceeds its limit within the allowed Completion Time of 4 hours, restricts the axial flux distribution such that even if a transient occurred, core peaking factor limits are not exceeded.
a potential for FQ (Z) to become excessively high if a normal operational transient occurs. Reducing the AFD limits by >_ 1% for each 1% by which F QW(Z) exceeds its limit within the allowed Completion Time of 4 hours, restricts the axial flux distribution such that even if a transient occurred, core peaking factor limits are not exceeded.
B.2 A reduction of the Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by > 1% for each 1% by which the maximum allowable power is reduced, is a conservative action for protection against the consequence of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reductions in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance with Required Action B.1.
B.2 A reduction of the Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by > 1% for each 1% by which the maximum allowable power is reduced, is a conservative action for protection against the consequence of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reductions in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance with Required Action B.1.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               B 3.2-6                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                             FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-6 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 11 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
Page 11 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS (continued)
B.3 Reduction in the Overpower N-1 6 setpoints value by > 1% for each 1% by which the maximum allowable power is reduced, is a conservative action for protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reductions in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance with Required Action B.1.
B.3 Reduction in the Overpower N-1 6 setpoints value by > 1% for each 1% by which the maximum allowable power is reduced, is a conservative action for protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reductions in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance with Required Action B.1.
B.4 Verification that FQW(Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power limit imposed by Required Action B.1 ensures that core conditions during operation at higher power levels and future operation are consistent with safety analysis assumptions.
B.4 Verification that FQW(Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power limit imposed by Required Action B.1 ensures that core conditions during operation at higher power levels and future operation are consistent with safety analysis assumptions.
Line 969: Line 1,295:
C.1 If Required Actions A.1 through A.4 or B.1 through B.4 are not met within their associated Completion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode or condition in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 2 within 6 hours.
C.1 If Required Actions A.1 through A.4 or B.1 through B.4 are not met within their associated Completion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode or condition in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 2 within 6 hours.
This allowed Completion Time is reasonable based on operating experience regarding the amount of time it takes to reach MODE 2 from full power operation in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
This allowed Completion Time is reasonable based on operating experience regarding the amount of time it takes to reach MODE 2 from full power operation in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
SURVEILLANCE       SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are modified by a Note. The Note applies during REQUIREMENTS       power ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1). The note allows for power ascensions ifthe surveillances are not current. It states that THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has (continued)
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are modified by a Note. The Note applies during REQUIREMENTS power ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1). The note allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not current. It states that THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-7                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                               FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-7 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 12 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) been achieved at which a power distribution measurement can be obtained.
Page 12 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) been achieved at which a power distribution measurement can be obtained.
This allowance is modified, however, by one of the Frequency conditions C               W that requires verification that FC (Z) and F QW(Z) are within their specified limits after a power rise of more than 20% RTP over the THERMAL POWER at which they were last verified to be within specified limits. Because C
This allowance is modified, however, by one of the Frequency conditions C
F a(Z) and F QV(Z) could not have previously been measured for a reload core, there is a second Frequency condition, applicable only for reload cores, that requires determination of these parameters before exceeding F W(z) 75% RTP. This ensures that some determination of F c(Z) and are made at a lower power level at which adequate margin is available before going to 100% RTP. Also, this Frequency condition, together with the c             w Frequency condition requiring verification of Fa (Z) and F QW(Z) following a power increase of more than 20%, ensures that they are verified as soon as RTP (or any other level for extended operation) is achieved. In the absence of these Frequency conditions, it is possible to increase power to RTP and operate for 31 days without verification of F C(Z) and F W .
W that requires verification that FC (Z) and F QW(Z) are within their specified limits after a power rise of more than 20% RTP over the THERMAL POWER at which they were last verified to be within specified limits. Because C
The Frequency condition is not intended to require verification of these parameters after every 20% increase in power level above the last verification. It only requires verification after a power level is achieved for extended operation that is 20% higher than that power at which FQ was last measured.
F a(Z) and F QV(Z) could not have previously been measured for a reload core, there is a second Frequency condition, applicable only for reload cores, that requires determination of these parameters before exceeding 75% RTP. This ensures that some determination of F c(Z) and F W(z) are made at a lower power level at which adequate margin is available before going to 100% RTP. Also, this Frequency condition, together with the c
w Frequency condition requiring verification of Fa (Z) and F QW(Z) following a power increase of more than 20%, ensures that they are verified as soon as RTP (or any other level for extended operation) is achieved. In the absence of these Frequency conditions, it is possible to increase power to RTP and operate for 31 days without verification of F C (Z) and F W The Frequency condition is not intended to require verification of these parameters after every 20% increase in power level above the last verification. It only requires verification after a power level is achieved for extended operation that is 20% higher than that power at which FQ was last measured.
SR 3.2.1.1 Verification that FC(Z) is within its specified limits involves increasing M
SR 3.2.1.1 Verification that FC(Z) is within its specified limits involves increasing M
F Q (Z) to allow for manufacturing tolerance and measurement uncertainties in order to obtain FCC (Z). If the PDMS is used, the appropriate measurement uncertainty and manufacturing allowance are automatically calculated and applied to the measured FQ (Ref. 7). If the M
F Q (Z) to allow for manufacturing tolerance and measurement C
uncertainties in order to obtain FC (Z). If the PDMS is used, the appropriate measurement uncertainty and manufacturing allowance are automatically calculated and applied to the measured FQ (Ref. 7). If the M
movable incore detector system is used, F Q (Z) is the measured value of FQ(Z) obtained from incore flux map results and FC (Z)=F 0(Z)o1.03.1.05 (Ref. 4). F C(Z) is then compared to its specified limits.
movable incore detector system is used, F Q (Z) is the measured value of FQ(Z) obtained from incore flux map results and FC (Z)=F 0(Z)o1.03.1.05 (Ref. 4). F C(Z) is then compared to its specified limits.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-8                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                               FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-8 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 13 of 35                                                                                     B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE       SR 3.2.1.1 (continued)
Page 13 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.1 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS C
REQUIREMENTS C
The limit with which FQ (Z) is compared varies inversely with power above 50% RTP and directly with a function called K(Z) provided in the COLR.
The limit with which FQ (Z) is compared varies inversely with power above 50% RTP and directly with a function called K(Z) provided in the COLR.
Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP provides assurance that the FQC(Z) limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.
Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP C
If THERMAL POWER has been increased by &#x17d;_20% RTP since the last C
provides assurance that the FQ (Z) limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.
If THERMAL POWER has been increased by &#x17d;_ 20% RTP since the last C
determination of FQ (Z), another evaluation of this factor is required 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions at this higher power level (to C
determination of FQ (Z), another evaluation of this factor is required 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions at this higher power level (to C
ensure that FQ (Z) values are being reduced sufficiently with power increase to stay within the LCO limits).
ensure that FQ (Z) values are being reduced sufficiently with power increase to stay within the LCO limits).
The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup because such changes are slow and well controlled when the plant is operated in accordance with the Technical Specifications (TS).
The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup because such changes are slow and well controlled when the plant is operated in accordance with the Technical Specifications (TS).
SR 3.2.1.2 The nuclear design process includes calculations performed to determine that the core can be operated within the FQ(Z) limits. Because power distribution measurements are taken at or near equilibrium conditions, the variations in power distribution resulting from normal operational maneuvers are not present in the core power distribution measurement data. These variations are, however, conservatively calculated by considering a wide range of unit maneuvers in normal operation. The maximum peaking factor increase over steady state values, calculated as a function of core elevation, C
SR 3.2.1.2 The nuclear design process includes calculations performed to determine that the core can be operated within the FQ(Z) limits. Because power distribution measurements are taken at or near equilibrium conditions, the variations in power distribution resulting from normal operational maneuvers are not present in the core power distribution measurement data. These variations are, however, conservatively calculated by considering a wide range of unit maneuvers in normal operation. The maximum peaking factor increase over steady state values, calculated as a function of core elevation, C
Z, is called W(Z). Multiplying the measured total peaking factor, FQ (Z), by W(Z) gives the maximum FQ(Z) calculated to occur in normal operation, F QW(Z).
Z, is called W(Z). Multiplying the measured total peaking factor, FQ (Z), by W(Z) gives the maximum FQ(Z) calculated to occur in normal operation, F QW(Z).
The limit with which F QW(Z) is compared varies inversely with power above 50% RTP and directly with the function K(Z) provided in the COLR.
The limit with which F QW(Z) is compared varies inversely with power above 50% RTP and directly with the function K(Z) provided in the COLR.
The W(Z) curve is provided in the COLR for discrete core elevations. Flux (continued)
The W(Z) curve is provided in the COLR for discrete core elevations. Flux (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-9                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                               FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-9 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 14 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE       SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)
Page 14 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS w
REQUIREMENTS w
map data are typically taken for 30 to 75 core elevations. F 0(Z) evaluations are not applicable for the following axial core regions, measured in percent of core height:
map data are typically taken for 30 to 75 core elevations. F 0(Z) evaluations are not applicable for the following axial core regions, measured in percent of core height:
: a.       Lower core region, from 0 to 15% inclusive; and
: a.
: b.       Upper core region, from 85 to 100% inclusive.
Lower core region, from 0 to 15% inclusive; and
: b.
Upper core region, from 85 to 100% inclusive.
The top and bottom 15% of the core are excluded from the evaluation because of the low probability that these regions would be more limiting in the safety analyses and because of the difficulty of making a precise measurement in these regions.
The top and bottom 15% of the core are excluded from the evaluation because of the low probability that these regions would be more limiting in the safety analyses and because of the difficulty of making a precise measurement in these regions.
This Surveillance has been modified by a Note that may require that more w
This Surveillance has been modified by a Note that may require that more w
frequent surveillances be performed. When F Q(Z) is evaluated, an evaluation of the expression below is required to account for any increase to C
frequent surveillances be performed. When F Q(Z) is evaluated, an evaluation of the expression below is required to account for any increase to C
F 0 (Z) that may occur and cause the FQ(Z) limit to be exceeded before the next required FQ(Z) evaluation.
F0 (Z) that may occur and cause the FQ(Z) limit to be exceeded before the next required FQ(Z) evaluation.
If the two most recent FQ(Z) evaluations show an increase in the expression maximum over z                   L K(Z)]
If the two most recent FQ(Z) evaluations show an increase in the expression maximum over z L K(Z)]
it is required to meet the Fa(Z) limit with the last F Q(Z) increased by the appropriate factor of > 1.02 specified in the COLR, or to evaluate FQ(Z) more frequently, each 7 EFPD. These alternative requirements prevent FQ(Z) from exceeding its limit for any significant period of time without detection.
it is required to meet the Fa(Z) limit with the last F Q(Z) increased by the appropriate factor of > 1.02 specified in the COLR, or to evaluate FQ(Z) more frequently, each 7 EFPD. These alternative requirements prevent FQ(Z) from exceeding its limit for any significant period of time without detection.
Performing the Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP provides assurance that the FQ(Z) limit will be met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors are generally decreased as power level is increased.
Performing the Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP provides assurance that the FQ(Z) limit will be met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors are generally decreased as power level is increased.
FQ(Z) is verified at power levels _ 20% RTP above the THERMAL POWER of its last verification, 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions to ensure that FQ(Z) is within its limit at higher power levels.
FQ(Z) is verified at power levels _ 20% RTP above the THERMAL POWER of its last verification, 24 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions to ensure that FQ(Z) is within its limit at higher power levels.
The Surveillance Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup. The Surveillance may be done more (continued)
The Surveillance Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup. The Surveillance may be done more (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-10                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                             FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-10 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 15 of 35 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)
Page 15 of 35                                                                                    B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE       SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)
B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS frequently if required by the results of FQ(Z) evaluations.
REQUIREMENTS frequently if required by the results of FQ(Z) evaluations.
The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution because such a change Is sufficiently slow, when the plant is operated in accordance with the TS, to preclude adverse peaking factors between 31 day surveillances.
The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution because such a change Is sufficiently slow, when the plant is operated in accordance with the TS, to preclude adverse peaking factors between 31 day surveillances.
REFERENCES         1.       10 CFR 50.46, 1974.
REFERENCES
: 2.       Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.
: 1.
: 3.       10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
10 CFR 50.46, 1974.
: 4.       RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology,' TU Electric, June 1994.
: 2.
: 5.       WCAP-7308-L-P-A, "Evaluation of Nuclear Hot Channel Factor Uncertainties," June 1988.
Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.
: 6.       WCAP-10216-P-A, Rev. 1A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) F 0 Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.
: 3.
: 7.       WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-11                                     Revision
: 4.
RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology,' TU Electric, June 1994.
: 5.
WCAP-7308-L-P-A, "Evaluation of Nuclear Hot Channel Factor Uncertainties," June 1988.
: 6.
WCAP-10216-P-A, Rev. 1A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) F0 Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.
: 7.
WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-11 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 16 of 35 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS N
B 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)
BASES N
FAH B 3.


N  to TXX-07063                                                                                FAH Page 16 of 35                                                                                          B 3.2.2 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS N
==2.2 BACKGROUND==
B 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)
The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the power density at any point in the core so that the fuel design criteria are not exceeded and the accident analysis assumptions remain valid. The design limits on local (pellet) and integrated fuel rod peak power density are expressed in terms of hot channel factors. Control of the core power distribution with respect to these factors ensures that local conditions in the fuel rods and coolant channels do not challenge core integrity at any location during normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency analyzed in the safety analyses.
BASES BACKGROUND            The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the power density at any point in the core so that the fuel design criteria are not exceeded and the accident analysis assumptions remain valid. The design limits on local (pellet) and integrated fuel rod peak power density are expressed in terms of hot channel factors. Control of the core power distribution with respect to these factors ensures that local conditions in the fuel rods and coolant channels do not challenge core integrity at any location during normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency analyzed in the safety analyses.
N FaH is defined as the ratio of the integral of the linear power along the fuel rod with the highest integrated power to the average integrated fuel rod N
N FaH is defined as the ratio of the integral of the linear power along the fuel rod with the highest integrated power to the average integrated fuel rod N
power. Therefore, FaH is a measure of the maximum total power produced N
power. Therefore, FaH is a measure of the maximum total power produced N
Line 1,031: Line 1,372:
assumed to begin with an FaH value that satisfies the LCO requirements.
assumed to begin with an FaH value that satisfies the LCO requirements.
Operation outside the LCO limits may produce unacceptable consequences (continued)
Operation outside the LCO limits may produce unacceptable consequences (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2               B 3.2-12                                     Revision
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-12 Revision


N to TXX-07063                                                                             FAH Page 17 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.2 BASES BACKGROUND (continued) if a DNB limiting event occurs. The DNB design basis ensures that there is no overheating of the fuel that results in possible cladding perforation with the release of fission products to the reactor coolant.
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 17 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES BACKGROUND (continued) if a DNB limiting event occurs. The DNB design basis ensures that there is no overheating of the fuel that results in possible cladding perforation with the release of fission products to the reactor coolant.
N APPLICABLE         Limits on FaH preclude core power distributions that exceed the following SAFETY ANALYSES   fuel design limits:
N APPLICABLE Limits on FaH preclude core power distributions that exceed the following SAFETY ANALYSES fuel design limits:
: a.     For ANS Condition IIevents, there must be at least 95% probability at the 95% confidence level (the 95/95 DNB criterion) that the hottest fuel rod in the core does not experience a DNB condition;
: a.
: b.     During a large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA), peak cladding temperature (PCT) must not exceed 2200&deg;F;
For ANS Condition II events, there must be at least 95% probability at the 95% confidence level (the 95/95 DNB criterion) that the hottest fuel rod in the core does not experience a DNB condition;
: c.     During an ejected rod accident, the average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot must not exceed 280 cal/gm (Ref. 1); and
: b.
: d.     Fuel design limits required by GDC 26 (Ref. 2) for the condition when control rods must be capable of shutting down the reactor with a minimum required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully withdrawn.
During a large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA), peak cladding temperature (PCT) must not exceed 2200&deg;F;
: c.
During an ejected rod accident, the average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot must not exceed 280 cal/gm (Ref. 1); and
: d.
Fuel design limits required by GDC 26 (Ref. 2) for the condition when control rods must be capable of shutting down the reactor with a minimum required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully withdrawn.
N The limits on FAH ensure that the DNB design basis is met for normal operation, operational transients, and any transients arising from events of moderate frequency. The DNB design basis is met by limiting the minimum DNBR to the 95/95 DNB criterion applicable to a specific DNBR correlation.
N The limits on FAH ensure that the DNB design basis is met for normal operation, operational transients, and any transients arising from events of moderate frequency. The DNB design basis is met by limiting the minimum DNBR to the 95/95 DNB criterion applicable to a specific DNBR correlation.
This value provides a high degree of assurance that the hottest fuel rod in the core does not experience a DNB condition.
This value provides a high degree of assurance that the hottest fuel rod in the core does not experience a DNB condition.
N The allowable FAH     limit increases with decreasing power level. This N
N The allowable FAH limit increases with decreasing power level. This N
functionality in FAH is included in the analyses that provide the Reactor Core Safety Limits (SLs) of SL 2.1.1. Therefore, any DNB events in which the calculation of the core limits is modeled implicitly use this variable value of N
functionality in FAH is included in the analyses that provide the Reactor Core Safety Limits (SLs) of SL 2.1.1. Therefore, any DNB events in which the calculation of the core limits is modeled implicitly use this variable value of N
F H in the analyses. Likewise, all transients that may be DNB limited are N
F H in the analyses. Likewise, all transients that may be DNB limited are N
assumed to begin with an initial FAH as a function of power level defined by the COLR limit equation.
assumed to begin with an initial FAH as a function of power level defined by the COLR limit equation.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-13                                     Revision
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-13 Revision


N to TXX-07063                                                                           FAH Page 18 of 35                                                                                     B 3.2.2 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 18 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
N The LOCA safety analysis also uses FAH as an input parameter. The Nuclear Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) and the axial peaking factors are inserted directly into the LOCA safety analyses that verify the acceptability of the resulting peak cladding temperature (Ref. 3).
N The LOCA safety analysis also uses FAH as an input parameter. The Nuclear Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) and the axial peaking factors are inserted directly into the LOCA safety analyses that verify the acceptability of the resulting peak cladding temperature (Ref. 3).
The fuel is protected in part by compliance with Technical Specifications which ensure that the initial conditions assumed in the safety and accident analyses remain valid. The following LCOs ensure this: LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," LCO 3.2.2, "Nuclear N
The fuel is protected in part by compliance with Technical Specifications which ensure that the initial conditions assumed in the safety and accident analyses remain valid. The following LCOs ensure this: LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," LCO 3.2.2, "Nuclear N
Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)," and LCO 3.2.1, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (F0 (Z))."
Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)," and LCO 3.2.1, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (F0 (Z))."
N FAH and FQ(Z) are measured periodically using the movable incore detector system or an OPERABLE PDMS. Measurements are generally taken with the core at, or near, equilibrium conditions. Core monitoring and cor'trol under transient conditions (Condition 1 events) are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the LCOs on AFD, QPTR, and Bank Insertion Limits.
N FAH and FQ(Z) are measured periodically using the movable incore detector system or an OPERABLE PDMS. Measurements are generally taken with the core at, or near, equilibrium conditions. Core monitoring and cor'trol under transient conditions (Condition 1 events) are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the LCOs on AFD, QPTR, and Bank Insertion Limits.
N F H satisfies Criterion 2 of 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
N F H satisfies Criterion 2 of 1 OCFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
N LCO                 FAH shall be maintained within the limits of the relationship provided in the COLR.
N LCO FAH shall be maintained within the limits of the relationship provided in the COLR.
N The FAH limit is representative of the coolant flow channel with the maximum enthalpy rise. This channel has the least heat removal capability and thus the highest probability for a DNB condition.
N The FAH limit is representative of the coolant flow channel with the maximum enthalpy rise. This channel has the least heat removal capability and thus the highest probability for a DNB condition.
N The limiting value of FAH described by the equation contained in the COLR, is the design radial peaking factor used in the unit safety analyses.
N The limiting value of FAH described by the equation contained in the COLR, is the design radial peaking factor used in the unit safety analyses.
A power multiplication factor in this equation includes an additional allowance for higher radial peaking factors from reduced thermal feedback and greater control rod insertion at low power levels. The limiting value of N
A power multiplication factor in this equation includes an additional allowance for higher radial peaking factors from reduced thermal feedback and greater control rod insertion at low power levels. The limiting value of N
FAH is allowed to increase by a cycle-dependent factor (PFAH, as specified (continued)
FAH is allowed to increase by a cycle-dependent factor (PFAH, as specified (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-14                                     Revision
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-14 Revision


N to TXX-07063                                                                             FAH Page 19 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.2 BASES LCO (continued) in the COLR) for a 1% RTP reduction in THERMAL POWER.
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 19 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES LCO (continued) in the COLR) for a 1% RTP reduction in THERMAL POWER.
Ifthe power distribution measurements are performed at a power level less than 100% RTP, then the FN AH values that would result from measurements if the core was at 100% RTP should be inferred from the available information. A comparison of these inferred values with FAH RTP assures compliance with the LCO at all power levels.
If the power distribution measurements are performed at a power level less than 100% RTP, then the FN AH values that would result from measurements if the core was at 100% RTP should be inferred from the available information. A comparison of these inferred values with FAH RTP assures compliance with the LCO at all power levels.
APPLICABILITY     The F NAH limits must be maintained in MODE 1 to preclude core power distributions from exceeding the fuel design limits for DNBR and PCT.
APPLICABILITY The F NAH limits must be maintained in MODE 1 to preclude core power distributions from exceeding the fuel design limits for DNBR and PCT.
Applicability in other modes is not required because there is either insufficient stored energy in the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the coolant to require a limit on the distribution of core power.
Applicability in other modes is not required because there is either insufficient stored energy in the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the coolant to require a limit on the distribution of core power.
ACTIONS           A.1.1 N                                               N With F H exceeding its limit, the unit is allowed 4 hours to restore FAH to within its limits. This restoration may, for example, involve realigning any N
ACTIONS A.1.1 N
N With F H exceeding its limit, the unit is allowed 4 hours to restore FAH to within its limits. This restoration may, for example, involve realigning any N
misaligned rods or reducing power enough to bring FAH within its power N
misaligned rods or reducing power enough to bring FAH within its power N
dependent limit. When the FAH limit is exceeded, the DNBR limit is not likely violated in steady state operation, because events that could N
dependent limit. When the FAH limit is exceeded, the DNBR limit is not likely violated in steady state operation, because events that could N
Line 1,071: Line 1,417:
hours provides an acceptable time to restore FAH to within its limits without allowing the plant to remain in an unacceptable condition for an extended period of time. The restoration of the peaking factor to within its limits by power reduction or control rod movement does not restore compliance with the LCO. Thus, this condition can not be exited until a valid surveillance demonstrates compliance with the LCO.
hours provides an acceptable time to restore FAH to within its limits without allowing the plant to remain in an unacceptable condition for an extended period of time. The restoration of the peaking factor to within its limits by power reduction or control rod movement does not restore compliance with the LCO. Thus, this condition can not be exited until a valid surveillance demonstrates compliance with the LCO.
Condition A is modified by a Note that requires that Required Actions A.2 and A.3 must be completed whenever Condition A is entered. Thus, even if this Required Action is completed within the 4 hour time period, Required (continued)
Condition A is modified by a Note that requires that Required Actions A.2 and A.3 must be completed whenever Condition A is entered. Thus, even if this Required Action is completed within the 4 hour time period, Required (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-15                                     Revision
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-15 Revision


N to TXX-07063                                                                               FAH Page 20 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS           A.1.1 (continued)
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 20 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS A.1.1 (continued)
N Action A.2 requires another measurement and calculation of F H within 24 hours in accordance with SR 3.2.2.1.
N Action A.2 requires another measurement and calculation of F H within 24 hours in accordance with SR 3.2.2.1.
N Required Action A.3 requires that another determination of FAH must be done prior to exceeding 50% RTP, prior to exceeding 75% RTP, and within 24 hours after reaching or exceeding 95% RTP; however, THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced to comply with these requirements. In addition, Required Action A.2 is performed if power ascension is delayed past 24 hours.
N Required Action A.3 requires that another determination of FAH must be done prior to exceeding 50% RTP, prior to exceeding 75% RTP, and within 24 hours after reaching or exceeding 95% RTP; however, THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced to comply with these requirements. In addition, Required Action A.2 is performed if power ascension is delayed past 24 hours.
A.1.2.1 and A.1.2.2 Ifthe value of F NAH is not restored to within its specified limit either by adjusting a misaligned rod or by reducing THERMAL POWER, the alternative option is to reduce THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP in accordance with Required Action A.1.2.1 and reduce the Power Range Neutron Flux-High to < 55% RTP in accordance with Required Action A.1.2.2. Reducing power to < 50% RTP increases the DNB margin and does not likely cause the DNBR limit to be violated in steady state operation. The reduction in trip setpoints ensures that continuing operation remains at an acceptable low power level with adequate DNBR margin. The allowed Completion Time of 4 hours for Required Action A.1.2.1 is consistent with those allowed for in Required Action A.1.1 and provides an acceptable time to reach the required power level from full power operation without allowing the plant to remain in an unacceptable condition for an extended period of time. The Completion Times of 4 hours for Required Actions A.1.1 and A.1.2.1 are not additive.
A.1.2.1 and A.1.2.2 If the value of F NAH is not restored to within its specified limit either by adjusting a misaligned rod or by reducing THERMAL POWER, the alternative option is to reduce THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP in accordance with Required Action A.1.2.1 and reduce the Power Range Neutron Flux-High to < 55% RTP in accordance with Required Action A.1.2.2. Reducing power to < 50% RTP increases the DNB margin and does not likely cause the DNBR limit to be violated in steady state operation. The reduction in trip setpoints ensures that continuing operation remains at an acceptable low power level with adequate DNBR margin. The allowed Completion Time of 4 hours for Required Action A.1.2.1 is consistent with those allowed for in Required Action A.1.1 and provides an acceptable time to reach the required power level from full power operation without allowing the plant to remain in an unacceptable condition for an extended period of time. The Completion Times of 4 hours for Required Actions A.1.1 and A.1.2.1 are not additive.
The allowed Completion Time of 72 hours to reset the trip setpoints per Required Action A.1.2.2 recognizes that, once power is reduced, the safety analysis assumptions are satisfied and there is no urgent need to reduce the trip setpoints; however, for extended operations at the reduced power level, the reduced trip setpoints are required to protect against events involving positive reactivity excursions. This is a sensitive operation that may inadvertently trip the Reactor Protection System.
The allowed Completion Time of 72 hours to reset the trip setpoints per Required Action A.1.2.2 recognizes that, once power is reduced, the safety analysis assumptions are satisfied and there is no urgent need to reduce the trip setpoints; however, for extended operations at the reduced power level, the reduced trip setpoints are required to protect against events involving positive reactivity excursions. This is a sensitive operation that may inadvertently trip the Reactor Protection System.
A.2 Once actions have been taken to restore FNAH to within its limits per (continued)
A.2 Once actions have been taken to restore FN AH to within its limits per (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-16                                       Revision
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-16 Revision


N to TXX-07063                                                                               FAH Page 21 of 35                                                                                         B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS           A.2 (continued)
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 21 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS A.2 (continued)
Required Action A.1.1, or the power level has been reduced to < 50% RTP per Required Action A.1.2.1, core power distribution measurement (SR 3.2.2.1) must be obtained and the measured value of FNAH verified not to exceed the allowed limit at the lower power level. The unit is provided 20 additional hours to perform this task over and above the 4 hours allowed by either Action A.1.1 or Action A.1.2.1. The Completion Time of 24 hours is acceptable because of the increase in the DNB margin, which is obtained at lower power levels, and the low probability of having a DNB limiting event within this 24 hour period.
Required Action A.1.1, or the power level has been reduced to < 50% RTP per Required Action A.1.2.1, core power distribution measurement (SR 3.2.2.1) must be obtained and the measured value of FN AH verified not to exceed the allowed limit at the lower power level. The unit is provided 20 additional hours to perform this task over and above the 4 hours allowed by either Action A.1.1 or Action A.1.2.1. The Completion Time of 24 hours is acceptable because of the increase in the DNB margin, which is obtained at lower power levels, and the low probability of having a DNB limiting event within this 24 hour period.
Additionally, operating experience has indicated that this Completion Time is sufficient to obtain the core power distribution measurement, perform the N
Additionally, operating experience has indicated that this Completion Time is sufficient to obtain the core power distribution measurement, perform the N
required calculations, and evaluate FAH.
required calculations, and evaluate FAH.
A.3 Verification that FNAH is within its specified limits after an out of limit occurrence ensures that the cause that led to the FNAH exceeding its limit is identified, to the extent necessary, and corrected, and that subsequent operation proceeds within the LCO limit. This Action demonstrates that the FNAH limit is within the LCO limits prior to exceeding 50% RTP, again prior to exceeding 75% RTP, and within 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is
A.3 Verification that FN AH is within its specified limits after an out of limit occurrence ensures that the cause that led to the FN AH exceeding its limit is identified, to the extent necessary, and corrected, and that subsequent operation proceeds within the LCO limit. This Action demonstrates that the F NAH limit is within the LCO limits prior to exceeding 50% RTP, again prior to exceeding 75% RTP, and within 24 hours after THERMAL POWER is
                          > 95% RTP. SR 3.2.2.1 must be satisfied prior to increasing power above the extrapolated allowable power level or restoration of any reduced Reactor N
> 95% RTP. SR 3.2.2.1 must be satisfied prior to increasing power above the extrapolated allowable power level or restoration of any reduced Reactor N
Trip System setpoints. When FAH is measured at reduced power levels, the N
Trip System setpoints. When FAH is measured at reduced power levels, the N
allowable power level is determined by evaluating FAH for higher power levels.
allowable power level is determined by evaluating FAH for higher power levels.
This Required Action is modified by a Note that states that THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced prior to performing this Action.
This Required Action is modified by a Note that states that THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced prior to performing this Action.
B.1 When Required Actions A.1.1 through A.3 cannot be completed within their required Completion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in at (continued)
B.1 When Required Actions A. 1.1 through A.3 cannot be completed within their required Completion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in at (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-17                                     Revision
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-17 Revision


N to TXX-07063                                                                           FAH Page 22 of 35                                                                                   B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS           B.1 (continued) least MODE 2 within 6 hours. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience regarding the time required to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 22 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued) least MODE 2 within 6 hours. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience regarding the time required to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
SURVEILLANCE       SR 3.2.2.1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.2.2.1 is modified by a Note. The Note applies during power ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1). The note allows for power ascensions ifthe surveillances are not current. It states that THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution measurement can be obtained.
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.2.1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.2.2.1 is modified by a Note. The Note applies during power ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1). The note allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not current. It states that THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution measurement can be obtained.
Equilibrium conditions are achieved when the core is sufficiently stable such that the uncertainty allowances associated with the measurement are valid.
Equilibrium conditions are achieved when the core is sufficiently stable such that the uncertainty allowances associated with the measurement are valid.
N The value of FAH is determined by using the movable incore detector system or an OPERABLE PDMS to obtain a power distribution measurement. A data reduction computer program then calculates the N
N The value of FAH is determined by using the movable incore detector system or an OPERABLE PDMS to obtain a power distribution measurement. A data reduction computer program then calculates the N
Line 1,100: Line 1,446:
and applied to the measured FAH (Ref. 4). If the moveable incore detector N
and applied to the measured FAH (Ref. 4). If the moveable incore detector N
system is used, the measured value of FAH must be multiplied by 1.04 to account for measurement uncertainty before making comparisons to the FN FAH limit.
system is used, the measured value of FAH must be multiplied by 1.04 to account for measurement uncertainty before making comparisons to the FN FAH limit.
After each refueling, FNAH must be determined in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP. This requirement ensures that FNH limits are met at the beginning of each fuel cycle. Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, or at a reduced power level at any other time, N                                     N and meeting the 100% RTP FAH limit, provides assurance that the FAH limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.
After each refueling, FN AH must be determined in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP. This requirement ensures that FNH limits are met at the beginning of each fuel cycle. Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, or at a reduced power level at any other time, N
N and meeting the 100% RTP FAH limit, provides assurance that the FAH limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.
The 31 EFPD Frequency is acceptable because the power distribution changes relatively slowly over this amount of fuel bumup. Accordingly, this N
The 31 EFPD Frequency is acceptable because the power distribution changes relatively slowly over this amount of fuel bumup. Accordingly, this N
Frequency is short enough that the FAH limit cannot be exceeded for any significant period of operation.
Frequency is short enough that the FAH limit cannot be exceeded for any significant period of operation.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-18                                   Revision
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-18 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 23 of 35 N
 
FAH B 3.2.2 BASES (continued)
to TXX-07063                                                             FAH Page 23 of 35                                                                       B 3.2.2 BASES (continued)
REFERENCES 1.
REFERENCES         1. Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.
2.
: 2. 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
3.
: 3. 10 CFR 50.46.
4.
: 4. WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.'
Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2       B 3.2-19                             Revision to TXX-07063                                                       AFD (RAOC Methodology)
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
Page 24 of 35                                                                                        B 3.2.3 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology)                 I BASES BACKGROUND         The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the values of the AFD in order to limit the axial power distribution skewing to either the top or bottom of the core. By limiting the amount of power distribution skewing, core peaking factors are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses. Limiting power distribution skewing over time also minimizes the xenon distribution skewing, which Is a significant factor in axial power distribution control.
10 CFR 50.46.
WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.'
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-19 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 24 of 35 AFD (RAOC Methodology)
B 3.2.3 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology)
BASES I
BACKGROUND The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the values of the AFD in order to limit the axial power distribution skewing to either the top or bottom of the core. By limiting the amount of power distribution skewing, core peaking factors are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses. Limiting power distribution skewing over time also minimizes the xenon distribution skewing, which Is a significant factor in axial power distribution control.
RAOC is a calculational procedure that defines the allowed operational space of the AFD versus THERMAL POWER. The AFD limits are selected by considering a range of axial xenon distributions that may occur as a result of large variations of the AFD. Subsequently, power peaking factors and power distributions are examined to ensure that the transient limits are met.
RAOC is a calculational procedure that defines the allowed operational space of the AFD versus THERMAL POWER. The AFD limits are selected by considering a range of axial xenon distributions that may occur as a result of large variations of the AFD. Subsequently, power peaking factors and power distributions are examined to ensure that the transient limits are met.
Violation of the AFD limits invalidate the conclusions of the accident and transient analyses with regard to fuel cladding integrity.
Violation of the AFD limits invalidate the conclusions of the accident and transient analyses with regard to fuel cladding integrity.
Line 1,118: Line 1,470:
Although the RAOC defines limits that must be met to satisfy safety analyses, typically an operating scheme, Constant Axial Offset Control (CAOC), is used to control axial power distribution in day to day operation (Ref. 2). CAOC requires that the AFD be controlled within a narrow tolerance band around a bumup dependent target to minimize the variation of axial peaking factors and axial xenon distribution during unit maneuvers.
Although the RAOC defines limits that must be met to satisfy safety analyses, typically an operating scheme, Constant Axial Offset Control (CAOC), is used to control axial power distribution in day to day operation (Ref. 2). CAOC requires that the AFD be controlled within a narrow tolerance band around a bumup dependent target to minimize the variation of axial peaking factors and axial xenon distribution during unit maneuvers.
The CAOC operating space is typically smaller and lies within the RAOC operating space. Control within the CAOC operating space constrains the variation of axial xenon distributions and axial power distributions. RAOC calculations assume a wide range of xenon distributions and then confirm that the resulting power distributions satisfy the requirements of the accident analyses.
The CAOC operating space is typically smaller and lies within the RAOC operating space. Control within the CAOC operating space constrains the variation of axial xenon distributions and axial power distributions. RAOC calculations assume a wide range of xenon distributions and then confirm that the resulting power distributions satisfy the requirements of the accident analyses.
APPLICABLE         The AFD is a measure of the axial power distribution skewing to either the SAFETY ANALYSES     top or bottom half of the core. The AFD Is sensitive to many core related parameters such as control bank positions, core power level, axial bumup, (continued)
APPLICABLE The AFD is a measure of the axial power distribution skewing to either the SAFETY ANALYSES top or bottom half of the core. The AFD Is sensitive to many core related parameters such as control bank positions, core power level, axial bumup, (continued) I COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-20 Revision to TXX-07063 AFD (RAOC Methodology)
I COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-20                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                                       AFD (RAOC Methodology)
Page 25 of 35 B 3.2.3 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) axial xenon distribution, and, to a lesser extent, reactor coolant temperature and boron concentration.
Page 25 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.3 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) axial xenon distribution, and, to a lesser extent, reactor coolant temperature and boron concentration.
The allowed range of the AFD is used in the nuclear design process to confirm that operation within these limits produces core peaking factors and axial power distributions that meet safety analysis requirements.
The allowed range of the AFD is used in the nuclear design process to confirm that operation within these limits produces core peaking factors and axial power distributions that meet safety analysis requirements.
The RAOC methodology (Ref. 5) establishes a xenon distribution library with tentatively wide AFD limits. One dimensional axial power distribution calculations are then performed to demonstrate that normal operation power shapes are acceptable for the loss of coolant accident and loss of flow accident, and for initial conditions of anticipated transients. The tentative limits are adjusted as necessary to meet the safety analysis requirements.
The RAOC methodology (Ref. 5) establishes a xenon distribution library with tentatively wide AFD limits. One dimensional axial power distribution calculations are then performed to demonstrate that normal operation power shapes are acceptable for the loss of coolant accident and loss of flow accident, and for initial conditions of anticipated transients. The tentative limits are adjusted as necessary to meet the safety analysis requirements.
Line 1,126: Line 1,477:
is not exceeded during either normal operation or in the event of xenon redistribution following power changes. The limits on the AFD also limit the range of power distributions that are assumed as initial conditions in analyzing Condition II, Ill, and IV events. Compliance with this limit ensures that acceotable levels of fuel cladding integrity is maintained for these postulated accidents. The most important Condition IV event is the loss of coolant accident. The most significant Condition III event is the complete loss of forced RCS flow accident. The most significant Condition II events are uncontrolled bank withdrawal and boration or dilution accidents.
is not exceeded during either normal operation or in the event of xenon redistribution following power changes. The limits on the AFD also limit the range of power distributions that are assumed as initial conditions in analyzing Condition II, Ill, and IV events. Compliance with this limit ensures that acceotable levels of fuel cladding integrity is maintained for these postulated accidents. The most important Condition IV event is the loss of coolant accident. The most significant Condition III event is the complete loss of forced RCS flow accident. The most significant Condition II events are uncontrolled bank withdrawal and boration or dilution accidents.
Condition II accidents are used to confirm the adequacy of Overpower N-16 and Overtemperature N-16 trip setpoints.
Condition II accidents are used to confirm the adequacy of Overpower N-16 and Overtemperature N-16 trip setpoints.
The limits on the AFD satisfy Criterion 2 of the 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
The limits on the AFD satisfy Criterion 2 of the 1 0CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
LCO               The shape of the power profile in the axial (i.e., the vertical) direction is largely under the control of the operator, through either the manual operation of the control banks, or automatic motion of control banks responding to temperature deviations resulting from either manual operation of the Chemical and Volume Control System to change boron concentration, or from power level changes.
LCO The shape of the power profile in the axial (i.e., the vertical) direction is largely under the control of the operator, through either the manual operation of the control banks, or automatic motion of control banks responding to temperature deviations resulting from either manual operation of the Chemical and Volume Control System to change boron concentration, or from power level changes.
Signals are available to the operator from the Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) excore neutron detectors (Ref. 4). Separate signals are taken from the top and bottom detectors. The AFD is defined as the difference in normalized flux signals between the top and bottom excore detector in each detector well. For convenience, this flux difference is converted to provide flux difference units expressed as a percentage and labeled as %A flux or
Signals are available to the operator from the Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) excore neutron detectors (Ref. 4). Separate signals are taken from the top and bottom detectors. The AFD is defined as the difference in normalized flux signals between the top and bottom excore detector in each detector well. For convenience, this flux difference is converted to provide flux difference units expressed as a percentage and labeled as %A flux or
                          %AI.
%AI.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-21                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                                     AFD (RAOC Methodology)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-21 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 26 of 35 AFD (RAOC Methodology)
Page 26 of 35                                                                                      B 3.2.3 BASES LCO (continued)
B 3.2.3 BASES LCO (continued)
The AFD limits are provided in the COLR. The AFD limits for RAOC do not depend on the target flux difference. However, the target flux difference may be used to minimize changes in the axial power distribution.
The AFD limits are provided in the COLR. The AFD limits for RAOC do not depend on the target flux difference. However, the target flux difference may be used to minimize changes in the axial power distribution.
Violating the LCO on the AFD could produce unacceptable consequences if a Condition 2, 3, or 4 event occurs while the AFD is outside its limits.
Violating the LCO on the AFD could produce unacceptable consequences if a Condition 2, 3, or 4 event occurs while the AFD is outside its limits.
APPLICABILITY     The AFD requirements are applicable in MODE 1 greater than or equal to 50% RTP when the combination of THERMAL POWER and core peaking factors are the core parameters of primary importance in safety analyses I
APPLICABILITY The AFD requirements are applicable in MODE 1 greater than or equal to 50% RTP when the combination of THERMAL POWER and core peaking factors are the core parameters of primary importance in safety analyses (Ref. 1).
(Ref. 1).
For AFD limits developed using RAOC methodology, the value of the AFD does not affect the limiting accident consequences with THERMAL POWER
For AFD limits developed using RAOC methodology, the value of the AFD does not affect the limiting accident consequences with THERMAL POWER
                          < 50% RTP and for lower operating power MODES.
< 50% RTP and for lower operating power MODES.
ACTIONS           A.1 As an alternative to restoring the AFD to within its specified limits, Required Action A.1 requires a THERMAL POWER reduction to < 50% RTP. This places the core in a condition for which the value of the AFD is not important in the applicable safety analyses. A Completion Time of 30 minutes is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach 50% RTP without challenging plant systems.
ACTIONS A.1 As an alternative to restoring the AFD to within its specified limits, Required Action A.1 requires a THERMAL POWER reduction to < 50% RTP. This places the core in a condition for which the value of the AFD is not important in the applicable safety analyses. A Completion Time of 30 minutes is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach 50% RTP without challenging plant systems.
SURVEILLANCE       SR 3.2.3.1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the AFD as indicated by the NIS excore channels is within its specified limits. The Surveillance Frequency of 7 days is adequate because the AFD is controlled by the operator and monitored by the process computer. Furthermore, any deviation of the AFD from requirements that is not alarmed should be readily noticed.
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.3.1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the AFD as indicated by the NIS excore channels is within its specified limits. The Surveillance Frequency of 7 days is adequate because the AFD is controlled by the operator and monitored by the process computer. Furthermore, any deviation of the AFD from requirements that is not alarmed should be readily noticed.
REFERENCES         1.     RXE-90-006-P-A,"Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtem-perature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology," TU Electric, June, 1994.
REFERENCES
: 2.     WCAP-8385 (W proprietary), "Power Distribution Control and Load Following Procedures," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Septem-ber 1974.
: 1.
RXE-90-006-P-A,"Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtem-perature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology," TU Electric, June, 1994.
: 2.
WCAP-8385 (W proprietary), "Power Distribution Control and Load Following Procedures," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Septem-ber 1974.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-22                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                               AFD (RAOC Methodology)
I COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-22 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 27 of 35 AFD (RAOC Methodology)
Page 27 of 35                                                                              B 3.2.3 BASES REFERENCES (continued)
B 3.2.3 BASES REFERENCES (continued)
: 3. T. M. Anderson to K. Kniel (Chief of Core Performance Branch, NRC),  
: 3.
T. M. Anderson to K. Kniel (Chief of Core Performance Branch, NRC),  


==Attachment:==
==Attachment:==
  "Operation and Safety Analysis Aspects of an Improved Load Follow Package," January 31, 1980.
  "Operation and Safety Analysis Aspects of an Improved Load Follow Package," January 31, 1980.
: 4. FSAR, Chapter 7.
: 4.
: 5. WCAP-10216-P-A, Rev. 1A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) FQ Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.
FSAR, Chapter 7.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2       B 3.2-23                                   Revision to TXX-07063                                                                           QPTR Page 28 of 35                                                                                     B 3.2.4 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.4 QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)
: 5.
BASES BACKGROUND         The QPTR limit ensures that the gross radial power distribution remains consistent with the design values used in the safety analyses. Precise radial power distribution measurements are made during startup testing, after refueling, and periodically during power operation.
WCAP-10216-P-A, Rev. 1A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) FQ Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-23 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 28 of 35 B 3.2.4 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.4 QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)
BASES BACKGROUND The QPTR limit ensures that the gross radial power distribution remains consistent with the design values used in the safety analyses. Precise radial power distribution measurements are made during startup testing, after refueling, and periodically during power operation.
The power density at any point in the core must be limited so that the fuel design criteria are maintained. Together, LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," LCO 3.2.4, and LCO 3.1.7, "Control Rod Insertion Limits," provide limits on process variables that characterize and control the three dimensional power distribution of the reactor core. Control of these variables ensures that the core operates within the fuel design criteria and that the power distribution remains within the bounds used in the safety analyses.
The power density at any point in the core must be limited so that the fuel design criteria are maintained. Together, LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," LCO 3.2.4, and LCO 3.1.7, "Control Rod Insertion Limits," provide limits on process variables that characterize and control the three dimensional power distribution of the reactor core. Control of these variables ensures that the core operates within the fuel design criteria and that the power distribution remains within the bounds used in the safety analyses.
APPLICABLE         This LCO precludes core power distributions that violate the following fuel SAFETY ANALYSES   design criteria:
APPLICABLE This LCO precludes core power distributions that violate the following fuel SAFETY ANALYSES design criteria:
: a.     During a large break loss of coolant accident, the peak cladding temperature must not exceed 2200OF (Ref. 1);
: a.
: b.     During a loss of forced reactor coolant flow accident, there must be at least 95% probability at the 95% confidence level (the 95/95 departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) criterion) that the hot fuel rod in the core does not experience a DNB condition;
During a large break loss of coolant accident, the peak cladding temperature must not exceed 2200OF (Ref. 1);
: c.     During an ejected rod accident, the average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot must not exceed 280 cal/gm (Ref. 2); and
: b.
: d.     The control rods must be capable of shutting down the reactor with a minimum required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully withdrawn (Ref. 3).
During a loss of forced reactor coolant flow accident, there must be at least 95% probability at the 95% confidence level (the 95/95 departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) criterion) that the hot fuel rod in the core does not experience a DNB condition;
: c.
During an ejected rod accident, the average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot must not exceed 280 cal/gm (Ref. 2); and
: d.
The control rods must be capable of shutting down the reactor with a minimum required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully withdrawn (Ref. 3).
The LCO limits on the AFD, the QPTR, the Heat Flux Hot Channel (FQ(Z)),
The LCO limits on the AFD, the QPTR, the Heat Flux Hot Channel (FQ(Z)),
N the Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH), and control bank insertion are established to preclude core power distributions that exceed the safety analyses limits.
N the Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH), and control bank insertion are established to preclude core power distributions that exceed the safety analyses limits.
N The QPTR limits ensure that FAH and FQ(Z) remain below their limiting (continued)
N The QPTR limits ensure that FAH and FQ(Z) remain below their limiting (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-24                                     Revision to TXX-07063 Page 29 of 35 QPTR B 3.2.4 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) values by preventing an undetected change in the gross radial power distribution.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-24 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 29 of 35 BASES QPTR B 3.2.4 APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) values by preventing an undetected change in the gross radial power distribution.
N In MODE 1, the FAH and FQ(Z) limits must be maintained to preclude core power distributions from exceeding design limits assumed in the safety analyses.
N In MODE 1, the FAH and FQ(Z) limits must be maintained to preclude core power distributions from exceeding design limits assumed in the safety analyses.
The QPTR satisfies Criterion 2 of 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
The QPTR satisfies Criterion 2 of 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).
LCO             The QPTR limit of 1.02, above which corrective action is required, provides a margin of protection for both the DNB ratio and linear heat generation rate contributing to excessive power peaks resulting from X-Y plane power tilts.
LCO The QPTR limit of 1.02, above which corrective action is required, provides a margin of protection for both the DNB ratio and linear heat generation rate contributing to excessive power peaks resulting from X-Y plane power tilts.
A limiting QPTR of 1.02 can be tolerated before the margin for uncertainty N
A limiting QPTR of 1.02 can be tolerated before the margin for uncertainty N
In FQ(Z) and (FAH) is possibly challenged.
In FQ(Z) and (FAH) is possibly challenged.
APPLICABILITY   The QPTR limit must be maintained in MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER
APPLICABILITY The QPTR limit must be maintained in MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER
                              > 50% RTP to prevent core power distributions from exceeding the design limits.
> 50% RTP to prevent core power distributions from exceeding the design limits.
Applicability in MODE 1 _< 50% RTP and in other MODES is not required because there is either Insufficient stored energy in the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the reactor coolant to require the implementation of a OPTR limit on the distribution of core power. The QPTR limit in these conditions Is, therefore, not important. Note that the N
Applicability in MODE 1 _< 50% RTP and in other MODES is not required because there is either Insufficient stored energy in the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the reactor coolant to require the implementation of a OPTR limit on the distribution of core power. The QPTR limit in these conditions Is, therefore, not important. Note that the N
FAH and FQ(Z) LCOs still apply, but allow progressively higher peaking factors at 50% RTP or lower.
FAH and FQ(Z) LCOs still apply, but allow progressively higher peaking factors at 50% RTP or lower.
ACTIONS         A.1 With the QPTR exceeding its limit, a power level reduction of 3% RTP for each 1% by which the QPTR exceeds 1.00 is a conservative tradeoff of total core power with peak linear power. The Completion lime of 2 hours allows sufficient time to identify the cause and correct the tilt. Note that the power reduction itself may cause a change in the tilted condition. The maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level initially determined by Required Action A.1 may be affected by subsequent determinations of (continued)
ACTIONS A.1 With the QPTR exceeding its limit, a power level reduction of 3% RTP for each 1% by which the QPTR exceeds 1.00 is a conservative tradeoff of total core power with peak linear power. The Completion lime of 2 hours allows sufficient time to identify the cause and correct the tilt. Note that the power reduction itself may cause a change in the tilted condition. The maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level initially determined by Required Action A.1 may be affected by subsequent determinations of (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-25                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                                                           QPTR Page 30 of 35                                                                                     B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS           A._ (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-25 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 30 of 35 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A._ (continued)
QPTR. Increases in QPTR would require a THERMAL POWER reduction within 2 hours of QPTR determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level. Decreases in QPTR would allow raising the maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level and Increasing THERMAL POWER up to this revised limit.
QPTR. Increases in QPTR would require a THERMAL POWER reduction within 2 hours of QPTR determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level. Decreases in QPTR would allow raising the maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level and Increasing THERMAL POWER up to this revised limit.
A.2 After completion of Required Action A.1, the QPTR may still exceed its limits.
A.2 After completion of Required Action A.1, the QPTR may still exceed its limits.
Line 1,184: Line 1,544:
A.4 N
A.4 N
Although FNH and FQ(Z) are of primary Importance as initial conditions in the safety analyses, other changes in the power distribution may occur as the QPTR limit Is exceeded and may have an impact on the validity of the (continued)
Although FNH and FQ(Z) are of primary Importance as initial conditions in the safety analyses, other changes in the power distribution may occur as the QPTR limit Is exceeded and may have an impact on the validity of the (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-26                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                                                             QPTR Page 31 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS           A.4 (continued) safety analysis. A change in the power distribution can affect such reactor parameters as bank worths and peaking factors for rod malfunction accidents. When the QPTR exceeds its limit, it does not necessarily mean a safety concern exists. Itdoes mean that there is an indication of a change in the gross radial power distribution that requires an investigation and evaluation that is accomplished by examining the incore power distribution.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-26 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 31 of 35 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A.4 (continued) safety analysis. A change in the power distribution can affect such reactor parameters as bank worths and peaking factors for rod malfunction accidents. When the QPTR exceeds its limit, it does not necessarily mean a safety concern exists. It does mean that there is an indication of a change in the gross radial power distribution that requires an investigation and evaluation that is accomplished by examining the incore power distribution.
Specifically, the core peaking factors and the quadrant tilt must be evaluated because they are the factors that best characterize the core power distribution. This evaluation is required to ensure that, before increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limits of Required Action A.1, the reactor core conditions are consistent with the assumptions in the safety analyses.
Specifically, the core peaking factors and the quadrant tilt must be evaluated because they are the factors that best characterize the core power distribution. This evaluation is required to ensure that, before increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limits of Required Action A.1, the reactor core conditions are consistent with the assumptions in the safety analyses.
A.5 If the QPTR remains above the 1.02 limit and a re-evaluation of the safety analysis is completed and shows that safety requirements are met, the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit prior to increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limit of Required Action A.1.
A.5 If the QPTR remains above the 1.02 limit and a re-evaluation of the safety analysis is completed and shows that safety requirements are met, the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit prior to increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limit of Required Action A.1.
Line 1,191: Line 1,551:
A.6 Once the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit (i.e., Required Action A.5 is performed), it is acceptable to return to full power operation. However, as an added check that the core power distribution is consistent with the safety analysis assumptions, Required N
A.6 Once the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit (i.e., Required Action A.5 is performed), it is acceptable to return to full power operation. However, as an added check that the core power distribution is consistent with the safety analysis assumptions, Required N
Action A.6 requires verification that FQ(Z) and FAH are within their specified limits within 24 hours of achieving equilibrium conditions at RTP. As an (continued)
Action A.6 requires verification that FQ(Z) and FAH are within their specified limits within 24 hours of achieving equilibrium conditions at RTP. As an (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-27                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                                                           QPTR Page 32 of 35                                                                                       B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS           A.6 (continued) added precaution, if the core power does not reach equilibrium conditions at RTP within 24 hours but is increased slowly, then the peaking factor surveillances must be performed within 48 hours after increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A.1. This Completion Time is intended to allow adequate time to increase THERMAL POWER to above the limits of Required Action A.1, while not permitting the core to remain with unconfirmed power distributions for extended periods of time.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-27 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 32 of 35 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A.6 (continued) added precaution, if the core power does not reach equilibrium conditions at RTP within 24 hours but is increased slowly, then the peaking factor surveillances must be performed within 48 hours after increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A.1. This Completion Time is intended to allow adequate time to increase THERMAL POWER to above the limits of Required Action A.1, while not permitting the core to remain with unconfirmed power distributions for extended periods of time.
Required Action A.6 is modified by a Note that states that the peaking factor surveillances must be completed when the excore detectors have been normalized to restore QPTR to within limit (i.e., Required Action A.5). The intent of this Note is to have the peaking factor surveillances performed at operating power levels, which can only be accomplished after the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit.
Required Action A.6 is modified by a Note that states that the peaking factor surveillances must be completed when the excore detectors have been normalized to restore QPTR to within limit (i.e., Required Action A.5). The intent of this Note is to have the peaking factor surveillances performed at operating power levels, which can only be accomplished after the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit.
B.1 If Required Actions A.1 through A.6 are not completed within their associated Completion Times, the unit must be brought to a MODE or condition in which the requirements do not apply. To achieve this status, THERMAL POWER must be reduced to < 50% RTP within 4 hours. The allowed Completion Time of 4 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience regarding the amount of time required to reach the reduced power level without challenging plant systems.
B.1 If Required Actions A.1 through A.6 are not completed within their associated Completion Times, the unit must be brought to a MODE or condition in which the requirements do not apply. To achieve this status, THERMAL POWER must be reduced to < 50% RTP within 4 hours. The allowed Completion Time of 4 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience regarding the amount of time required to reach the reduced power level without challenging plant systems.
SURVEILLANCE       SR 3.2.4.1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.2.4.1 is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows QPTR to be calculated with three power range channels if THERMAL POWER is _75% RTP and the input from one Power Range Neutron Flux channel is inoperable. Note 2 allows performance of SR 3.2.4.2 in lieu of SR 3.2.4.1 This Surveillance verifies that the QPTR, as indicated by the Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) excore channels, is within its limits. The Frequency of 7 days takes into account other information and alarms available to the operator in the control room.
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.4.1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.2.4.1 is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows QPTR to be calculated with three power range channels if THERMAL POWER is _75% RTP and the input from one Power Range Neutron Flux channel is inoperable. Note 2 allows performance of SR 3.2.4.2 in lieu of SR 3.2.4.1 This Surveillance verifies that the QPTR, as indicated by the Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) excore channels, is within its limits. The Frequency of 7 days takes into account other information and alarms available to the operator in the control room.
For those causes of QPT that occur quickly (e.g., a dropped rod), there typically are other indications of abnormality that prompt a verification of core power tilt.
For those causes of QPT that occur quickly (e.g., a dropped rod), there typically are other indications of abnormality that prompt a verification of core power tilt.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.2-28                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                                                           QPTR Page 33 of 35                                                                                     B 3.2.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-28 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 33 of 35 B 3.2.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.2.4.2 This Surveillance is modified by a Note, which states that it is not required until 12 hours after the inputs from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable and the THERMAL POWER is > 75% RTP.
SR 3.2.4.2 This Surveillance is modified by a Note, which states that it is not required until 12 hours after the inputs from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable and the THERMAL POWER is > 75% RTP.
With an NIS power range channel inoperable, tilt monitoring for a portion of the reactor core becomes degraded. Large tilts are likely detected with the remaining channels, but the capability for detection of small power tilts in some quadrants Is decreased. Performing SR 3.2.4.2 at a Frequency of 12 hours provides an accurate alternative means for ensuring that any tilt remains within its limits.
With an NIS power range channel inoperable, tilt monitoring for a portion of the reactor core becomes degraded. Large tilts are likely detected with the remaining channels, but the capability for detection of small power tilts in some quadrants Is decreased. Performing SR 3.2.4.2 at a Frequency of 12 hours provides an accurate alternative means for ensuring that any tilt remains within its limits.
Line 1,204: Line 1,564:
The symmetric thimble flux map can be used to generate symmetric thimble "tilt.' This can be compared to a reference symmetric thimble tilt, from the most recent full core flux map, to generate an Incore QPTR. Therefore, incore monitoring of QPTR can be used to confirm that QPTR is within limits.
The symmetric thimble flux map can be used to generate symmetric thimble "tilt.' This can be compared to a reference symmetric thimble tilt, from the most recent full core flux map, to generate an Incore QPTR. Therefore, incore monitoring of QPTR can be used to confirm that QPTR is within limits.
With one NIS channel inoperable, the Indicated tilt may be changed from the value Indicated with all four channels OPERABLE. To confirm that no change in tilt has actually occurred, which might cause the QPTR limit to be exceeded, the incore result may be compared against previous core power distribution measurement using an OPERABLE PDMS the symmetric thimbles as described above or a complete flux map. Nominally, quadrant tilt from the Surveillance should be within 2% of the tilt shown by the most recent flux map data.
With one NIS channel inoperable, the Indicated tilt may be changed from the value Indicated with all four channels OPERABLE. To confirm that no change in tilt has actually occurred, which might cause the QPTR limit to be exceeded, the incore result may be compared against previous core power distribution measurement using an OPERABLE PDMS the symmetric thimbles as described above or a complete flux map. Nominally, quadrant tilt from the Surveillance should be within 2% of the tilt shown by the most recent flux map data.
REFERENCES         1.     10 CFR 50.46.
REFERENCES
: 2.       Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev 0, May 1974.
: 1.
: 3.       10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
10 CFR 50.46.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2           B 3.2-29                                     Revision to TXX-07063                                                           RTS Instrumentation Page 34 of 35                                                                                       B 3.3.1 BASES ACTIONS           D.11.1. D.11.2, and D.2 (continued)
: 2.
Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev 0, May 1974.
: 3.
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-29 Revision to TXX-07063 RTS Instrumentation Page 34 of 35 B 3.3.1 BASES ACTIONS D.11.1. D.11.2, and D.2 (continued)
Required Action D.1.1 has been modified by a Note which only requires SR 3.2.4.2 to be performed if the Power Range Neutron Rux input QPTR becomes inoperable. Failure of a component in the Power Range Neutron Flux Channel which renders the High Flux Trip Function inoperable may not affect the capability to monitor QPTR. As such, determining QPTR using the movable incore detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS once per 12 hours may not be necessary.
Required Action D.1.1 has been modified by a Note which only requires SR 3.2.4.2 to be performed if the Power Range Neutron Rux input QPTR becomes inoperable. Failure of a component in the Power Range Neutron Flux Channel which renders the High Flux Trip Function inoperable may not affect the capability to monitor QPTR. As such, determining QPTR using the movable incore detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS once per 12 hours may not be necessary.
The NIS power range detectors provide Input to the CRD System and, therefore, have a two-out-of-four trip logic. A known inoperable channel must be placed in the tripped condition. This results in a partial trip condition requiring only one-out-of-three logic for actuation. The 72 hours allowed to place the inoperable channel in the tripped condition is justified in WCAP-14333-P-A (Ref. 11).
The NIS power range detectors provide Input to the CRD System and, therefore, have a two-out-of-four trip logic. A known inoperable channel must be placed in the tripped condition. This results in a partial trip condition requiring only one-out-of-three logic for actuation. The 72 hours allowed to place the inoperable channel in the tripped condition is justified in WCAP-14333-P-A (Ref. 11).
Line 1,213: Line 1,577:
The Required Actions are modified by a Note that allows placing one channel in bypass for 12 hours while performing routine surveillance testing, and setpoint adjustments when a setpoint reduction is required by other Technical Specifications. The 12 hour time limit is justified in Reference 11.
The Required Actions are modified by a Note that allows placing one channel in bypass for 12 hours while performing routine surveillance testing, and setpoint adjustments when a setpoint reduction is required by other Technical Specifications. The 12 hour time limit is justified in Reference 11.
E.1 and E.2 Condition E applies to the following reactor trip Functions:
E.1 and E.2 Condition E applies to the following reactor trip Functions:
a       Power Range Neutron Flux-Low;
a Power Range Neutron Flux-Low; Overtemperature N-1 6; Overpower N-16; Power Range Neutron Flux-High Positive Rate; Pressurizer Pressure-High; and SG Water Level-Low Low.
* Overtemperature N-1 6;
* Overpower N-16;
* Power Range Neutron Flux-High Positive Rate;
* Pressurizer Pressure-High; and
* SG Water Level-Low Low.
(continued)
(continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.3-32                                       Revision to TXX-07063                                                           RTS Instrumentation Page 35of35                                                                                       B 3.3.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.3-32 Revision to TXX-07063 RTS Instrumentation Page 35of35 B 3.3.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.3.1.5 SR 3.3.1.5 is the performance of an ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. The SSPS is tested every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS, using the semiautomatic tester. The train being tested is placed in the bypass condition, thus preventing inadvertent actuation. Through the semiautomatic tester, all possible logic combinations, with and without applicable permissives, are tested for each protection function. The Frequency of every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS Is justified in Reference 12.
SR 3.3.1.5 SR 3.3.1.5 is the performance of an ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. The SSPS is tested every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS, using the semiautomatic tester. The train being tested is placed in the bypass condition, thus preventing inadvertent actuation. Through the semiautomatic tester, all possible logic combinations, with and without applicable permissives, are tested for each protection function. The Frequency of every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS Is justified in Reference 12.
SR 3.3.1.6 SR 3.3.1.6 is a calibration of the excore channels to the core power distribution measurement. If the measurements do not agree, the excore channels are not declared inoperable but must be calibrated to agree with the core power distribution measurements. If the excore channels cannot be adjusted, the channels are declared inoperable. This Surveillance is performed to verify the f(Aq) input to the overtemperature N-1 6 Function.
SR 3.3.1.6 SR 3.3.1.6 is a calibration of the excore channels to the core power distribution measurement. If the measurements do not agree, the excore channels are not declared inoperable but must be calibrated to agree with the core power distribution measurements. If the excore channels cannot be adjusted, the channels are declared inoperable. This Surveillance is performed to verify the f(Aq) input to the overtemperature N-1 6 Function.
A Note modifies SR 3.3.1.6. The Note states that this Surveillance is required only if reactor power is > 75% RTP and that 72 hours is allowed for performing the first surveillance after reaching equilibrium conditions at a THERMAL POWER _&#x17d;75% RTP. The SR is deferred until a scheduled testing plateau above 75% is attained during the post-outage power ascension. During a typical post-refueling power ascension, it is usually necessary to control the axial flux difference at lower power levels through control rod insertion. Due to rod shadowing effects on the base flux map and, to a lesser degree, the dependency of the axially-dependent radial leakage on the power level, a multi-point calibration performed well below 75% RTP may result in excessive Incore-excore axial flux difference deviations at full power. After equilibrium conditions are achieved at the specified power plateau, a base flux map must be taken, required AFD swings initiated, and the required data collected. The data is typically analyzed and the appropriate excore calibrations are completed within 48 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions. An additional time allowance of 24 hours is provided during which the effects of equipment failures may be remedied and any required re-testing may be performed.
A Note modifies SR 3.3.1.6. The Note states that this Surveillance is required only if reactor power is > 75% RTP and that 72 hours is allowed for performing the first surveillance after reaching equilibrium conditions at a THERMAL POWER _&#x17d;75% RTP. The SR is deferred until a scheduled testing plateau above 75% is attained during the post-outage power ascension. During a typical post-refueling power ascension, it is usually necessary to control the axial flux difference at lower power levels through control rod insertion. Due to rod shadowing effects on the base flux map and, to a lesser degree, the dependency of the axially-dependent radial leakage on the power level, a multi-point calibration performed well below 75% RTP may result in excessive Incore-excore axial flux difference deviations at full power. After equilibrium conditions are achieved at the specified power plateau, a base flux map must be taken, required AFD swings initiated, and the required data collected. The data is typically analyzed and the appropriate excore calibrations are completed within 48 hours after achieving equilibrium conditions. An additional time allowance of 24 hours is provided during which the effects of equipment failures may be remedied and any required re-testing may be performed.
The allowance of 72 hours after equilibrium conditions are attained at the testing plateau provides sufficient time to allow power ascensions and (continued)
The allowance of 72 hours after equilibrium conditions are attained at the testing plateau provides sufficient time to allow power ascensions and (continued)
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2             B 3.3-45                                     Revision}}
COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.3-45 Revision}}

Latest revision as of 01:48, 15 January 2025

License Amendment Request (LAR)07-003, Revision to Technical Specifications 3.1, Reactivity Control Systems, 3.2, Power Distribution Limits, 3.3, Instrumentation, & 5.6.5b, Core Operating Limits Report
ML071070307
Person / Time
Site: Comanche Peak  Luminant icon.png
Issue date: 04/10/2007
From: Madden F
TXU Power
To:
Document Control Desk, NRC/NRR/ADRO
References
00236, CPSES-200700605, LAR 07-003, TXX-07063
Download: ML071070307 (125)


Text

TXU wV Power Ref: 10CFR50.90 TXU Power Comanc*e Peak Steam Electric Staftion*

P. 0- Box 1002 (E01)

Glen, Rose, TX 76043 TeL: 254 897 5209 Fax:. 254 897 6652 mike.blevins@txu.com Mike Blevins Senior Vice President &

Chief Nuclear Officer CPSES-200700605 Log # TXX-07063 File # 00236 April 10, 2007 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555

SUBJECT:

COMANCHE PEAK STEAM ELECTRIC STATION (CPSES)

DOCKET NOS. 50-445 AND 50-446 LICENSE AMENDMENT REQUEST (LAR)07-003 REVISION TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 3.1, "REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS," 3.2, "POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS," 3.3, "INSTRUMENTATION," AND 5.6.5b, "CORE OPERATING LIMITS REPORT (COLR)."

REF:

Letter logged TXX-07047, dated Feb, 22, 2007 from Mike Blevins to the NRC.

Dear Sir or Madam:

Pursuant to 10CFR50.90, TXU Generation Company LP (TXU Power) hereby requests an amendment to the CPSES Unit 1 Operating License (NPF-87) and CPSES Unit 2 Operating License (NPF-89) by incorporating the attached change into the CPSES Unit 1 and 2 Technical Specifications. This change request applies to both units.

The proposed change will revise Technical Specifications (TS) 3.1 entitled "Reactivity Control Systems," 3.2 entitled "Power Distribution Limits," 3.3 entitled "Instrumentation," and 5.6.5b entitled "Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)." The requested change proposes to incorporate standard Westinghouse-developed and NRC-approved analytical methods into the lists of methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. These NRC-approved methods include the use of an alternate axial offset control methodology and the use of updated methods for determining core power distribution. Thus, conforming changes to the core power distribution limits and core power distribution measurement methods are also proposed.

A member of the STARS (Strategic Teaming and Resource Sharing) Alliance Callaway 9 Comanche Peak 9 Diablo Canyon e Palo Verde

  • Wolf Creek ADD/~

TXX-07063 Page 2 of 3 provides a detailed description of the proposed changes, a technical analysis of the proposed changes, TXU Power's determination that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazard consideration, a regulatory analysis of the proposed changes and an environmental evaluation. Attachment 2 provides the affected Technical Specification (TS) pages marked-up to reflect the proposed changes. Attachment 3 provides proposed changes to the Technical Specification Bases for information only. These changes will be processed per CPSES site procedures. Attachment 4 provides retyped Technical Specification pages which incorporate the requested changes. Attachment 5 provides retyped Technical Specification Bases pages which incorporate the proposed changes.

Per the referenced letter, TXU Power committed to provide the NRC with a license amendment request to allow use of the Westinghouse NOTRUMP-based small break LOCA methodology to establish future Comanche Peak core operating limits by April 30, 2007 (Cormnitment Number 27436). TXU Power will continue to use the currently approved COLR methodologies to support the remaining Unit 1, Cycle 13 operation and complete the transition to the proposed methodologies prior to Unit 1, Cycle 14 operation (Fall 2008). However, TXU Power currently plans to use these proposed Core Operating Limit Report (COLR) methodologies to support Unit 2, Cycle 11 operation (Spring of 2008). Therefore in order to comply with the commitment identified above, TXU Power requests approval of the proposed License Amendment by February 15, 2008, to be implemented within 120 days of the issuance of the license amendment.

In accordance with 1 OCFR50.91 (b), TXU Power is providing the State of Texas with a copy of this proposed amendment.

This communication contains no new licensing basis commitments regarding CPSES Units 1 and 2.

TXX-07063 Page 3 of 3 Should you have any questions, please contact Mr. J. D. Seawright at (254) 897-0140.

I state under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed on April 10, 2007.

Sincerely, TXU Generation Company LP By:

TXU Generation Management Company LLC Its General Partner Mike Bleins By:/rdw.

Madden Director, Oversight and Regulatory Affairs Attachments 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Description and Assessment Proposed Technical Specifications Changes Proposed Technical Specifications Bases Changes (for information)

Retyped Technical Specification Pages Retyped Technical Specification Bases Pages (for information) c -

B. S. Mallett, Region IV M. C. Thadani, NRR Resident Inspectors, CPSES Ms. Alice K. Rogers Environmental & Consumer Safety Section Texas Department of State Health Services 1100 West 49th Street Austin, Texas 78756-3189

ATTACHMENT 1 to TXX-07063 DESCRIPTION AND ASSESSMENT to TXX-07063 Page 1 of 17 LICENSEE'S EVALUATION

1.0 DESCRIPTION

2.0 PROPOSED CHANGE

3.0 BACKGROUND

4.0 TECHNICAL ANALYSIS

5.0 REGULATORY ANALYSIS

5.1 No Significant Hazards Consideration 5.2 Applicable Regulatory Requirements/Criteria

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION

7.0 PRECEDENTS

8.0 REFERENCES

to TXX-07063 Page 2 of 17

1.0 DESCRIPTION

By this letter, TXU Power requests an amendment to the Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station (CPSES) Unit 1 Operating License (NPF-87) and CPSES Unit 2 Operating License (NPF-89) by incorporating the attached change into the CPSES Unit 1 and 2 Technical Specifications. Proposed change LAR 07-003 is a request to incorporate standard Westinghouse-developed and NRC-approved analytical methods into the lists of methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. These NRC-approved methods include the use of an alternate axial offset control methodology and the use of updated methods for determining the core power distributions. Thus, conforming changes to the core power distribution limits and core power distribution measurement methods are also proposed.

The proposed changes include the use of different methodologies to evaluate the Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS). These changes only allow the use of these analytical methods; plant-specific ECCS evaluation models using these methodologies will be submitted separately.

The TS Bases changes are provided for information only.

The proposed change has been reviewed, and it has been determined that no significant hazards consideration exists, as defined in 10 CFR 50.92. In addition, it has been determined that the change qualifies for categorical exclusion from an environmental assessment as set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9); therefore, no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment is needed in connection with the approval of the proposed change.

2.0 PROPOSED CHANGE

S The proposed change would revise the CPSES Units 1 and 2 Technical Specifications as follows:

2.1 Section 5.6.5b Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)

Revise TS 5.6.5b to add the following NRC approved analytical methods:

WCAP-11397-P-A, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," April 1989.

WCAP-8745-P-A, "Design Bases for the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions," September 1986.

to TXX-07063 Page 3 of 17 WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.

WCAP-14882-P-A, "RETRAN-02 Modeling and Qualification for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Safety Analysis,"

April 1999.

WCAP-10054-P-A, "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," August 1985.

WCAP-10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1, "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model," July 1997.

WCAP-10079-P-A, "NOTRUMP, A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," August 1985.

WCAP-16009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005.

WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.

2.2 Section 3.2 Power Distribution Limits The proposed use of the NRC-approved methodology for controlling the axial power distribution, described in WCAP-10216-P-A, Revision I A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control FQ Surveillance Technical Specification," requires conforming revisions to Technical Specification 3.2.1 and 3.2.3. The proposed Technical Specifications are essentially the same as the NRC-approved Improved Standard Technical Specification (NUJREG-1431, Volume 1, Revision 3), Section 3.2.1B, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FCQ (Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)"

and Section 3.2.3B, "Axial Flux Difference (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology). One difference is that, in Technical Specification 3.2.1, the Overpower N-16 trip setpoint is used for CPSES rather than the Overpower AT trip setpoint identified in the Standard Technical Specification. Other differences in Section 3.2.1 include an editorial modification to the NOTE preceding the Surveillance Requirements and small changes in the Surveillance Frequencies consistent with the current licensing basis.

to TXX-07063 Page 4 of 17 2.3 BEACON-related Changes (Technical Specifications 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1)

The proposed use of the BEACON Core Monitoring methodology requires conforming revisions to Technical Specifications TS 3.1.7, "Rod Position Indication," TS 3.2.1, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor," TS 3.2.2, "Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor," TS 3.2.4, "Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio," and TS 3.3.1, "Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation." In each of these sections, the proposed revisions would change the phrase "moveable incore detectors" to "core power distribution measurement information," and the phrase "flux map" to "power distribution measurements."

3.0 BACKGROUND

3.1 Section 5.6.5b Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)

The analytical methods used to establish the core operating limits are listed in Technical Specification 5.6.5b. The methods relevant to the proposed change are the non-LOCA transient and accident analytical tools, the core thermal-hydraulic analytical tools, the small break loss of coolant accident (LOCA) analysis method, the statistical best-estimate approach for large break LOCA analysis method, and the BEACON core power distribution monitoring process. All of these methodologies have been previously approved by the NRC for use at Westinghouse nuclear power plants, such as the Comanche Peak units.

Revised Thermal Design Procedure (RTDP) (WCAP-11397-P-A)

With the Revised Thermal Design Procedure (RTDP) methodology (WCAP-11397-P-A), uncertainties in plant operating parameters, nuclear and thermal parameters, fuel fabrication parameters, computer codes, and Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) correlation predictions are combined statistically to obtain the overall DNB uncertainty factor which is used to define the design limit Departure from Nucleate Boiling Ratio (DNBR) that satisfies the DNB design criterion. The criterion is that the probability that DNB will not occur in the most limiting fuel rod is at least 95% (at a 95% confidence level) for a Condition I or II event. Since the parameter uncertainties are considered in determining the RTDP to TXX-07063 Page 5 of 17 design limit, DNBR values, the plant safety analyses are performed using input at their nominal values. The uncertainties included are:

  • the nuclear enthalpy hot-channel factor;
  • the enthalpy rise engineering hot-channel factor; and
  • the THINC-IV transient codes uncertainties, based on surveillance data, associated with o

reactor vessel coolant flow, o

core power, o

coolant temperature, o

system pressure and o

effective core flow fraction.

Per WCAP-14565-P-A, VIPRE-0I will be used in lieu of THINC-IV for CPSES applications.

The NRC's Safety Evaluation report (SER) was reviewed to identify any limitations or conditions on the use of the RTDP at CPSES. The CPSES application meets the guidelines presented in WCAP 11397-P-A. Specifically, Sensitivity factors and their ranges will be included in the Safety Analysis Report or reload submittal. As discussed in the NRC's SER, any changes in DNB correlation, THINC-IV correlations, or parameter values listed in Table 3-1 of WCAP-1 1397 outside of previously demonstrated acceptable ranges will be re-evaluated to assure the continued validity of the sensitivity factors and the use of Equation (2-3) of the topical report. If the sensitivity factors are changed as a result of correlation changes or changes in the application or use of the THINC-IV code, then the use of an uncertainty allowance for application of Equation (2-

3) will be re-evaluated and the linearity assumption made to obtain Equation (2-
27) of the topical report will be validated. (Note, per WCAP-14565-P-A, VIPRE-01 will be used in lieu of THINC-IV for CPSES applications.) Any variances and distributions for input parameters will be justified. Nominal initial condition assumptions apply only to DNBR analyses using RTDP and other analyses will follow the appropriate conservative initial condition assumptions. As described in the NRC's SER, the nominal conditions chosen for use in CPSES analyses bound all permitted methods of plant operation and code uncertainties must be included in the DNBR analyses using RTDP.

Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions (WCAP-8745-P-A)

The Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions (WCAP-8745-P-A) are designed to provide primary protection against DNB and fuel centerline melt through excessive linear heat generation rates (LHGR) during postulated transients. The threshold for fuel centerline melt has been correlated to TXX-07063 Page 6 of 17 with a limiting value of the LHGR. The correlation includes the effects of burnup, flow rate, power distribution asymmetry and initial fill gas pressure level, and is based on a NRC approved fuel rod design analysis. The functional forms of the trip setpoints appropriately account for effects such as coolant density and pressure variation, adverse core power distribution, and instrumentation and piping delays.

As described in the NRC's SER appended to WCAP-8745-P-A, the relevant General Design Criteria are specified as U0 2 melting temperature will not be exceeded for 95% of the fuel rods at the 95% confidence level, and at least a 95%

probability that the DNB will not occur at the limiting fuel rod at 95% confidence level. TXU Power will meet these criteria by restricting the calculated fuel centerline temperature to less than 4700'F and limiting the minimum DNBR to the correlation limit. The hot leg temperature must be maintained below the saturation temperature to assure the validity of the vessel average inlet/outlet coolant temperature difference. Additionally, the application of the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Function methodology for CPSES will account for changes in system design and operation. The adequacy of the standard power shapes in establishing the core DNB protection system will be evaluated whenever changes are introduced that could potentially affect the core power distribution.

Even though this methodology was developed for the generic Westinghouse overtemperature and overpower AT core protection systems, the protection philosophy is applicable to the overtemperature and overpower N-16 (Nitrogen-

16) based core protection system used at CPSES. The overtemperature and overpower systems are functionally equivalent; the AT-based system uses the hot leg to cold leg temperature difference as an indication of the reactor power, whereas the N-16 based system uses the normalized N-16 gamma activity measured in the hot leg as an indication of the reactor power. Both of the overtemperature systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in DNB, and both of the overpower systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in exceeding the LHGR limits.

VIPRE-01 (WCAP-14565-P-A)

VIPRE-01 (WCAP-14565-P-A) is a subchannel thermal-hydraulic computer code that is used to describe the reactor core. Boundary conditions for the coolant entering the core, the power generation rate, and the dimensional and material properties of the nuclear fuel are entered as input to the code. The boundary conditions for the coolant include inlet flow rate, enthalpy and pressure or the pressure, inlet enthalpy and differential pressure from which inlet flow can be derived. The core power generation input includes spatial as well as temporal to TXX-07063 Page 7 of 17 variations. Multiple channels can be described and cross flow is calculated based on user supplied input. The intended use of the VIPRE code is for DNB analysis for those Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) Chapter 15 transients and accidents for which DNB might be of concern. The CPSES application meets the criteria described in the NRC's SER appended to WCAP-14565-P-A by using conservative reactor core boundary conditions as input into VIPRE for reactor transient analysis.

VIPRE, as described in the NRC's Safety Evaluation appended to WCAP-14565-P-A, has been approved by the NRC staff for use in place of the THINC-IV and FACTRAN computer codes in the Reload Safety Evaluation and RTDP methodologies presented in WCAP-9272-P-A and WCAP-1 1397-P-A, respectively.

RETRAN-02 (WCAP-14882-P-A)

RETRAN-02 was approved by the NRC to perform non-LOCA safety analyses in WCAP-14882-P-A. RETRAN-02 is a thermal-hydraulic computer code used to evaluate the effect of various reactor conditions on the Reactor Coolant System.

RETRAN-02 was developed by Energy, Incorporated, for the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) and the modifications made by Westinghouse have been minor and consist of configuration control subroutines to satisfy Westinghouse's quality assurance requirements, an increase in dynamic storage to accommodate the large number of nodes in Westinghouse input models, and a correction in the kinetic energy calculation for opening and closing valves. The NRC concluded the use of RETRAN-02 is acceptable for licensing calculations for those transients and accidents listed in the NRC's SER appended to WCAP-14882-P-A. The NRC's SER also states that licensing applications using RETRAN-02 should include the source of and justification for the input data used in the analysis.

RETRAN-02 as described in WCAP-14882-P-A has been approved by the NRC staff for use in place of the LOFTRAN computer code referenced in the Reload Safety Evaluation and RTDP methodologies, WCAP-9272-P-A and WCAP-11397-P-A, respectively.

Attachment I to TXX-07063 Page 8 of 17 The NRC's SER was reviewed to identify any limitations or conditions on the use of the RETRAN-02 at CPSES. RETRAN-02 is a NRC-approved methodology for Westinghouse designed 2, 3, and 4 loop plants of the type that are currently operating, including CPSES. The application at CPSES meets the guidelines presented in WCAP 14882-P-A. Specifically, TXU Power intends to use RETRAN-02 to analyze those transients and accidents'listed in the NRC's SER.

Input for the RETRAN-02 models will be conservative for the specific application and include the source of and justification for the data used in the analyses consistent with NRC's SER.

Small Break LOCA (WCAP-10054-P-A)

NOTRUMP (WCAP-10054-P-A; WCAP-10054-P-A, Addendum 2 (Revision 1);

and WCAP-10079-P-A) is a thermal-hydraulic computer program developed for analysis of FSAR Chapter 15 transient and accident events including the Small Break LOCA (SBLOCA). The code models one-dimensional thermal-hydraulics using control volumes interconnected by flow paths. Reactivity feedback is modeled with point kinetic nSutronics. NOTRUMP incorporates special models to calculate responses of the reactor coolant pumps, steam separators, and the core fuel pins. The code also has a node stacking capability for calculating a single mixture elevation to eliminate unrealistic layering of steam and liquid mixture in adjacent vertical control volumes.

The NRC's SER was reviewed to identify any limitations or conditions on the use of the Westinghouse Small Break LOCA methodology at CPSES. As described in the NRC's SER appended to WCAP-10054-P-A, NOTRUMP is a NRC-approved methodology suitable for analyzing the SBLOCA accident for Westinghouse-designed 2, 3, and 4-loop Westinghouse plants, including both CPSES units.

Best Estimate Large Break LOCA (WCAP-16009-P-A)

The NRC-approved best-estimate large break LOCA (BELOCA) analysis includes a reference transient calculation and confirmation of certain conservatisms, the application of the ASTRUM (WCAP-16009-P-A) statistical treatment, the determination of a 9 5 th percentile peak clad temperature (PCT), and oxidation calculations. The proposed ASTRUM Large Break LOCA (LBLOCA) analysis methodology differs from previously approved methodology primarily in the statistical approach. The NRC-approved ASTRUM methodology applies a non-parametric statistical technique directly to a random sample of outputs. The sample outputs are computed by applying Monte Carlo sampling to the inputs of WCOBRA/TRAC calculations. This allows the formulation of a simple singular statement of uncertainty in the form of a tolerance interval for the numerical acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.46. The ASTRUM methodology uses a 95/95 to TXX-07063 Page 9 of 17 tolerance level to demonstrate conformance to 10 CFR 50.46. ASTRUM methodology accounts for the requirement that a spectrum of breaks be considered in the analysis by sampling three distributions: break type, cold-leg break area, and discharge coefficient. In the NRC'S SER appended to WCAP-16009-P-A, the NRC staff found this treatment of LBLOCA break size and type acceptable.

The NRC's SER was reviewed to identify any limitations or conditions on the use of the ASTRUM LBLOCA methodology at CPSES. The ASTRUM LBLOCA methodology is NRC approved for Westinghouse designed 2, 3, and 4-loop plants of the type that are currently operating, including both CPSES units. The application of the ASTRUM LBLOCA methodology at CPSES will entail the determination of the maximum local oxidation and whole core hydrogen generation. TXU Power will follow the conditions and limitations previously identified for WCOBRA/TRAC and will address 1 OCFR 50.46 parts b. 1 through b.4 for LBLOCA as required in the NRC's SER.

BEACON Core Monitoring and Operation Support System (WCAP-12472-P-A)

In the NRC-approved WCAP-12472-P-A, Westinghouse described a method of monitoring the core power distributions using a power distribution monitoring system (PDMS). The Best Estimate Analyzer for Core Operation Nuclear (BEACON) system was developed by Westinghouse to improve the monitoring support for Westinghouse-designed pressurized water reactors (PWRs). It is a core monitoring and support package which uses plant data fed to the plant process computer from the incore thermocouples and excore nuclear instruments in conjunction with an analytical methodology for on-line generation of three-dimensional power distributions. The system provides core monitoring, core measurement reduction, core analysis, and core predictions. In its SER, the NRC concluded that BEACON provides a greatly improved continuous online power distribution measurement and operation prediction information system for Westinghouse reactors.

CPSES proposes to use BEACON to augment the functional capability of the flux mapping system for the purpose of power distribution surveillances. WCAP-12472-P-A discusses an application of BEACON in which selected Technical Specifications and core power distribution limits are changed to take credit for continuous monitoring by plant operators. The CPSES application proposes to use a more conservative application of BEACON where the core power distribution limits remain unchanged. This limited application of BEACON is referred to as the BEACON Technical Specification Monitor (TSM). TXU Power intends to use the BEACON PDMS as the primary method for power distribution measurements to TXX-07063 Page 10 of 17 and as the flux mapping system. When the PDMS is inoperable, the existing movable incore detector system can be used.

3.2 Section 3.2 Power Distribution Limits NUREG-1431 Vol. 1, Rev. 3 specifies Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS) for Westinghouse Plants. The proposed revision to the CPSES Technical Specifications Section 3.2 conforms to changes in the methodologies used to establish the core operating limits as described in WCAP-10216-P-A. Section 3.2.1B specifies Power Distribution Limits for the Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor using the Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (RAOC) methodology described in WCAP-10216-P-A, currently listed in Section 5.6.5b of the CPSES Technical Specifications. The proposed modified Section 3.2.1 will be similar to Section 3.2.1B ofNUREG-1431 Vol. 1, Rev. 3. The differences are:

Required Actions A.3 and B.3 will read "Overpower N-16" instead of "Overpower AT" The Note prior to the surveillance requirements will retain the current verbiage of "During power escalation following shutdown..." rather than the ISTS verbiage of "During power escalation at the beginning of each cycle..."

The Frequency for performance of SR 3.2.1.1 will retain the current plant-specific criterion of "Once within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by > 20% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which FcQ(X) was last verified."

The description of the factor used to increase the value of FwQ(Z) is modified consistent with the current licensing basis and the limited application of the BEACON PDMS.

The overtemperature and overpower systems are functionally equivalent; the AT-based system uses the hot leg to cold leg temperature difference as an indication of the reactor power, whereas the N-16-based system uses the normalized N-16 gamma activity measured in the hot leg as an indication of the reactor power.

Both of the overtemperature systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in DNB, and both of the overpower systems serve as primary protection functions for the prevention of conditions that could result in exceeding the LHGR limits.

The changes to the ISTS SR 3.2.1.1 Note are consistent with the current CPSES Technical Specifications and eliminate redundancies between the Note and the surveillance frequencies for SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 which already include the requirement "Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding to TXX-07063 Page 11 of 17 75% RTP." The proposed change to the ISTS Note also clearly indicates that the surveillances are required following any protracted shutdown, not just a refueling shutdown.

The retention of the current licensing basis completion times for the performance of SR 3.2.1.1 allows for the completion of the surveillance in a reasonable time period but does not allow for plant operation in an uncertain condition for a protracted time period. These completion times are also consistent with Specification 3.0.4 that allow 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> for the completion of a surveillance after prerequisite plant conditions are attained.

The description of the factor used to increase the value of FwQ(Z) is modified to be consistent with the current licensing basis and the limited application of the BEACON PDMS.

Proposed changes to Section 3.2.3 will conform to Section 3.2.3B of the Improved Standard Technical Specifications without modification.

3.3 BEACON-related Changes (TS 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1)

CPSES proposes to use the BEACON system to augment the functional capability of the moveable incore flux mapping system for the purpose of power distribution surveillances. WCAP-12472-P-A discusses an application of BEACON in which the Technical Specifications and core power distribution limits are changed to take credit for continuous monitoring by plant operators. CPSES will use a conservative application of BEACON where the core power distribution limits remain unchanged; referred to as the BEACON Technical Specification monitor (TSM). TXU Power intends to use the BEACON PDMS as the primary method for power distribution measurements and as the flux mapping system, if required, provided that thermal power is greater than 25 percent rated thermal power (RTP). At thermal power levels less than or equal to 25 percent RTP, or when PDMS is inoperable, the existing moveable incore detector system will be used.

The PDMS instrumentation provides the capability to monitor core parameters at more frequent intervals than is currently required by the current Technical Specifications. The PDMS combines inputs from currently installed plant instrumentation and design data for each fuel cycle, and does not modify or eliminate existing plant instrumentation. It provides a means to continuously monitor the power distribution limits including limiting peaking factors and quadrant power tilt ratio. The PDMS instrumentation does not change any of the key safety parameter limits or levels of margin as considered in the reference design basis evaluations. These limits are not revised by this license amendment, and can be determined independently of the operability of the PDMS.

to TXX-07063 Page 12 of 17 The actual changes to the Technical Specifications involve changing the phrase "moveable incore detectors" to "core power distribution measurement information," and the phrase "flux map" to "power distribution measurements."

This approach would allow the use of the PDMS when available, as well as the use of the traditional moveable incore instrumentation system when the PDMS was not available. These changes are consistent with those proposed changes outlined in WCAP-12472-P-A; however, those changes were not based on the format and content of the current Improved Standard Technical Specifications.

The changes proposed for CPSES are consistent with those changes recently approved by the NRC for Diablo Canyon in Reference 8.2.

The PDMS itself does not meet any of the 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii) selection criteria for inclusion into the Technical Specifications. Therefore, the PDMS does not require a Technical Specification controlling its operability. Therefore, the PDMS instrumentation requirement will be controlled administratively.

The justification for not including PDMS instrumentation in the Technical Specifications is outlined below. The purpose of this evaluation is to demonstrate that the structures, systems, or components associated with PDMS instrumentation are not required to be contained in the Technical Specifications.

This evaluation is done in accordance with the requirements contained in 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

A TS Limiting Condition for Operation must be established for each item meeting one or more of the following criteria:

(A) Installed Instrumentation that is used to detect, and indicate in the control room, a significant abnormal degradation of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.

PDMS instrumentation is not associated with monitoring of any aspect of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.

(B) A process variable, design feature, or operating restriction that is an initial condition of a design basis accident (DBA) or transient analysis that either assumes the failure of or presents a challenge to the integrity of a fission product barrier.

The limits for the power distribution parameters FQ(Z) and FN AH are operating restrictions, which ensure that all analyzed DBAs remain valid. These limits are included in the Technical Specifications. The PDMS instrumentation, however, provides the capability to monitor these parameters at more frequent intervals than is currently required by the Technical Specifications.

to TXX-07063 Page 13 of 17 Additionally, these limits can be determined independent of the operability of PDMS. Therefore, the PDMS instrumentation is not a process variable, design feature, or operating restriction that is an initial condition of a DBA or transient analysis that either assumes the failure of or presents a challenge to the integrity of a fission product barrier.

(C) A structure, system, or component that is part of the primary success path and which functions or actuates to mitigate a DBA or transient that either assumes the failure of or presents a challenge to the integrity of a fission product barrier.

PDMS instrumentation provides the capability to monitor core power distribution parameters at more frequent intervals than is currently required by Technical Specifications. PDMS instrumentation does not change any of the key safety parameter limits or levels of margin as considered in the reference design basis evaluations. The PDMS instrumentation has no functions or actuations that mitigate any DBA or transient analysis that either assumes the failure of, or presents the challenge to the integrity of a fission product barrier.

(D) A structure, system, or component which operating experience or probabilistic risk assessment has shown to be significant to public health and safety.

PDMS instrumentation provides the capability to monitor power distribution parameters at more frequent intervals than is currently required by Technical Specifications. PDMS instrumentation is a system utilized to monitor the core power distribution and has no impact on the results or consequences of any DBA or transient analysis. Therefore it has no impact on public health and safety.

The evaluation completed above indicates that PDMS instrumentation does not meet any of the criteria for inclusion in the Technical Specifications. The administrative controls for PDMS operability will reflect the minimum requirements presented in WCAP-12742-P-A except for changes due to CPSES' use of the BEACON TSM, according to vendor instructions.

In summary, the proposed amendment would allow the use of the Westinghouse proprietary 3-D nodal code BEACON for performing power distribution surveillances provided that the PDMS instrumentation is operable.

to TXX-07063 Page 14 of 17 This amendment would also continue to allow the use of the movable incore detector system for meeting power distribution surveillances and Technical Specifications actions, and for calibration of BEACON.

4.0 TECHNICAL ANALYSIS

The proposed changes to Technical Specifications 5.6.5.b define NRC-approved methods that will be used to establish cycle operating limits. The limits established with the referenced methodologies will ensure that reload design, analysis, and plant operation will remain within the regulatory requirements established for fuel assembly and core designs. The changes to the power distribution limits Technical Specifications (TS 3.2.1 and 3.2.3), and to those Technical Specifications requiring power distribution measurements (TS 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1) are proposed to conform to the NRC-approved methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. TXU Power has reviewed the changes and determined that the documents referenced completely address the cycle specific reload design and analysis activities required to determine the core operating limits. All referenced methodologies have been approved by the NRC for the intended application.

5.0 REGULATORY SAFETY ANALYSIS 5.1 No Significant Hazards Consideration TXU Power has evaluated whether or not a significant hazards consideration is involved with the proposed amendment(s) by focusing on the three standards set forth in 10CFR50.92, "Issuance of amendment," as discussed below:

1.

Do the proposed changes involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?

Response: No No physical plant changes or changes in manner in which the plant will be operated as a result of the methodology changes. The proposed changes do not impact the condition or performance of any plant structure, system or component. The core operating limits are established to support Technical Specifications 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4. The core operating limits ensure that fuel design limits are not exceeded during any conditions of normal operation or in the event of any Anticipated Operational Occurrence (AOO). The methods used to establish the core operating limits for each operating cycle are based on methods previously found acceptable by the NRC and listed in Technical Specifications section to TXX-07063 Page 15 of 17 5.6.5.b. Application of these NRC-approved methods will continue to ensure that acceptable operating limits are established to protect the fuel cladding integrity during normal operation and AGOs. The requested Technical Specification changes, including those changes proposed to conform with the NRC-approved analysis methodologies, do not involve any plant modifications or operational changes that could affect system reliability, performance, or possibility of operator error. The requested changes do not affect any postulated accident precursors, does not affect any accident mitigation systems, and does not introduce anynew accident initiation mechanisms.

As a result, the.proposed changes to the CPSES Technical Specifications do not involve any increase in the probability or the consequences of any accident or malfunction of equipment important to safety previously evaluated since neither accident probabilities nor consequences are being affected by this proposed change.

2.

Do the proposed changes create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?

Response: No There are no physical changes being made to the plant. No new modes of plant operation are being introduced. The parameters assumed in the analyses are within the design limits of the existing plant equipment. All plant systems will perform as designed during the response to a potential accident.

Therefore, the proposed change to the CPSES Technical Specifications does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident or malfunction of equipment important to safety from any accident previously evaluated.

3.

Do the proposed changes involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?

Response: No The NRC-approved accident analysis methodologies include restrictions on the choice of inputs, the degree of conservatism inherent in the calculations, and specified event acceptance criteria. Analyses performed in accordance with these methodologies will not result in adverse effects on the regulated margin of safety. Similarly, the use of axial power distribution controls based on the relaxed axial offset control strategy is a to TXX-07063 Page 16 of 17 time-proven and NRC-approved method. The method is consistent with the accident analyses assumptions as described in the list of NRC-approved methodologies proposed to be used to establish the core operating limits. Finally, the proposed changes to allow operation with the BEACON power distribution monitoring tool provide additional information to the reactor operators on the state of the reactor core.

Again, the use of the BEACON tool and the methodology used to develop the inputs to the tool are consistent with and controlled by the NRC-approved methodologies used to establish the core operating limits. As such, the margin of safety assumed in the plant safety analysis is not adversely affected by the proposed changes.

Based on the above evaluations, TXU Power concludes that the proposed amendment(s) present no significant hazards consideration under the standards set forth in 10CFR50.92(c) and, accordingly, a finding of no significant hazards consideration is justified.

5.2 Applicable Regulatory Requirements/Criteria The proposed changes will ensure that the fuel design and core operating limits determined for the operating cycles will be developed using NRC-approved methods identified in Technical Specifications 5.6.5.b, which are based on applicable regulatory criteria. In conclusion, (1) there is reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by the operation in the proposed manner, (2) such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commission's regulations, and (3) the issuance of the amendment will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public.

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION

The proposed amendment does not involve (i) a significant hazards consideration, (ii) a significant change in the types or significant increase in the amounts of any effluent that may be released offsite, or (iii) a significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure. Accordingly, the proposed amendment meets the eligibility criterion for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need to be prepared in connection with the proposed amendment.

to TXX-07063 Page 17 of 17 7.0 PRECEDENTS The changes to the Technical Specifications 3.1.7, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4, and 3.3.1 involve changing the phrase "moveable incore detectors" to "core power distribution measurement information," and the phrase "flux map" to "power distribution measurements."

This approach would allow the use of the power distribution monitoring system (PDMS) when available, as well as the use of the traditional moveable incore instrumentation system when the PDMS was not available. These changes are consistent with those proposed changes outlined in WCAP-12472-P-A and with those changes recently approved by the NRC for Diablo Canyon (see, Reference 8.2).

8.0 REFERENCES

8.1 NUREG-1431 Volume 1, Revision 3.0, "Standard Technical Specifications, Westinghouse Plants," June 2004.

8.2 Diablo Canyon Power Plant, Unit No. 1 (TAC No. MB9640) And Unit No. 2 (TAC No. MB9641) - Issuance Of Amendment Re: Use Of A Power Distribution Monitoring System, March 31, 2004.

ATTACHMENT 2 to TXX-07063 PROPOSED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES (MARK-UP)

Pages i

3.1-16 3.1-17 3.2-1 3.2-2 3.2-3 3.2-4 3.2-8 3.2-9 3.2-10 3.2-11 3.2-15 3.3-10 3.3-11 5.0-33 5.0-34 Insert for 5.6

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION..............................................................................................

1.1-1 1.1 D efi n itio ns...............................................................................................................

1.1-1 1.2 Logical C onnectors.................................................................................................

1.2-1 1.3 C om pletion T im es..................................................................................................

1.3-1 1.4 F requency...............................................................................................................

1.4-1 2.0 SA FETY LIM ITS (S Ls)...................................................................................................

2.0-1 2.1 S L s........................................................................................................................

2.0 -1 2.2 S L V iolations...........................................................................................................

2.0-1 3.0 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY............................

3.0-1 3.0 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT (SR) APPLICABILITY...........................................

3.0-4 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS.....................................................................

3.1-1 3.1.1 SHUTDOWN MARGIN (SDM).......................................................................

3.1-1 3.1.2 C ore R eactivity................................................................................................

3.1-2 3.1.3 Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC)....................................................

3.1-4 3.1.4 Rod Group Alignment Limits...........................................................................

3.1-7 3.1.5 Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits.....................................................................

3.1-11 3.1.6 Control Bank Insertion Limits..........................................................................

3.1-13 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication...................................................................................

3.1-16 3.1.8 PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions-MODE 2........................................................

3.1-19 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS..........................................................................

3.2-1 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (FQ Methodology)..............................

3.2-1 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FNAH).........................................

3.2-6 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (CGenctat A,-gl OffcQ t GOCF,(GAGG) Methodology)........................

3.2-9 3.2.4 QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)......

....................................... 3.2-12 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION....................................................

....................................... 3.3-1 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation................................................ 3.3-1 3.3.2 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFA ) Instrumentation...... 3.3-21 3.3.3 Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation......................................... 3.3-35 3.3.4 Remote Shutdown System.............................................

............................... 3.3-40 3.3.5 Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instru entation.............. 3.3-43 3.3.6 Containment Ventilation Isolation Instrumentation....................................... 3.3-48 3.3.7 Control Room Emergency Filtration System (CREFS)

Actuation Instrumentation.......................................................

...................... 3.3-52 COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 1 to 16 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication LCO 3.1.7 The Digital Rod Position Indication (DRPI) System and the Demand Position Indication System shall be OPERABLE APPLICABILITY:

MODES 1 and 2.

ACTIONS NOTE Separate Condition entry is allowed for each inoperable rod position indicator and each demand position indicator per bank.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A.

One DRPI per group A.1 Verify the position of the Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> inoperable for one or rods with inoperable more groups.

position indicators indirectly by using mo':able inoor crpwedistribution OR A.2 Reduce THERMAL 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> POWER to *50% RTP.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.1-16 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 2 to 16 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 ACTIONS (continued)

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. More than one DRPI per group inoperable.

B.1 Place the control rods under manual control.

AND B.2 Monitor and record RCS Tavg.

AND B.3 Verify the position of the rods with inoperable position indicators indirectly by using I

c

,t inoo AND B.4 Restore inoperable position indicators to OPERABLE status such that a maximum of one DRPI per group is inoperable.

Immediately Once per 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> core power distribution measurement information 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> 4F C.

One or more rods with inoperable DRPIs have been moved in excess of 24 steps in one direction since the last determination of the rod's position.

C.1 Verify the position of the rods with inoperable position indicators indirectly by usingI myavblc iFnierc deteete-s 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> 8 hours OR C.2 Reduce THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.1-17 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 3 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (Fo Methodology)

LCO 3.2.1 APPLICABILITY:

FQ (Z), as approximated by FC(Z) and Fow(Z), shall be within the limits specified in the COLR.

MODE 1 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A FCZA.

FQc(Z) not within limit.

NOTE ---------

R~equired Action A.4 shall be Ccompleted 7whenever thisi Condition is entered.

A.1 Reduce THERMAL POWER > 1% RTP for each 1% FcF(Z ) exceeds limit.

AND A.2 Reduce Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints > 1% for each 1% Fdc(Z) exceeds limit.

AND A.3 Reduce Overpower N-16 trip setpoints > 1% for each 1% Fdc(Z) exceeds limit.

AND 15 minutes after each FC(Z) determination 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> after each Fc(Z) determination 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> after each Fc(Z) determination Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A.1 A.4 and SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-1 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 4 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 ACTIONS (continued)

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME Fow(Z) not within limits.

B.1 Reduce AFD limits > 1%

4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for each 1% FoW(Z) exceeds limit.

C. Re uired Action and C.1 Be in MODE 2.

6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> ass ciated Completion Tim not met.

NOTE ---------

AN Required Action B.4 shall be completed whenever this B.2 Reduce Power Range Neutron 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Condition is entered.

Flux - High trip setpoints > 1% for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.

AND B.3 Reduce Overpower N-16 trip 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> setpoints > 1% for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.

AND B. 4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and SR Prior to increasing 3.2.1.2.

THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-2 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 5 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS kIrVT '"1" I

During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a ower distribution.ma...

is obtained.

m -e-as-u-r-em e-ntF

f ----

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.1.1 Verify F0C(Z) is within limit.

Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND Once within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by

> 20% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which Fac(Z)was last verified AND 31 EFPD thereafter (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-3 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 6 to 16 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY i

SR 3.2.1.2 NOTE If Foc(Z) measurements indicate maximum over z [-K(Z)1 has increased since the previous evaluation of FQC(Z):

a. Increase Fow(Z) by the appPt, and reverify FQw(Z) is within limits; or
b. Repeat SR 3.2.1.2 once per 7 EFPD until two successive flux raeps indicate maximum over z Z-has not increased.

measurements 7an appropriate factor spedcifed in the COLR Heither

a. above is met or Verify F~w(Z) is within limit.

Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS I AND 2 3.2-4 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 7 to 16 32H 3.2.2 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS FIL During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a distribution is obtained.

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.2.1 Verify FNH is within limits specified in the COLR.

Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND 31 EFPD thereafter COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-8 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 8 to 16 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD).(G, AFD (GAGG METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 ems~tLet Am~sI Offat CemtreI (CAGC)Methodolog)

(Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology)

LCO 3.2.3 The AFD in % flux difference units shall be maintained within the limits specified in the COLR.

-NOTE-The AFD shall be considered outside limits when two or more OPERABLE excore channels indicate AFD to be outside limits.

The-AFQ913 Shall be mfaintainodj within the targot band about the targot flux d.FoRn.....g. band ic epcpifid in the COLR.

May deoyi*e otido-I the targot band with THEiRMAL POWE!"'R 4 900% RTP but Ž! 50% RT-P, prcO.1c eporation limits and ebimulatr:

.O during the pro'.luc 24 hourc. The cpoeifiod in tho COLR.

Ef:d AFD-ic wthin the acceptao

)

aeecetable oparation limits ar 87 ME,y, de-iato outeido the taroot b9and With TH ERM.ALAI POWE4SR

e. 604; RT-P.

NOTESS

-t.-

,morc OPERABLE x3r3 eha.innels iRndicate AFD to bc outsido the ith THERMA..

POWER J

50%; RTP, penalty dLviation t im chal 24.

beoce aoumuatea on the bee10 e a m inute pcnaltyseaefiatin Tor oaoh; 1 minuto of power operation with AF-D outcida h tro befid.

With THERM*AL POWE6

- 60% RT.P, penalty deriaticn time ehal be aeoumulatod on tho baro*s f a 90. minutv p,, alty do.iation for oaoh 1 minuto ef power eperatien with AFD1 outside the targaet A tea~l of 1 6 houra of operation m~ay be aeeoumulated with AF-D euteido the targaet band without ponaiel' deyiation tim Fe dur~ing suryeiiianee of ~a~we rangae ohannale in -AooeArdAnoc1 with 4.:

~t-J~i1 tpreyegead Al-U ir, malntalnad within aeecotable epe~atienlR-*e.

APPLICABILITY:

MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER >45% RTP COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-9 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 9 to 16 AFD (GAGG METHODOLOGY)

,3.2.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. THERIVMAl POWER Rotoo AFD t ithin,,

twet baRd.

AN4D

.AF-D RAt "0.0thg,",

S. Rogufod Arctieon Ad 8.4 Reduc. THERM.AL-16 iRies asCOeiated Campletion POWER to - 00% RT-p.

Timaf-o-f ConLdition A not.

ILI #"%'*1=

  • t-ij

&I-G4\\

Redupo THrERMAL POWER to e. 50% RT-P.

A Re(cglrzed ActIan G.1 must bo 6ofmplotod Whono'.eF Condition C or, cntercd.

(I A. AFD not within limits.

A.1 Reduce TI-POWER tol t

ERMAL 30 minutes 50ý% RTP.

THERMVAL POWER -

wnd ;- 60% RTP with

.uumuloti pe

,.,ty dcviotion tome > 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> duORng tho prloeiuc, 21 49R I

I

~

~

I I

I I

Ad ;i.

0% RTP wth AD-,

nat WithinR thc AAAPRtobl J.

(ee~tAe4)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-10 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 10 to 16 ACTIONS (continued)

A

,AOG METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 CRAOCS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME ID. Roguirad AetiA and

&4 ReduooTHERMAL eF accoiatod Complotion POWER t8 - 1 65%; RTP.

TimoR for Condition C not Met-SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.3.1 Verify AFD is within limits for each OPERABLE excore 7 days channel.

6R8.-2.3.

Net -Ueed.

SR 32.3.

NOTE Tho iRitial tar.,.t flu* deFforn..

after. oah

.k,.lin. g may 19c d8tetrlioed frcv, Eldcig, prcdIoitiVc.

Dotefrmino, by mcacurcmcnlet, the targcet flux* diffc~Rcno ef Whcncvcr FOV(Z4 cARh OPERAPILR cxoorzA chRannA.

i ified pe COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-11 Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 11 to 16 QPTR 3.2.4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.4.1


NOTES

1. With input from one Power Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER

< 75% RTP, the remaining three power range channels can be used for calculating QPTR.

2. SR 3.2.4.2 may be performed in lieu of this Surveillance.

Verify QPTR is within limit by calculation.

7 days SR 3.2.4.2 NOTE.

Not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after input from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable with THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP.

Verify QPTR is within limit using the rnzvabke;.rce deteete A

12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> L

core power distribution COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-15 Amendment 64 to TXX-07063 Page 12 to 16 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.2


NOTES

1. Adjust NIS and N-16 Power Monitor channel if absolute difference is > 2%.
2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after THERMAL POWER is > 15% RTP.

Compare results of calorimetric heat balance calculation to Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) and N-16 Power Monitor channel output.

24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> SR 3.3.1.3


NOTES

1. Adjust NIS channel if absolute difference is > 3%.
2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after THERMAL POWER is >_ 50% RTP.

Compare results of the incoro dotoctor measurements to NIS AFD.

core power distribution) 31 effective full power days (EFPD)

SR 3.3.1.4 NOTE ----------------------------------

This Surveillance must be performed on the reactor trip bypass breaker for the local manual shunt trip only prior to placing the bypass breaker in service.

Perform TADOT.

62 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS I

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.3-10 Amendment No. 64,114 to TXX-07063 Page 13 to 16 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.5 Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST.

92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.1.6


NOTE Not required to be performed until 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions with THERMAL POWER

> 75 % RTP.

Calibrate excore channels to agree with.cr d.to 92 EFPD measurements.

core power distribution SR 3.3.1.7


NOTES

1. Not required to be performed for source range instrumentation prior to entering MODE 3 from MODE 2 until 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> after entry into MODE 3.
2. Source range instrumentation shall include verification that interlocks P-6 and P-1 0 are in their required state for existing unit conditions.

Perform COT.

184 days (continued)

I I

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.3-11 Amendment No. 66,114 to TXX-07063 Page 14 to 16 Reporting Requirements 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5 Core Operatina Limits Report (COLR) (continued) allowing use of 100.6 percent of rated power in safety analysis methodology when the LEFMI is used for feedwater flow measurement.

The approved analytical methods are described in the following documents:

1)

WCAP-9272-P-A, "WESTINGHOUSE RELOAD SAFETY EVALUATION METHODOLOGY," July 1985 M Proprietary)

2)

WCAP-1 0216-P-A, Revision IA, "RELAXATION OF CONSTANT AXIAL OFFSET CONTROL Fa SURVEILLANCE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION," February 1994 W Proprietary).

3)

RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology," June 1994.

4)

RXE-88-102-P-A, "TUE-1 Departure from Nucleate Boiling Correlation," July 1992.

5)

RXE-88-102-P, Sup. 1, "TUE-1 DNB Correlation - Supplement 1,"

December 1990.

6)

RXE-89-002-A, "VIPRE-01 Core Thermal-Hydraulic Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," September 1993.

7)

RXE-91 -001-A, "Transient Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," October 1993.

8)

RXE-91-002-A, "Reactivity Anomaly Events Methodology,"

October 1993.

9)

ERX-2000-002-P, "Revised Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," March 2000.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 5.0-33 Amendment No. 119 to TXX-07063 Page 15 to 16 Reporting Requirements 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5 Core Operating Limits Report (COLR) (continued)

10)

TXX-88306, "Steam Generator Tube Rupture Analysis,"

March 15, 1988.

11)

RXE-91-005-A, "Methodology for Reactor Core Response to Steamline Break Events," February 1994.

12)

RXE-94-001-A, "Safety Analysis of Postulated Inadvertent Boron Dilution Event in Modes 3, 4, and 5," February 1994.

13)

RXE-95-001-P-A, "Small Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," September 1996.

14)

Caldon, Inc. Engineering Report-80P, "Improving Thermal Power Accuracy and Plant Safety While Increasing Operating Power level Using the LEFMW System," Revision 0, March 1997 and Caldon Engineering Report-160P, "Supplement to Topical Report ER-80P; Basis for a Power Uprate With the LEFM-, m System," Revision 0, May 2000.

15)

ERX-2001-005-P, "ZIRLO TM Cladding and Boron Coating Models for TXU Electric's Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies," October 2001.

16)

WCAP-10444-P-A, "Reference Core Report VANTAGE 5 Fuel Assembly," September 1985.

17)

WCAP-15025-P-A, "Modified WRB-2 Correlation, WRB-2M, for Predicting Critical Heat Flux in 17x17 Rod Bundles for Modified LPD Mixing Vane Grids," April 1999.

18)

WCAP-13060-P-A, "Westinghouse Fuel Assembly Reconstitution Evaluation Methodology," July, 1993.

19)

ERX-04-004-A, "Replacement Steam Generator Supplement To TXU Power's Large and Small Break Loss Of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies," Revision 0, March 2007.

INSERT A

20)

ERX-04-005-A, "Application of TXU Power's Non-LOCA Transient Analysis Methodologies to a Feed Ring Steam Generator Design,"

Revision 0, March 2007.

c.

The core operating limits shall be determined such that all applicable limits (e.g., fuel thermal mechanical limits, core thermal hydraulic limits, Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) limits, nuclear limits such as SDM, transient analysis limits, and accident analysis limits) of the safety analysis are met.

d.

The COLR, including any midcycle revisions or supplements, shall be provided upon issuance for each reload cycle to the NRC.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 5.0-34 Amendment No. 449,424,445A to TXX-07063 Page 16 to 16 INSERT A for Section 5.6

21)

WCAP-11397-P-A, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure,"

~~April 1989.

22)

WCAP-8745-P-A, "Design Bases for the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions,"

September 1986.

23)

WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.

24)

WCAP-14882-P-A, "RETRAN-02 Modeling and Qualification for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Safety Analyses," April 1999.

25)

WCAP-10054-P-A, "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," August 1985.

26)

WCAP-10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1, "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model," July 1997.

27)

WCAP-10079-P-A, "NOTRUMP, A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," August 1985.

28)

WCAP-16009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005.

29)

WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.

ATTACHMENT 3 to TXX-07063 PROPOSED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BASES CHANGES (Markup For Information Only)

Pages B 3.1-20 B 3.1-23 B 3.1-39 B 3.1-40 B 3.2-1 thruB 3.2-11 B 3.2-13 B 3.2-16 thru B 3.2-20 Insert A and Insert B B 3.2-21 thru B 3.2-25 B 3.2-28 B 3.2-29 B 3.2-31 B 3.3-32 B 3.3-45 to TXX-07063 Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 1 of 32 B 3.1.4 APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) /

directly by,or,

.p*.g.

Bases Section 3.2 (Power Distribution Limits) contains more complete discussions of the relation of FQ(Z) and F H to the operating limits.

Shutdown and control rod OPERABILITY and alignment are directly related to power distributions and SDM, which are initial conditions assumed in safety analyses. Therefore they satisfy Criterion 2 of 1 OCFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).

LCO The limits on shutdown or control rod alignments ensure that the assumptions in the safety analysis will remain valid. The requirements on OPERABILITY ensure that upon reactor trip, the assumed reactivity will be available and will be inserted. The OPERABILITY requirements (i.e.,

trippability to meet SDM) are separate from the alignment requirements, which ensure that the RCCAs and banks maintain the correct power distribution and rod alignment. A rod is considered OPERABLE based on the last satisfactory performance of SR 3.1.4.2 and has met the rod drop time criteria during the last performance of SR 3.1.4.3. Rod control malfunctions that result in the inability to move a rod (e.g., rod urgent failures), which do not impact trippability within the time requirements of SR 3.1.4.3, do not result in rod inoperability.

The requirement to maintain the rod alignment to within plus or minus 12 steps of their group step counter demand position is conservative. The minimum misalignment assumed in safety analysis is 24 steps (15 inches),

and in some cases a total misalignment from fully withdrawn to fully inserted is assumed.

Failure to meet the requirements of this LCO may produce unacceptable power peaking factors and LHRs, or unacceptable SDMs, all of which may constitute initial conditions inconsistent with the safety analysis.

APPLICABILITY The requirements on RCCA OPERABILITY and alignment are applicable in MODES 1 and 2, because these are the only MODES in which neutron (or fission) power is generated, and the OPERABILITY (i.e., trippability) and alignment of rods have the potential to affect the safety of the plant. In MODES 3, 4, 5, and 6, the alignment limits do not apply because the rods are typically fully inserted and the reactor is shut down and not producing fission power. In the shutdown MODES, the OPERABILITY of the shutdown and control rods has the potential to affect the required SDM, but this effect (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-20 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 2 of 32 B 3.1.4 BASES ACTIONS B.2.2, B.2.3, B.2.4, B.2.5, and B.2.6 (continued)

Verifying that FQ(Z), as approximated by FQC(Z) and FQW(Z), and FN are

  • 1 ithin the required limits ensures that current operation at 75% RTP with a a core power misaligned is not resulting in power distributions that may invalidate measuementsafety analysis assumptions at full power. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> allows sufficient time to obtain flux,-aps of th-* coe poworditiu. tion, u..n the in.r. flux mwapping cyctem and to calculate FQ(Z) and FA H" Once current conditions have been verified acceptable, time is available to perform evaluations of the affected accident analysis to determine that core limits will not be exceeded during a Design Basis Event for the duration of operation under these conditions. The accident analyses presented in FSAR Chapter 15 (Ref. 3) that may be adversely affected will be evaluated to ensure that the analyses results remain valid for the duration of continued operation under these conditions. A Completion Time of 5 days is sufficient time to obtain the required input data and to perform the analysis.

C.1 When Required Actions of Condition B cannot be completed within their Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE or Condition in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, which obviates concerns about the development of undesirable xenon or power distributions. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience, for reaching MODE 3 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging the plant systems.

D.1.1 and D.1.2 More than one control rod becoming misaligned from its group demand position is not expected, and has the potential to reduce SDM. Therefore, SDM must be evaluated. Verification of shutdown banks fully withdrawn and the control banks within the limits of LCO 3.1.6, "CONTROL BANK INSERTION LIMITS" ensure SDM is maintained provided the misaligned rod is above the insertion limit. One hour allows the operator adequate time to determine SDM. Restoration of the required SDM, if necessary, requires increasing the RCS boron concentration to provide negative reactivity, as described in the Bases of LCO 3.1.1. The required Completion Time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> for initiating boration is reasonable, based on the time required for potential xenon redistribution, the low probability of an accident occurring, and the steps required to complete the action. This allows the operator sufficient time to align the required valves and start the required pumps.

Boration will continue until the required SDM is restored.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-23 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 3 of 32 Rod Position Indication B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS (continued)

A.1 orKnPERALE PES When one DRPI per group fails, the position of the r ystill be indirectly determined by use of the incore movable detectors.-The Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FAH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Based on experience, normal power operation does not require excessive movement of banks. If a bank has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required. Therefore, verification of RCCA position within the Completion Time of 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is adequate for allowing continued full power operation, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small.

A.2 Reduction of THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP puts the core into a condition where rod position is not significantly affecting core peaking factors (Ref. 2).

The allowed Completion Time of 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience, for reducing power to < 50% RTP from full power conditions without challenging plant systems and allowing for rod position determination by Required Action A.1 above.

B.1, B.2, B.3 and B.4 When more than one DRPI per group fail, additional actions are necessary to ensure that acceptable power distribution limits are maintained, minimum SDM is maintained, and the potential effects of rod misalignment on associated accident analyses are limited. Placing the Rod Control System in manual assures unplanned rod motion will not occur. Together with the indirect position determination available via movable incore detectors will minimize the potential for rod misalignment.

The immediate Completion Time for placing the Rod Control System in manual reflects the urgency with which unplanned rod motion must be prevented while in this Condition. Monitoring and recording reactor coolant Tavg help assure that significant changes in power distribution and SDM are avoided. The once per hour Completion Time is acceptable because only minor fluctuations in RCS temperature are expected at steady state plant operating conditions.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-39 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Rod Position Indication Page 4 of 32 B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS B.1, B.2, B.3 and B.4 (continued)

  • rnPRBEPM The position of the rods etermined indirectly by use of the movable incore detectors..

e Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FAH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Verification of RCCA position once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is adequate for allowing continued full power operation for a limited, 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small. The 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Completion Time provides sufficient time to troubleshoot and restore the DRPI system to operation while avoiding the plant challenges associated with a shutdown without full rod position indication (Ref. 4).

Based on operating experience, normal power operation does not require excessive rod movement. If one or more rods has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required.

C.1 and C.2 These Required Actions clarify that when one or more rods with inoperable position indicators have been moved in excess of 24 steps in one direction, since the position was last determined, the Required Actions of A.1 and A.2 or B.3 are still appropriate but must be initiated promptly under Required Action C.1 to begin indirectly verifying that these rods are still properly positioned, relative to their group positions using the movable incore detectors.

If, within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, the rod positions have not been determined, THERMAL POWER must be reduced to < 50% RTP within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> to avoid undesirable power distributions that could result from continued operation at > 50% RTP, if one or more rods are misaligned by more than 24 steps. The allowed Completion Time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> provides an acceptable period of time to verify the rod positions.

D.1.1 and D.1.2 With one demand position indicator per bank inoperable, the rod positions can be determined by the DRPI System. Since normal power operation does not require excessive movement of rods, verification by administrative means (e.g., observation of appropriate DRPI status indications) that the rod position indicators are OPERABLE and the most withdrawn rod and the least withdrawn rod are < 12 steps apart within the allowed Completion Time of once every 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is adequate.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-40 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 5 of 32 FQ(Z) (Fie Methodology)

/p B 3.2.1 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (F-e-.ethodology)

BASES BACKGROUND The purpose of the limits on the values of FQ(Z) is to limit the local (i.e.,

pellet) peak power density. The value of FQ(Z) varies along the axial height (Z) of the core.

FQ(Z) is defined as the maximum local fuel rod linear power density divided by the average fuel rod linear power density, assuming nominal fuel pellet and fuel rod dimensions. Therefore, FQ(Z) is a measure of the peak fuel pellet power within the reactor core.

During power operation, the global power distribution is limited by LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT TILT POWER RATIO (QPTR)," which are directly and continuously measured process variables. These LCOs, along with LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," maintain the core limits on power distributions on a continuous basis.

measured periodically using the FQ(Z) varies with fi incore detector system or an and changes in ax OPERABLE PDMS.FZ

.t-dietl obtaioed with the uel loading patterns, control bank insertion, fuel burnup, ial power distribution.

y moeAcu'-rab1_lo_ but ic inforrod 4fro a powor. dictribu tion mnap Heyable incoro deteetor system. The racultc of the throc f-F

. These measurements are generally taken with the core at or near equilibrium conditions.

Usn h maue treS owever, because this value represents an equilibrium condition, it does not dimensional power

~include the variations in the value of FQ(Z) that are present during non-distributions, it is possible equilibrium situations, such as load following. To account for these possible to derive a measured variations, the steady state value of FQ(Z) is adjusted by an elevation dependent factor, W(Z), that accounts for calculated worst case, Core monitoring and control under non-steady state conditions are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the appropriate LCOs, including the limits on AFD, QPTR, and control rod insertion.

APPLICABLE This LCO's principal effect is to preclude core power distributions that could SAFETY ANALYSES lead to violation of the following fuel design criterion:

a.

During a large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA), the peak cladding temperature must not exceed 2200°F (Ref. 1); and (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-1 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 6 of 32 FQ(Z) (Fa Methodology)

B 3.2.1 RA BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

b.

During an ejected rod accident, the energy deposition to the fuel must not exceed 280 cal/gm-dLimits on FQ(Z) ensure that the value of the initial total peaking factor

c. The control rods assumed in the accident analyses remains valid. Other criteria must also be must be capable of met (e.g., maximum cladding oxidation, maximum hydrogen generation, shutting down the coolable geometry, and long term cooling). However, the LOCA peak reactor with a minimum cladding temperature is typically most limiting.

required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully FQ(Z) limits assumed in the LOCA analysis are typically limiting relative to withdrawn.

(i.e., lower than) the FQ(Z) limit assumed in safety analyses for other postulated accidents. Therefore, this LCO provides conservative limits for other postulated accidents.

FQ(Z) satisfies Criterion 2 of the 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

LCO The Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor, FQ(Z), shall be limited by the following relationships:

KZ-T-for P > 0.5 for P < 0.5 K(Z)

.ZET is the FQ(Z) limit at RTP provided in the COLR, K(Z) is the normalized FQ(Z) as a function of core height dein the COLR, and P = THERMAL POWER / RTP i~~~~

i C1 auck vC3lu~o V 4--V alZu I C1-/

Ul

  • vUHl Hl Vl.. 'L

.... " tAxial Offset Control operation, FQ(Z) is approximated by EQ(Z) and F W(Z). Thus, both FQ (Z) and FQ (Z) must meet the preceding limits on FQ(Z).

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-2 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 7 of 32 BASES FQ(Z) (F-.-Methodology)

A B 3.2.1 LCO (continued) coepower distribution measurement An F0 (Z) evauai qurs obtaining an inzroR-A flux-mwip in MODE 1.

IY'Y*f te i;shFrom the inerfl-,x results we obtain the measured value (F QV,(*

  • "If the PDMS is used, the F*

appropriate measurement FQ(Z).

uncertainty and manufacturing allowance

,C are automatically T,:h computed heat flux hot channel factor, FQ (Z), is obtained by the calculated and applied to

,quation:

the measured FQ (Ref.

  • 7).

.)-"

19'ý FC ()=FM QF (Z) = E (Z) -1.03-1.05.

If the movable incore detector sytmi sd9h F QM(Z) is increased by 3% to account for manufacturing tolerances a 7)) of nd further increased by 5% to account for measurement uncertainties.

c FQ (Z) is an excellent approximation for FQ(Z) when the reactor is at the steady state power at which the incore flux map was taken.

w The expression for F Q (Z) is:

F Q

= FC(Z). W(Z) where W(Z) is a cycle dependent function that accounts for power distribution transients during normal operations. W(Z) is included in the COLR.

The FQ(Z) limits define limiting values for core power peaking that precludes peak cladding temperatures above 2200°F during either a large or small break LOCA.

C cpThis LCO requi operation within the bounds assumed in the safety core design process to confirm analys If FQ') cannot be maintained within the [CO limits, a reduction of that the core can be controlled in e core power is required such a manner during operation Fta titcs Violating the LCO limits for (Z) may produce unacceptable consequences if a design basis event occurs hile FQ(Z) is outside its specified limits.

and if FQW(Z) cannot be maintained within the LCO limits, reduction of the AFD limits is required. Note that sufficient reduction of the AFD limits will also result in a reduction of the core power.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-3 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 8 of 32 FQ(Z) (F-. Methodology)

A B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)

If tho poWor dictribution mo~acu9romont aro porformoAd at a powor levol loer C

W than 100% RTP, thon tho Z-tZ+ Ad F-d~Z+ Yalu% that would rocult from mAcR....

if.

h corV......

wAc Ot 100; RTP c*hd b nfordod from tho a....bl inform..,

ation;,,,^...

A com

....o of thoo. ;nforod*,,

.,alu...

with "Tl accroc~e complianco with Vh A-LCOQ at Ra1PW9 po or3Ve1c.-

APPLICABILITY The FQ(Z) limits must be maintained in MODE 1 to prevent core power distributions from exceeding the limits assumed in the safety analyses.

Applicability in other MODES is not required because there is either insufficient stored energy in the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the reactor coolant to require a limit on the distribution of core power.

ACTIONS A.1 c

Reducing THERMAL POWER by a 1% RTP for each 1% by which FQ (Z) exceeds its limit, maintains an acceptable absolute power density. F C(Z)

M is F Q (Z) multiplied by factors that account for manufacturing tolerances M

and measurement uncertainties. F Q (Z) is the measured value of FQ(Z).

The Completion Time of 15 minutes provides an acceptable time to reduce power in an orderly manner and without allowing the plant to remain in an unacceptable condition for an extended period of time. The maximum allowable power level initially determined by Required Action A.1 may be C

affected by subsequent determinations of FQ (Z) and would require power c

reductions within 15 minutes of the FQ (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable power level. Decreases in c

FQ (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable power level and increasing power up to this revised limit.

A.2 A reduction of the Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by > 1 % for c

each 1% by which FQ (Z) exceeds its limit is a conservative action for (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-4 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 F0 (Z) (EF Methodology)

Page 9 of 32 B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS A.2 (continued) protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reduction in THERMAL POWER in accordance with Required Action A.1. The maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux -

High trip setpoints initially determined by Required Action A.2 may be c

affected by subsequent determinations of FQ (Z) and would require Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoint reductions within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> of the c

F0 (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints. Decreases in c

FQ (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints.

A.3 Reduction in the Overpower N-16 trip setpoints by _ 1% for each 1% by c

which FQ (Z) exceeds its limit is a conservative action for protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period, and the preceding prompt reduction in THERMAL POWER in accordance with Required Action A.1. The maximum allowable Overpower N-16 trip setpoints initially determined by Required Action A.3 may be affected by subsequent C

determinations of FQ (Z) and would require Overpower N-1 6 trip setpoint c

reductions within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> of the FQ (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable Overpower N-16 trip c

setpoints. Decreases in F0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum Overpower N-16 trip setpoints.

A.4 C

Verification that FQ (Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit imposed fY Yequired Action A.1, ensures that core conditions during operation at ahigher power levels are consistent with safety analyses assumptions.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-5 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 einoaology)

Page 10 of 32 B 3...1 B.4 Verification that FQW(Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power limit imposed by Required Action B.1 ensures that core conditions during operation at higher power levels and RAOC-W(Z)

BASE future operation are consistent with safety analysis assumptions.

ACTIONS A

(eRtifed4 Condition B is modified by a Note that requires Required Action B.4 to be Condition A is mified by a ote performed whenever the Condition is that requires Required Action A.4 entered. This ensures that SR 3.2.1.1 and to be performed whenever the

    • SR 3.2.1.2 will be performed prior to Condition is entered. Thise increasing THERMAL POWER above the eCnsurs tatSre3.

and limit of Required Action B.1, even when ensures that SR 3.2.1.1 and SR dtSFRe b7Condition A is exited prior to performing 3.2.1.2 will be performed prior to i....

, Required Action B.4. Performance of SR

)

increasing THERMAL POWER A0--

0 incrasig TERML PWER Of a*,' ;*dW6dD*_

3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are necessary to above the limit of Required e

FQZ i Action A.1, even when Condition increas i

s pRMAL POW E R.

A is exited prior to performing B.1 creasing THERMAL POWER.

Required Action A.4.

Performance of SR 3.2.1.1 and If it is found that the aximum calculated v e of FQ(Z) that can occur SR 3.2.1.2 are necessary to assure FQ(Z) is properly d

g m

n uve W

ec evaluated prior to increasing during normal ma ers, F Q (Z) eds its specified limits, there exists THERMALa potential for F (Z) to high if a normal operational B.2 A reduction of the Power Range transient occurs.

educing th ED limits by

/

1% for each 1% by which Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by a F W ce its limit hin the allowed Com 1% for each 1% by which the F Q (Z) excee i

mpletion Time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, maximum allowable power is restricts the axi I flux d' ribution such that even if a transient occurred, core reduced, is a conservative action for peaking factor imits re not exceeded.

protection against the consequence of severe transients with unanalyzed

c. 1 power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is sufficient I

considering the small likelihood of a If Req ired Actions A.1 through A.4 or B.lrare not met within their associated severe transient in this time period Coim etion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode or condition in which and the preceding prompt reductions the 0 requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance in a least MODE 2 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

wT s allowed Completion Time is reasonable based on operating experience r garding the amount of time it takes to reach MODE 2 from full power peration in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are modified by a Note. The Note applies during power ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1). The note 8.3 Reduction in the Overpower allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not current. It states that N-16 setpoints value by > 1% for THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has each 1% by which the maximum been achieved at which a power distribution mip<n he obtained. This allowable power is redued, is a allowance is modified, however, by one of the Frequency conditions t easremn conservative action for protection C

W against the consequences of sever requires verification that F Q (Z) and F Q (Z) are within their specified transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time limits after a power rise of more than 20% RTP over the THERMAL POWER of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is sufficient considering t which they were last verified to be within specified limits. Because the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the (continued) preceding prompt reductions in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance ith Required Action B.1.

- UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-6 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (-.tMethodology)

Page 11 of 32 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

C w

F Q (Z) and F Q (Z) could not have previously been measured for a reload core, there is a second Frequency condition, applicable only for reload cores, that requires determination of these parameters before exceeding C

75% RTP. This ensures that some determination of FQ (Z) and F QW(Z) are made at a lower power level at which adequate margin is available before going to 100% RTP. Also, this Frequency condition, together with the C

w Frequency condition requiring verification of FQ (Z) and F Q (Z) following a power increase of more than 20%, ensures that they are verified within 24 hsoonas RTP (or any heurs frm ;hon 8qUbiu cOnditinc aro achiovod at RTP (or any othor other level for extended 18Yo! for oxtondod oporation). Eq9!brumoodiionc aroA achiovod whon the operation) is achieved.

oro,-A.ic cufficiontly etablo cuch that the uncortainty al!owancoc accociatod with tho m,,oauroot aro "alid. In the absence of these Frequency conditions, it is possible to increase power to RTP and operate for 31 days without verification of F QW(Z) and F W(Z). The Frequency condition is not intended to require verification of these parameters after every 20% increase in power level above the last verification. It only requires verification after a power level is achieved for extended operation that is 20% higher than that power at which FQ was last measured.

SR 3.2.1.1 c

If the PDMS is used, the appropriate Verification that FQ (Z) is within its specified limits involves increasing measurement uncertainty and manufacturingng tolerance and measurement automatically calculated and applied

(

lea to the measured FQ (Ref. 7). If the F C F MIz) is the movable incore detector system is uncertainties in order to obtain F (Z).

eenfleeI1 Q(

i

used, measured value of FQ(Z) obtained from incore flux map results and FQ (Z)=F M(Z)o1.03.1.05 (Ref. 4). F QC(Z) is then compared to its specified limits.

c The limit with which FQ (Z) is compared varies inversely with power above 50% RTP and directly with a function called K(Z) provided in the COLR.

Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, 9F at a roducod poWor l... l at any othor time, and meeting the I00%4 RTP-r (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-7 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (Fe Methodology)

Page 12 of 32 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.1 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS C

i4,i4, provides assurance that the F C(Z) limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.

If THERMAL POWER has been increased by > 20% RTP since the last C

determination of F Q (Z), another evaluation of this factor is required 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions at this higher power level (to C

ensure that F Q (Z) values are being reduced sufficiently with power increase to stay within the LCO limits).

The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup because such changes are slow and well controlled when the plant is operated in accordance with the Technical

)

Specifications (TS).

Te nuclear deinprocess includes power :distribution at or near cacuaton eromdto determine SR 3.2.1.2 meauremt~enuts that the core can be operated within the FQ(Z) limits.

Because fiw-* Fmap are taken 4 equilibrium conditions, the variations in power distribution resulting from normal operational maneuvers are not present int

,,.*oap data. These variations are, however, conservatively core power distribution bnconsidering a wide range of unit maneuvers in normal measurement operation. The maximum peaking factor increase over steady state values, calculated as a function of core elevation, Z, is called W(Z). Multiplying the c

measured total peaking factor, FQ (Z), by W(Z) gives the maximum FQ(Z) calculated to occur in normal operation, F W(Z).

The limit with which F QW(Z) is compared varies inversely with powe*and directly with the function K(Z) provided in the COLR.

The W(Z) curve is provided in the COLR for discrete core elevations. Flux w

map data are typically taken for 30 to 75 core elevations. F QW(Z) evaluations are not applicable for the following axial core regions, measured in percent of core height:

a.

Lower core region, from 0 to 15% inclusive; and

b.

Upper core region, from 85 to 100% inclusive.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-8 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (F-e Methodology)

Page 13 of 32 B 3.2.1 RAOCWZ BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS The top and bottom 15% of the core are excluded from the evaluation because of the low probability that these regions would be more limiting in the safety analyses and because of the difficulty of making a precise measurement in these regions.

This Surveillance has been modified by a Note that may require that more w

frequent surveillances be performed. When F Q (Z) is evaluated, an evaluation of the expression below is required to account for any increase to C

FQ (Z) that may occur and cause the FQ(Z) limit to be exceeded before the next required FQ(Z) evaluation.

If the two most recent FQ(Z) evaluations show an increase in the expression maximum over z K(Z) it is required to meet the FQ(Z) limit with the last F (W(Z) increased by the appropriate factor of __ 1.02 specified in the COLR, or to evaluate FQ(Z) more frequently, each 7 EFPD. These alternative requirements prevent FQ(Z) from exceeding its limit for any significant period of time without detection.

Performing the Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, e9-at-a rod8c.d poWor loy. l at nY othor timo, and moting tho 4 0 TP E:(::T

  1. A*-, provides assurance that the FQ(Z) limit will be met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors are generally decreased as power level is increased.

FQ(Z) is verified at power levels _Ž 20% RTP above the THERMAL POWER of its last verification, 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions to ensure that FQ(Z) is within its limit at higher power levels.

The Surveillance Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup. The Surveillance may be done more frequently if required by the results of FQ(Z) evaluations.

The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution because such a change is sufficiently slow, when the plant is operated in accordance with the TS, to preclude adverse peaking factors between 31 day surveillances.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-9 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 14 of 32 BASES (continued)

FQ(Z)*F--aMethodology)

B 3.

2.1 REFERENCES

1.

10 CFR 50.46, 1974.

2.

Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.

3.

10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.

4.

RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-1 6 and Overpower N-1 6 Trip Setpoint Methodology," TU Electric, June 1994.

,.6. WCAP-10216-P-A, Rev. 1 A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) FO0 Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.

7. WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System,"

August 1994.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-10 Revision 51

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 15 of 32 B 3.2.2 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS N

B 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)

BASES BACKGROUND The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the power density at any point in the core so that the fuel design criteria are not exceeded and the accident analysis assumptions remain valid. The design limits on local (pellet) and integrated fuel rod peak power density are expressed in terms of hot channel factors. Control of the core power distribution with respect to these factors ensures that local conditions in the fuel rods and coolant channels do not challenge core integrity at any location during normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency analyzed in the safety analyses.

N FAH is defined as the ratio of the integral of the linear power along the fuel rod with the highest integrated power to the average integrated fuel rod N

power. Therefore, FAH is a measure of the maximum total power produced N

in a fuel rod. FAH is sensitive to fuel loading patterns, bank insertion, and fuel burnup.

marement Ni FAH is not directly measurable but is inferre from a power distribution f obtained with the movable incore detector sytem ecifically, the results of the three dimensional power distribution fap are anay determine FAH. This factor is calculated at least every 31 EFPD. However, during OPERABLE power operation, the global power distribution is monitored by LCO 3.2.3, PDMS "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," which address directly and continuously measured process variables. Compliance with these LCOs, along with the LCOs governing shutdown and control rod insertion and alignment, maintains the core limits on power distribution on a continuous basis.

The COLR provides peaking factor limits that ensure that the design basis value of the departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) is met for normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency. All DNB limited transient events are N

assumed to begin with an FAH value that satisfies the LCO requirements.

Operation outside the LCO limits may produce unacceptable consequences if a DNB limiting event occurs. The DNB design basis ensures that there is (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-11 Revision 51

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 16 of 32 B 3.2.2 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

N The LOCA safety analysis also uses FAH as an input parameter. The Nuclear Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) and the axial peaking factors are inserted directly into the LOCA safety analyses that verify the acceptability of the resulting peak cladding temperature (Ref. 3).

The fuel is protected in part by compliance with Technical Specifications which ensure that the initial conditions assumed in the safety and accident analyses remain valid. The following LCOs ensure this: LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," LCO 3.2.2, "Nuclear N

Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)," and LCO 3.2.1, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z))."

or an 0PRBEPM and FQ(Z) are measured periodically using the movable incore detector syste

. Measurements are generally taken with the core at, or near, equilibrium conditions. Core monitoring and control under transient conditions (Condition 1 events) are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the LCOs on AFD, QPTR, and Bank Insertion Limits.

N FAH satisfies Criterion 2 of 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).

N LCO FAH shall be maintained within the limits of the relationship provided in the COLR.

N The FAH limit is representative of the coolant flow channel with the maximum enthalpy rise. This channel has the least heat removal capability and thus the highest probability for a DNB condition.

N The limiting value of FAH described by the equation contained in the COLR, is the design radial peaking factor used in the unit safety analyses.

A power multiplication factor in this equation includes an additional allowance for higher radial peaking factors from reduced thermal feedback and greater control rod insertion at low power levels. The limiting value of N

FAH is allowed to increase by a cycle-dependent factor (PFAH, as specified (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-13 Revision 51

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 17 of 32 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS A.2 (continued)

Required Action A.1.1, or the power level has been reduced to < 50% RTP per Required Action A.1.2.1, an; incor flux map (SR 3.2.2.1) must be obtained andthe valu of F NH verified not to exceed the allowed limit a wer power level. The unit is provided 20 additional hours to orm this task over and above the 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> allowed by either Action A.1.1 (core power distributioan r Action A.1.2.1. The Completion Time of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is acceptable because measurement of the increase in the DNB margin, which is obtained at lower power levels, d the low probability of having a DNB limiting event within this 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Additionally, operating ience has indicated that this Completion Time is sufficient to obtain the ieee A -x meap, perform the required calculations, N

and evaluate FAH.

A.3 Verification that FN AH is within its specified limits after an out of limit occurrence ensures that the cause that led to the FNAH exceeding its limit is identified, to the extent necessary, and corrected, and that subsequent operation proceeds within the LCO limit. This Action demonstrates that the F NAH limit is within the LCO limits prior to exceeding 50% RTP, again prior to exceeding 75% RTP, and within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after THERMAL POWER is

> 95% RTP. SR 3.2.2.1 must be satisfied prior to increasing power above the extrapolated allowable power level or restoration of any reduced Reactor N

Trip System setpoints. When FAH is measured at reduced power levels, the N

allowable power level is determined by evaluating FAH for higher power levels.

This Required Action is modified by a Note that states that THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced prior to performing this Action.

B.1 When Required Actions A.1.1 through A.3 cannot be completed within their required Completion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in at (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-16 Revision 51

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 18 of 32 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued) least MODE 2 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience regarding the time required to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.2.1 REQUIREMENTS measurement SR 3.2.2.1 is modified by a Note. The Note applies during er ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1).

e note allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not curre lt states that THERMAL POWER may be increased until an ilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution marfp can be obtained.

Equilibrium conditions are achieved when the core is sufficiently stable such that the uncertainty allowances the m ment are valid.

or an OPERABLE PDMS pwrdistribution measurement value of FaH is determinel Wusing the movable incore detector syste to obtain a flux dictributio, map. A data reduction computer program N

then calculates the maximum value of FAH from the measured flux If the PDMS is used, the appropriate istributions*, -The measured value of F H must be multiplied by 1.04 to measurement uncertainty is AH automatically calculated and applied *ta for measurement uncertainty before making comparisons to the to the measured FN AH (Ref. 4).

F N limit.

FNAH F AH limit..

If the moveable incore detector N

syste After each refueling, F AH must be determined in MODE 1 prior to N

exceeding 75% RTP. This requirement ensures that FAH limits are met at the beginning of each fuel cycle. Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, or at a reduced power level at any other time, N

N and meeting the 100% RTP FAH limit, provides assurance that the FAH limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.

The 31 EFPD Frequency is acceptable because the power distribution changes relatively slowly over this amount of fuel burnup. Accordingly, this N

Frequency is short enough that the FAH limit cannot be exceeded for any significant period of operation.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-17 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 19 of 32 N

FAH B 3.2.2 BASES (continued)

REFERENCES

1.

Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.

2.

10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.

3.

10 CFR 50.46.

4. WCAP-1 2472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-18 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 20 of 32 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)

AFD (GAOG Methodology) mB 3.2.3 Axial Offset Control (c)

Methodology)

BASES BACKGROUND The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the values of the AFD in order to limit the axial power distribution skewing to either the top or bottom of the core. By limiting the amount of power distribution skewing, core peaking factors are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses. Limiting power distribution skewing over time also minimizes the xenon distribution skewing, which is a significant factor in axial power distribution control.

Tho oporating sehemo uscd to control tho axial pow-r distrbuti.n, CAOC, involvocN mainAtaining4 the AFDQ Within A toloFranco band Aaroud A bUFRUP dop3,,de*t targt, know 3n, tho targt flux diffF*,Ae, t9 MiniFA,,i--

Yariatien Of the axial poaking factor and axial xenon dictribution durinig unit Tho targot flu. dif.F.roee 'a dot.Fr.ind at qguilibriumR Xo.* *,onditien..

The controel banRkc mnuct be pocition-d-viithin the ecoram inR aceordancoA 0ith their RL;A~kqn "imots And Contral Bank Q should bc incortcd Rnor it nrmal1R pesition (i.e., Ž! 180 6tepc withdrawn) foretoady ctato operation at high power lo'.els. The pwere leyo1 chould be ac noar RTP ac practical. The Yalue of tho target flux di9Fforonc ebtainod undor there oenditionc, divi~ded by tho FrFaction of RTP ;6 th49 targot flux differAnco at R'T-P for the acceciatad caro lovolc aro obtainod by multiplying the RT-P Yalua by the appropriate fEracioal THWERMAL POWER level.

Pododic uipdating of the target flux differenee Y.alue is nococcar'; to follow the change

,f th3 flux dif.f.rn..

at steadystate eendition. with bUR.up.

Thoq ARID ic mntcAFd An an 81automati bacic ucing the unit Prcccc eomputer that hac an Ar-)FD montcr alarmI.

The freguancY of mnenitering the A9by the col emputer onc minute PFYdR ccccnuait8y aontinuauc6 accumRulation Ef eateite tiff3 that alleWc the Bparalter t9 accurately accocerR the ctaRtuc af the penRalty deviatie timfe. The comlputer deteFrminec the 1 mfinute Elveiago of each of the OPER'ABLE oxcer-e detector eUtpUtc and prc'idec an alarFm meccage if the AF-Da for two or m~ere OPERA1BLE 8xcore ehannelc arc outcide the targlet bandE anid the THERMAL POWER irc 900 RT-P. DuFrig epcration at THERMVAL POWER levels 4 90% RTP but Ž! 15%; RT-P, the comfputer 6endr, an alaFrm mcccage when the cumuwlative panalty davi~ationR tim:e Ofc'

> hour in thz przviauc 21 heure.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-19 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 21 of 32 BASES (continued)

AFD (,AQG.

Methodology) cB 3.2.3 APPLICABLE SAFEY ANALYSES no NUGIBE-L-- haPY K168 Miot unannIo i-actor N

(FAH) and QPTR LCGc limit the radial eomponont of the poaking factorcs. The A.F-D ic-aa moacu-ro of axial.

poWor dictributio ckoWing to th9 top or bottom4 half of 414o cor.

Tho AF ic WociiOA to many coFo rolatod parametorc cuch aS conrolI ban~k pecitionc, 6oro poWor loVol, axial IbuFRnup, axial X-non d-ictri-bu-tion and, to a lesccorf oxtont, Foactor ooolant tomAporaturo and boFro concontrationc. Tho AlloWod rango of the AF-D ic, used in the nucloar docign prococc to confiFrm that oporation Within thoco-A Iiit pr 3uc F

oo poaking factorci And Axial poWor dictributionc that moo8t Gaft* ana!YGic roquiromonRtc.

Tho rACAQO-mothodology (Refs. 1, 2, and 3) ontaiS;-

a-.

Ecstbliching an cnvolepc of allowod pewer chapoc and poWcr deRstesei

49.

Dovicing BAn opoating 64tratgy for tho eyoio that m~ximizoc uni

%lXi8lilty tmanouV8FR@n)

-ana..mRRInimzo axial poWor 6napo cnangoc; Domonctrating that this tratoatgy dooc not recult in eoro condition that ioato91-*

tho Bnvolopo of poFrmisciblo coro poWorcarooici CA~d Demoncr~ating that thic pA;owor d-itribu---tonA oontrl 6chomoe can bo offctaiyoly cuporyicod with oxcoro dotoctorc.

The limits on the AFD ensure that the Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z))

is not exceeded during either normal operation or in the event of xenon redistribution following power changes. The limits on the AFD also limit the range of power distributions that are assumed as initial conditions in analyzing Condition II, Ill, and IV events. Compliance with this limit ensures that acceptable levels of fuel cladding integrity is maintained for these postulated accidents. The most important Condition IV event is the loss of coolant accident. The most significant Condition III event is the complete loss of forced RCS flow accident. The most significant Condition II events are uncontrolled bank withdrawal and boration or dilution accidents.

Condition II accidents are used to confirm the adequacy of Overpower N-16 and Overtemperature N-16 trip setpoints.

The limits on the AFD satisfy Criterion 2 of the 1 OCFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).

LCO The shape of the power profile in the axial (i.e., the vertical) direction is largely under the control of the operator, through either the manual operation of the control banks, or automatic motion of control banks responding to (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-20 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 22 of 32 The AFD limits are selected by considering a range of axial xenon distributions that may occur as a result of large variations of the AFD. Subsequently, power peaking factors and power distributions are examined to ensure that the.,

transient limits are met. Violation of the AFD limits invalidate the conclusions of the accident and transient analyses with regard to fuel cladding integrity.

The AFD s monitored on an automatic basis using the unit process computer, which has an AFD monitor alarm. The computer determines the 1 minute average of each of the OPERABLE excore detector outputs and provides an alarm message immediately if the AFD for to or more OPERABLE excore channels is outside its specified limits.

Although the RAOC defines limits that must be met to satisfy safety analyses, typically an operating scheme, Constant Axial Offset Control (CAOC), is used to control axial power distribution in day to day operation (Ref. 2). CAOC requires that the AFD be controlled within a narrow tolerance band around a burnup dependent target to minimize the variation of axial peaking factors and axial xenon distribution during unit maneuvers.

The CAOC operating space is typically smaller and lies within the RAOC operating space. Control within the CAOC operating space constrains the variation of axial xenon distributions and axial power distributions. RAOC calculations assume a wide range of xenon distributions and then confirm that the resulting power distributions satisfy the requirements of the accident analyses.

distribution, and, to a lesser extent, reactor coolant temperature and boron concentration.

The allowed range of the AFO is used in the nuclear design process to confirm that operation within these limits produces core peaking factors and axial power distributions that meet safety analysis requirements.

The RAOC methodology (Ref. 5) establishes a xenon distribution library with tentatively wide AFD limits. One dimensional axial power distribution calculations are then performed to demonstrate that normal operation power shapes are acceptable for the loss of coolant accident and loss of flow accident, and for initial conditions of anticipated transients. The tentative limits are adjusted as necessary to meet the safety analysis requirements.

to TXX-07063 Page 23 of 32 AFD (

Methodology)

!B 3.2.3 BASES LCO (continued) temperature deviations resulting from either manual operation of the Chemical and Volume Control System to change boron concentration, or from power level changes.

Signals are available to the operator from the Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) excore neutron detectors (Ref. 4). Separate signals are taken from the top and bottom detectors. The AFD is defined as the difference in normalized flux signals between the top and bottom excore detector in each detector well. For convenience, this flux difference is converted to provide flux difference units expressed as a percentage and labeled as %A flux or

%AI.

The AFD limits are provided inG-G 6

s fo th e A D R i. T h e A F D limi s f*o RA l do not dpn on the.........4W target flux difference.

a

§e....

However, the target flux difference may be used to minimize changes in the axial be*e;,,Wed power distribution.

mo!dified by a Noto that etatoc tho cR.ditncr, nroc**ar; for AFD outeide of the targot band. The roFguird t;Argt band ixia! bDuFnUP dictributien, Whioh iA turn Yariec With tho 68Fo

umulaed burup. The targot1 band dofined in; the COL=R may

&A for a Gepoiflo rango of Byelo bumRup.

A[ Al nIAIME

" OAOI DTDQ

  1. k^ A CM
1. im k.

4 %AP041;,0 *k^4--

ba*d. With the AFD autide the targot bn wRI

,.itih THERMAL POWER ý 0O%

RTP, the accumptienc of tho acoidont aralycc may bo "iolatod.

PeArt B and G of this LOC Wre affoctod by Notoc that de~ecrbo how tho rumulative pnalty do-iation time isealculatod. it ic it*dod that the unit, c operatid with th; ARc within the a.;gotbanda th 14cthe targe.t fux difforono..

HA-oor, dUr-ing r'Arpid THEM POWER rodutionE-14

, contrl bank motion may oauco, the AF-D to deviate outcido of the targlet band at reduced THERMA~L POWER leyolc. This deviation dooc not affect the xenon dictribuWtion cufiei8ntly to change the envelope of poaking factoeF that May bo roached on a 6ubseauont roetuFR t RT-P with the AF-D within the target band, provdod the timol duration of the deviation is limFited. Accordingly, w*.hie THERMAL POWER ic~60% RT-P and 4 -^0%RT Part B3 of thic LCO), a 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> cumul~ativo pen4alty deIBiation timfe limit, cumu~lative during the pr-eceding 24 houres, ic, allowed duFrin which the unit m~ay be operatled autc~ide of the target band but within the aeceptable operation limFltz provided inthe C-O1R. Thic, penalty timfe iG a661umula"tod At th rAt oAAf 1 minutoA for each 1 mninute ef operating time within the poer8 Fraga of PBar B of thic LCO-(i.e., THERMAL POWER ý! 600% RTP). The cumu lativYe penalt' time ic the sum of penalty timer, from Parte 1B and C of thic, 6CO.

For THERMALA PO1WE-R loeye 16% RTP and -5%

RTP (i.e.,Part C of (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-21 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 24 of 32 AFD (GAGQ Methodology)

B 3.2.3 BASES LCO (continued)

II I I X X

  • tflif' Lt(11 dn'~i1tinnr nt thn Al~l) flutE-idA At thn t-irnnt h-~wt -irn ir'-"

cignificant. ThA acuuato f I1142 minubto ponalty doviation timel por I m:inute of Ractuatl timoi ou~tcido tho targoet band reflectc this roduco ORgn,,icnco. With THERMALA POWER 1 4O RTP, ArD ;- not a igrnifcr parafmiter in the accumF7ptoneF ucoAd in the cafot*nlc and

thorforo, roquirc no imt....

ocu..

the x....

di.tribut...

produced at THERMAL rnt%,AIrPI', I....

1.

I-- I----

SLL.._

nr*"r-s._

i._=.*L-.

J.-.-:

  • t incroacod, un~analyzod Kenon and poWer dictribuiti8nc aro provonted by

!ImiRtfincj the a6ecumulatod pen~alty deovition tmA4 Violating the LCO on the AFD could produce unacceptable consequences if a Condition 2, 3, or 4 event occurs while the AFD is outside its limits.

APPLI(CABILITY Vke3 AFD requirements are applicable in MODE 1 a.ovo..

159 RTP.....

v 500X RT the combination of THERMAL POWER and core peaking factors are

ý he core parameters of primary importance in safety analyses (Ref. 1).

using RAQO methodology, the value of the AFD does not affect the limiting accident consequences with THERMAL POWER < 50%

RTP and for lower operating power MODES.

Botwoon4 15% RTP and-905% RTP, thic LCOQ iG applicablo to oncuro that tho dictribuitiOnc of %onon aro GAoncictontR With Safety anolYcic accUmRptionc.

At or 1§ooW 495%A RT-P AnRd for loWor operating MODES, tho ctArod BnrgFy i the fuaRad-tho enArgy 198ing troncfoRred to the roaotor coolant are8 loW. The

.aluo of the AFD in thoco conditioes deer, not affoct the concoquoncocs of the docign bacic e.'ontc.

For cUrPoillanco of the poWor rango channolc, poformo~ld according to SR 3.3.449, davoton utido t148 target band 06, poFr*ittd for 16 hourc and no penalty doviation time go aoeuimulatcd. Somae doviation in the AFO m~a be roqulirod fort tho poffFRmanco of the NIS calibrFation With the incoro dotooto cyctemr.

Th1411 roalibrFation ic typically po4eormcd eavoy 02 days.

Lo9W c~gnal 18Y816 in theo-4AAf ocrochannAelc ma8Y proc!lud obtaining valid AF-D signals bolaw 156% RT-P.

A.1 As an alternative to restoring the AFD to within its specified limits, hWith thc AFD Required Action A.1 requires a th

,ssumptie THERMAL POWER reduction to < h t

max*,..

50% RTP. This places the core in a condition for which the value of the 15 m.n.toc !C AFD is not important in the L9 Renon dict;ibul applicable safety analyses. A Completion Time of 30 minutes is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach 50% RTP without challenoinoi Dlant systems.

1 1

~AK - -UNITS 1 AND 2

'-tcido tho target bend and THERMAL POWER Ž 90% RTP,

.. used in the ea.id.An

^

nalycoi ma"y be "iolatad with rcpoct m.heat generatio..

Tha.cfao.,

a Completion Time of Alleodd to rectoro the AFD) to Withn the targe~t band b(neau

)

ti81nc change little in thic relatively chort time.

(continued)

B 3.2-22 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 25 of 32 AFD (__AG, Methodology) zB 3.2.3 BASES ACTIONS (continued)

B-_

I

  • 11 I jl I

I

  • 1 I

THWERM.AL1 POWER to - 00% RT-P plRacoc tht; oro in A condition that has boonR analyzod and found to b8 aocoptaBlo1, Pro~1dod-that th3AED icwithi the aecoptablo oporation limfitc Pro~idod in t4o C011=1.

Tho alowo98d-ComRplotion Timo of 156 Fminutoc pro'Adoc an aeooptablo time to roduco poWor to-60 RTP 2without allowing the plant to remain inn unAanAlYZod condition for an e~tondod poriod of time.

With THE-RMALI POWE!R 4 90091 RTP buwt Ž rag% RTP1, oporatio With tho

,A~FD outcide the targoet band but within tho aoooptable oporation limfitc prOvidod in tho COLR provided in the COL=R is allewod for Up to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. With the F wti thoco limit, the roculting axial poWor dictributin i accoptablo ac an initial conditic for accidont analYca acmin the thon exicting *onon dictributioncs. Tho 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> eumulativo ponalty doviation timol roc0trit the oxtont of xonon rodictribution. Without thic limfitation, unanalYZod Wxonon axiaRl ditrbtin may roclt fr9Am a di#Ffornt pa#Ftor of

  • enon buildup and docay. The roduetion to a power level 4650% RTP putrt tho PRr.Saar at a THErRMALA POWER loyal at which the AEDP *6 noR If the indicatod AFD0 i6 outcido tho targo*t;R ban an
Rd outcido tho acco6ptablo oparatien limits providod in the COLR, the poaking faetorc accuwmod in accident analytic6 may be oxocedod with the oxirting xonoen eondition. (Any Ar-within the target b~and 66 a6eoptablo rogardle6c of itc rolationchip to tho aceeptablo8 Bepoatie Wimitc.) The Com
pletion Time of 30 minRutec alIoWc for a prom~pt, Yet erd8rlY, raductiR in powor.

Condkitio C icmodifiod by a NteW that roguiroc that Reaguirod Action Q.1 mutha-cAMRoR*tod WhAnoyo thir, Condition OF; ontccd.

if Roguirod Action G.4 ic not complotod within 4t roguirod Camplotion Timfe of 30 i2nutec, the axial xonI dictribut*ion tarc to boco mocignificantly skewod with the THERMAL POWER' Ž! 60" RTOP. In this cituea*.i, the accumption that a cumulative penalty de"ition1 tim of 1 hourgOr Icc durin@g the proviouc 24 hourc while the AFD) it outcEId itc targt band ic, aecoptablo Rt - A00k. QXTR Wt no lonoor lid COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-23 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 26 of 32 AFD (QAQQ Methodology)

B 3.2.3 BASES ACTIONS re 4i^e..

Reducing the poWar loY9l to - 15MA RTP Within tho CemRplotian Timo~ of 0 houreF and copyn ihLCO penalty doviation; tio rou rente for conditione aro roctorodAG.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.3.1 REQUIREMENTS t

c lis Surveillance verifies that the AFD as indicated by the NIS excore t]Ecrýh~act

.d.The Surveillance Frequency of 7 days is adequate because the AFD is controlled by the operator and monitored by the process computer. Furthermore, any deviations of the AFD W..,*,baRfd that is not alarmed should be readily noticed.

_914e344.4 Wet-UIe4T

,Ma-c'-rNment of tho targot fl-ux diffcroneo ic acoormpliched by taking a flux Map Whon thA-coroF ic; at o-quilibriuml xcnon oanditioncS, praforably at high poWor lovolc With the control banks noarly withdirawn. This flux map providee tho oquiIl9F*Wum xonon axial poWor d169ictribtio 4from Which the targoet

  • alu, c-a ba dotorm~ind. The tar.:et flux diffcr-Anc v--r~ic clowly with coro The targot AF-Dmuct be doteFMOnod in conjunction with the meauroement o F QW(Z); '^thorefore, the froquenoy fo the p F*ea of this c"...illanc the same as that.. quiro"d for the performano. of the F QW(Z) siwrei4eanee PeF SR 32.1-26

.A......

med.ifi

.this S.R to al.ew the P.....t boginnring f eyelc AF-D from the Startup a. d Oporatioe" Report to be ueod to d^tormi;nA-t*ho initial target f... difforenoc after each refueling. This net. allows-operation until the P8W8r eela.o for extendcd aperatienc has been aehioved and an equilibriumFF P9 er 0i6WREMOuia cBA Re 88twina.

REFERENCES

1.

RXE-90-006-P-A,"Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtem-perature N-1 6 and Overpower N-1 6 Trip Setpoint Methodology," TU Electric, June, 1994.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-24 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 Page 27 of 32 Methodology)

( nOj B 3.2.3 BASES REFERENCES (continued)

2.

WCAP-8385 (W proprietary), "Power Distribution Control and Load Following Procedures," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Sep-tember 1974.

3.

T. M. Anderson to K. Kniel (Chief of Core Performance Branch, NRC),

Attachment:

"Operation and Safety Analysis Aspects of an Improved Load Follow Package," January 31, 1980.

4.

FSAR, Chapter 7.

5. WCAP-1 0216-P-A, Rev. 1 A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) FQ Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-25 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 28 of 32 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A.1 (continued) allowable THERMAL POWER level. Decreases in QPTR would allow raising the maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level and increasing THERMAL POWER up to this revised limit.

A.2 After completion of Required Action A.1, the QPTR may still exceed its limits.

Any additional changes in the QPTR are detected by requiring a check of the QPTR once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> thereafter. A 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Completion Time is sufficient because any additional change in QPTR would be relatively slow.

A.3 N

The peaking factors FAH and FQ(Z) are of primary importance in ensuring that the power distribution remains consistent with the initial conditions used N

in the safety analyses. Performing SRs on FaH and FQ(Z) within the Completion Time of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions from a core power distrib THERMAL POWER reduction per Required Action A.1 ensures that these mue of power distribution are within their respective limits.

Equilibrium conditions ar n t e core is sufficiently stable at the tqnded operating conditions to support

. A Completion Time of 24 s after achieving equilibrium conditions from a THERMAL POWER reduction p e-quired Action A.1 takes into consideration the rate at which peaking factors art-4eply to change, and the time required to stabilize the plant and perform a,IQ e

mp. If these peaking factors are not within their limits, the Required Actions of these Surveillances provide an appropriate response for the abnormal condition. If the QPTR remains above its specified limit, the peaking factor surveillances are required each 7 days N

thereafter to evaluate FAH and FQ(Z) with changes in power distribution.

Relatively small changes are expected due to either bumup and xenon redistribution or correction of the cause for exceeding the QPTR limit.

A.4 N

Although FAH and FQ(Z) are of primary importance as initial conditions in the safety analyses, other changes in the power distribution may occur as the QPTR limit is exceeded and may have an impact on the validity of the safety analysis. A change in the power distribution can affect such reactor parameters as bank worths and peaking factors for rod malfunction (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-28 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 29 of 32 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A.4 (continued) accidents. When the QPTR exceeds its limit, it does not necessarily mean a safety concern exists. It does mean that there is an indication of a change in the gross radial power distribution that requires an investigation and evaluation that is accomplished by examining the incore power distribution.

Specifically, the core peaking factors and the quadrant tilt must be evaluated because they are the factors that best characterize the core power distribution. This evaluation is required to ensure that, before increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limits of Required Action A.1, the reactor core conditions are consistent with the assumptions in the safety analyses.

A.5 If the QPTR remains above the 1.02 limit and a re-evaluation of the safety analysis is completed and shows that safety requirements are met, the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit prior to increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limit of Required Action A.1.

Normalization is accomplished in such a manner that the indicated QPTR following normalization is near 1.00. This is done to detect any subsequent significant changes in QPTR.

Required Action A.5 is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that the excore detectors are not normalized to restore to restore QPTR to within limits until after the evaluation of the safety analysis has determined that core conditions at RTP are within the safety analysis assumptions (i.e., Required Action A.4). Note 2 states that if Required Action A.5 is performed, then Required Action A.6 shall be performed. Required Action A.5 normalizes the coreors to restore QPTR to within limit, which restores compliance measremets wt Thu, Note 2 prevents exiting the Actions prior to completing,to verify peaking factors per Required Action A.6.

These notes are intended to prevent any ambiguity about the required sequence of actions.

A.6 Once the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit (i.e., Required Action A.5 is performed), it is acceptable to return to full power operation. However, as an added check that the core power distribution is consistent with the safety analysis assumptions, Required N

Action A.6 requires verification that FQ(Z) and FAH are within their specified limits within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of achieving equilibrium conditions at RTP. As an added precaution, if the core power does not reach equilibrium conditions at (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 R 3.2-29 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 30 of 32 B 3.2.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.2.4.2 This Surveillance is modified by a Note, which states that it is not required until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after the inputs from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable and the THERMAL POWER is > 75% RTP.

With an NIS power range channel inoperable, tilt monitoring for a portion of the reactor core becomes degraded. Large tilts are likely detected with the remaining channels, but the capability for detection of small power tilts in some quadrants is decreased. Performing SR 3.2.4.2 at a Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> provides an accurate alternative means for ensuring that any tilt remains within its limits.

oanOPERABLE PDMS For purposes of monitoring the QPTR whe ne power range channel is When using the moveable

'o erable, the moveable incore detectors ay be used to confirm that the or detetor"synormasize tistribution is consistent with the indicated QPTR and any previous data indicating a

. -he incore detector monitoring is performed with a full incore flux map or two sets of four thimble locations with quarter core symmetry. The two sets of four symmetric thimbles is a set of eight unique detector locations. These locations are C-8, E-5, E-1 1, H-3, H-13, L-5, L-11, and N-8.

The symmetric thimble flux map can be used to generate symmetric thimble "tilt." This can be compared to a reference symmetric thimble tilt, from the most recent full core flux map, to generate an incore QPTR. Therefore, incore monitoring of QPTR can be used to confirm that QPTR is within limits.

With one NIS channel inoperable, the indicated tilt may be changed from th*

value indicated with all four channels OPERABLE. To confirm that no om core power" anhas actually occurred, which might cause the QPTR li s*ite dtributionn excee

, the incore result may be compared against previous &i'm:

Z-pe 0i4heF usi the symmetric thimbles as described above or a complete flux map. Nominally, quadrant tilt from the Surveillance should be within 2% of the tilt shown by the most recent flux map data.

REFERENCES

1.

10 CFR 50.46.

2.

Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev 0, May 1974.

3.

10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-31 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 RTS Instrumentation Page 31 of 32 B 3.3.1 BASES ACTIONS D.1.1, D.1.2, and D.2 (continued)

Required Action D.1.1 has been modified by a Note which only requires SR 3.2.4.2 to be performed if the Power Range Neutron Flux input QPTR ora PERABLE PDMS *e9Qmes inoperable. Failure of a component in the Power Range Neutron Flux CfI which renders the High Flux Trip Function inoperable may not affect the capa o imonitor QPTR. As such, determining QPTR using the movable incore detecto once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> may not be necessary.

The NIS power range detectors provide input to the CRD System and, therefore, have a two-out-of-four trip logic. A known inoperable channel must be placed in the tripped condition. This results in a partial trip condition requiring only one-out-of-three logic for actuation. The 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> allowed to place the inoperable channel in the tripped condition is justified in WCAP-14333-P-A (Ref. 11).

As an alternative to the above Actions, the plant must be placed in a MODE where this Function is no longer required OPERABLE. Seventy-eight (78) hours are allowed to place the plant in MODE 3. The 78-hour Completion Time includes 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> for channel corrective maintenance, and an additional 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> for the MODE reduction as required by Required Action D.2. This is a reasonable time, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 from full power in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. If Required Actions cannot be completed within their allowed Completion Times, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered.

The Required Actions are modified by a Note that allows placing one channel in bypass for 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> while performing routine surveillance testing, and setpoint adjustments when a setpoint reduction is required by other Technical Specifications. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> time limit is justified in Reference 11.

E.1 and E.2 Condition E applies to the following reactor trip Functions:

Power Range Neutron Flux-Low; Overtemperature N-16; Overpower N-16; Power Range Neutron Flux-High Positive Rate; Pressurizer Pressure-High; and SG Water Level-Low Low.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.3-32 Revision 51 to TXX-07063 RTS Instrumentation Page 32 of 32 B 3.3.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.3.1.5 SR 3.3.1.5 is the performance of an ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. The SSPS is tested every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS, using the semiautomatic tester. The train being tested is placed in the bypass condition, thus preventing inadvertent actuation. Through the semiautomatic tester, all possible logic combinations, with and without applicable permissives, are tested for each protection function. The Frduency of every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS is justified in Reference 12.

SR 3.3.1.6 c

power ditrbuio SR 3.3.1.6 is a calibration of the excore channels to the iQnoro chaoL.c_. If the measurements do not agree, the excore channels are not declared core power inoperable but must be calibrated to agree with the inoor3 dotoctor 1 isributioQ measurements. If the excore channels cannot be adjusted, the channels are declared inoperable. This Surveillance is performed to verify the f(Aq) input to the overtemperature N-16 Function.

A Note modifies SR 3.3.1.6. The Note states that this Surveillance is required only if reactor power is > 75% RTP and that 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is allowed for performing the first surveillance after reaching equilibrium conditions at a THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP. The SR is deferred until a scheduled testing plateau above 75% is attained during the post-outage power ascension. During a typical post-refueling power ascension, it is usually necessary to control the axial flux difference at lower power levels through control rod insertion. Due to rod shadowing effects on the base flux map and, to a lesser degree, the dependency of the axially-dependent radial leakage on the power level, a multi-point calibration performed well below 75% RTP may result in excessive incore-excore axial flux difference deviations at full power. After equilibrium conditions are achieved at the specified power plateau, a base flux map must be taken, required AFD swings initiated, and the required data collected. The data is typically analyzed and the appropriate excore calibrations are completed within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions. An additional time allowance of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is provided during which the effects of equipment failures may be remedied and any required re-testing may be performed.

The allowance of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> after equilibrium conditions are attained at the testing plateau provides sufficient time to allow power ascensions and (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.3-45 Revision 51

ATTACHMENT 4 to TXX-07063 RETYPED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PAGES Pages i 3.1-16 3.1-17 3.2-1 3.2-2 3.2-3 3.2-4 3.2-8 3.2-9 3.2-10 3.2-11 3.2-15 3.3-10 3.3-11 5.10-33 5.0-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 USE AND APPLICATION..............................................................................................

1.1-1 1.1 Definitions...............................................................................................................

1.1-1 1.2 Logical Connectors.................................................................................................

1.2-1 1.3 Completion Times..................................................................................................

1.3-1 1.4 Frequency...............................................................................................................

1.4-1 2.0 SAFETY LIMITS (SLs)...................................................................................................

2.0-1 2.1 SLs........................................................................................................................

2.0-1 2.2 SL Violations...........................................................................................................

2.0-1 3.0 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (LCO) APPLICABILITY............................

3.0-1 3.0 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENT (SR) APPLICABILITY...........................................

3.0-4 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS.....................................................................

3.1-1 3.1.1 SHUTDOW N MARGIN (SDM).......................................................................

3.1-1 3.1.2 Core Reactivity................................................................................................

3.1-2 3.1.3 Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC)....................................................

3.1-4 3.1.4 Rod Group Alignment Limits...........................................................................

3.1-7 3.1.5 Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits.....................................................................

3.1-11 3.1.6 Control Bank Insertion Limits..........................................................................

3.1-13 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication...................................................................................

3.1-16 3.1.8 PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions - MODE 2........................................................

3.1-19 3.2 POW ER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS..........................................................................

3.2-1 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (Fa Methodology)..............................

3.2-1 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FN

).........................................

3.2-6 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology)........................................................................

3.2-9 3.2.4 QUADRANT POW ER TILT RATIO (QPTR)..................................................

3.2-12 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION.............................................................................................

3.3-1 3.3.1 Reactor Trip System (RTS) Instrumentation..................................................

3.3-1 3.3.2 Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Instrumentation...... 3.3-21 3.3.3 Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation...........................................

3.3-35 3.3.4 Remote Shutdown System.............................................................................

3.3-40 3.3.5 Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation.............. 3.3-43 3.3.6 Containment Ventilation Isolation Instrumentation.........................................

3.3-48 3.3.7 Control Room Emergency Filtration System (CREFS)

Actuation Instrumentation...............................................................................

3.3-52 (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK-UNITS I AND 2 i

Amendment No. 64 to TXX-07063 Page 1 of 15 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 3.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.1.7 Rod Position Indication LCO 3.1.7 The Digital Rod Position Indication (DRPI) System and the Demand Position Indication System shall be OPERABLE APPLICABILITY:

MODES 1 and 2.

ACTIONS

-NOTE.

Separate Condition entry is allowed for each inoperable rod position indicator and each demand position indicator per bank.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A.

One DRPI per group A.1 Verify the position of the Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> inoperable for one or rods with inoperable more groups.

position indicators indirectly by using core power distribution measurement information.

OR A.2 Reduce THERMAL 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> POWER to < 50% RTP.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.1-16 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 2 of 15 Rod Position Indication 3.1.7 ACTIONS (continued)

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. More than one DRPI per B.1 Place the control rods Immediately group inoperable, under manual control.

AND B.2 Monitor and record RCS Once per 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Tavg.

AND B.3 Verify the position of the Once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> rods with inoperable position indicators indirectly by using core power distribution measurement information.

AND B.4 Restore inoperable 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> position indicators to OPERABLE status such that a maximum of one DRPI per group is inoperable.

C.

One or more rods with C.1 Verify the position of the 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> inoperable DRPIs have rods with inoperable been moved in excess of position indicators 24 steps in one direction indirectly by using core since the last power distribution determination of the rod's measurement position.

information.

OR C.2 Reduce THERMAL 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> POWER to < 50% RTP.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.1-17 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 3 of 15 Fo(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (FQ Methodology)

LCO 3.2.1 APPLICABILITY:

FQ (Z), as approximated by FcF(Z) and FQw(Z), shall be within the limits specified in the COLR.

MODE 1 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME NOTE--------

Required Action A.4 shall be completed whenever this Condition is entered.

A. FcP(Z) not within limit.

A.1 Reduce THERMAL 15 minutes after POWER a 1% RTP for each Fci(Z) each 1 % FcF(Z ) exceeds determination limit.

AND A.2 Reduce Power Range 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> after each Neutron Flux C High trip FcF(Z) determination setpoints > 1% for each 1% Fdc(Z) exceeds limit.

AND A.3 Reduce Overpower N-1 6 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> after each trip setpoints > 1% for Fdc(Z) determination each 1% FcF(Z) exceeds limit.

AND A.4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and Prior to increasing SR 3.2.1.2.

THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A. 1 (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-1 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 4 of 15 FQ(Z) (Fa Methodology) 3.2.1 ACTIONS (continued)

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME


NOTE ----------------

Required Action B.4 shall be completed whenever this Condition is entered.

B. FQw(Z) not within limits.

B.1 Reduce AFD limits > 1%

for each 1% Fdw(Z) exceeds limit.

AND B.2 Reduce Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoints > 1 % for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.

AND B.3 Reduce Overpower N-16 trip setpoints > 1 % for each 1% that the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits is reduced.

AND 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> 72 hours 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power of the AFD limits.

B.4 Perform SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2.

C. Required Action and C.1 Be in MODE 2.

6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time not met.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-2 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 5 of 15 Fo(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS

-NOTE.

During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution measurement is obtained.

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY I-SR 3.2.1.1 Verify Fdc(Z) is within limit.

Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND Once within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions after exceeding, by

> 20% RTP, the THERMAL POWER at which FQC(Z)was last verified AND 31 EFPD thereafter (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-3 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 6 of 15 FQ(Z) (FQ Methodology) 3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.1.2

-NOTE-----

If FcF(Z) measurements indicate maximum over z [K(Z)]

has increased since the previous evaluation of Fdc(Z):

a. Increase Fcw(Z) by an appropriate factor specified in the COLR and reverify Fdw(Z) is within limits; or
b. Repeat SR 3.2.1.2 once per 7 EFPD until either a.

above is met or two successive power distribution measurements indicate maximum over z [L(Z)]

has not increased.

Verify FQw(Z) is within limit.

Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-4 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 7 of 15 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS 32H 3.2.2 NOTE------------------------------

During power escalation following shutdown, THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution measurement is obtained.

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.2.1 Verify FXH is within limits specified in the COLR.

Once after each refueling prior to THERMAL POWER exceeding 75% RTP AND 31 EFPD thereafter COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-8 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 8 of 15 AFD (RAOC METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC)Methodology)

LCO 3.2.3 The AFD in % flux difference units shall be maintained within the limits specified in the COLR.

NOTE The AFD shall be considered outside limits when two or more OPERABLE excore channels indicate AFD to be outside limits.

APPLICABILITY:

MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER > 50% RTP COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-9 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 9 of 15 AFD (RAOC METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. AFD not within limits.

A.1 Reduce THERMAL 30 minutes POWER to < 50% RTP.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-10 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 10 of 15 AFD (RAOC METHODOLOGY) 3.2.3 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.3.1 Verify AFD is within limits for each OPERABLE excore 7 days channel.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-11 Amendment No. 64, to TXX-07063 Page 11 of 15 QPTR 3.2.4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.2.4.1 --------


NOTES

1. With input from one Power Range Neutron Flux channel inoperable and THERMAL POWER

< 75% RTP, the remaining three power range channels can be used for calculating QPTR.

2. SR 3.2.4.2 may be performed in lieu of this Surveillance.

Verify QPTR is within limit by calculation.

7 days SR 3.2.4.2 NOTE-..

Not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after input from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable with THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP.

Verify QPTR is within limit using the core power 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> distribution measurement information.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.2-15 Amendment 64, to TXX-07063 Page 12 of 15 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.2 NOTES

1. Adjust NIS and N-16 Power Monitor channel if absolute difference is > 2%.
2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after THERMAL POWER is a 15% RTP.

Compare results of calorimetric heat balance calculation 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> to Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) and N-16 Power Monitor channel output.

SR 3.3.1.3 ------------------

NOTES----------------

1. Adjust NIS channel if absolute difference is > 3%.
2. Not required to be performed until 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after THERMAL POWER is Ž 50% RTP.

Compare results of the core power distribution 31 effective full measurements to NIS AFD.

power days (EFPD)

SR 3.3.1.4 --.........------------------ NOTE --------............---------

This Surveillance must be performed on the reactor trip bypass breaker for the local manual shunt trip only prior to placing the bypass breaker in service.

Perform TADOT.

62 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.3-10 Amendment No. 64,444, to TXX-07063 Page 13 of 15 RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.3.1.5 Perform ACTUATION LOGIC TEST.

92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS SR 3.3.1.6-NOTE Not required to be performed until 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions with THERMAL POWER > 75% RTP.

Calibrate excore channels to agree with core power 92 EFPD distribution measurements.

SR 3.3.1.7 NOTES--------------

1. Not required to be performed for source range instrumentation prior to entering MODE 3 from MODE 2 until 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> after entry into MODE 3.
2. Source range instrumentation shall include verification that interlocks P-6 and P-10 are in their required state for existing unit conditions.

Perform COT.

184 days (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 3.3-11 Amendment No. fire, 444, to TXX-07063 Reporting Requirements Page 14 of 15 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5 Core Operatina Limits Report (COLR) (continued) allowing use of 100.6 percent 9f rated power in safety analysis methodology when the LEFM'/ Is used for feedwater flow measurement.

The approved analytical methods are described in the following documents:

1)

WCAP-9272-P-A, -WESTINGHOUSE RELOAD SAFETY EVALUATION METHODOLOGY," July 1985 (W Proprietary)

2)

WCAP-10216-P-A, Revision 1A, "RELAXATION OF CONSTANT AXIAL OFFSET CONTROL Fa SURVEILLANCE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION," February 1994 "

Proprietary).

3)

RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology," June 1994.

4)

RXE-88-102-P-A, "TUE-1 Departure from Nucleate Boiling Correlation," July 1992.

5)

RXE-88-102-P, Sup. 1, "TUE-1 DNB Correlation - Supplement 1,"

December 1990.

6)

RXE-89-002-A, "VIPRE-01 Core Thermal-Hydraulic Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," September 1993.

7)

RXE-91-001 -A, "Transient Analysis Methods for Comanche Peak Steam Electric Station Licensing Applications," October 1993.

8)

RXE-9 1-002-A, "Reactivity Anomaly Events Methodology,"

October 1993.

9)

ERX-2000-002-P, 'Revised Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," March 2000.

10)

TXX-88306, "Steam Generator Tube Rupture Analysis,"

March 15, 1988.

11)

RXE-91-005-A, "Methodology for Reactor Core Response to Steamline Break Events, February 1994.

12)

RXE-94-001-A, 'Safety Analysis of Postulated Inadvertent Boron Dilution Event in Modes 3, 4, and 5," February 1994.

13)

RXE-95-001-P-A, "Small Break Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodology," September 1996.

14)

Caldon, Inc. Engineering Report-80P, "lmproving Thermal Power Accuracy and Plant Safety While Increasing Operating Power level Using the LEFM4 System," Revision 0, March 1997 and Caldon Engineering Report - 160P,

  • Supplement to Topical Reort ER-80P; Basis for a Power Uprate With the LE FM-4m Syystem," Revision 0, May 2000.
15)

ERX-2001-005-P, 'ZIRLOTm Cladding and Boron Coating Models for TXU Electric's Loss of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies," October 2001.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 5.0-33 Amendment No. 44-9, to TXX-07063 Reporting Requirements Page 15 of 15 5.6 5.6 Reporting Requirements (continued) 5.6.5 Core Operating Limits Report (COLR) (continued)

16)

WCAP-10444-P-A, "Reference Core Report VANTAGE 5 Fuel Assembly," September 1985.

17)

WCAP-1 5025-P-A, "Modified WRB-2 Correlation, WRB-2M, for Predicting Critical Heat Flux in 17x17 Rod Bundles for Modified LPD Mixing Vane Grids," April 1999.

18)

WCAP-1 3060-P-A, "Westinghouse Fuel Assembly Reconstitution Evaluation Methodology," July, 1993.

19)

ERX-04-004-A; "Replacement Steam Generator Supplement To TXU Power's Large and Small Break Loss Of Coolant Accident Analysis Methodologies" Revision 0, March 2007.

20)

ERX-04-005-A; "Application of TXU Power's Non-LOCA Transient Analysis Methodologies to a Feed Ring Steam Generator Design" Revision 0, March 2007.

21)

WCAP-1 1397-P-A, "Revised Thermal Design Procedure," April 1989.

22)

WCAP-8745-P-A, 'Design Bases for the Thermal Overpower AT and Thermal Overtemperature AT Trip Functions," September 1986.

23)

WCAP-14565-P-A, "VIPRE-01 Modeling and Qualification for Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Thermal-Hydraulic Safety Analysis," October 1999.

24)

WCAP-14882-P-A, =RETRAN-02 Modeling and Qualification for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactor Non-LOCA Safety Analyses," April 1999.

25)

WCAP-1 0054-P-A, "Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code," August 1985.

26)

WCAP-10054-P-A, Addendum 2, Revision 1, "Addendum to the Westinghouse Small Break ECCS Evaluation Model Using the NOTRUMP Code: Safety Injection into the Broken Loop and COSI Condensation Model, July 1997.

27)

WCAP-1 0079-P-A, "NOTRUMP, A Nodal Transient Small Break and General Network Code," August 1985.

28)

WCAP-1 6009-P-A, "Realistic Large-Break LOCA Evaluation Methodology Using the Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)," January 2005.

29)

WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.

c.

The core operating limits shall be determined such that all applicable limits (e.g., fuel thermal mechanical limits, core thermal hydraulic limits, Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) limits, nuclear limits such as SDM, transient analysis limits, and accident analysis limits) of the safety analysis are met.

d.

The COLR, including any midcycle revisions or supplements, shall be provided upon issuance for each reload cycle to the NRC.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 5.0-34 Amendment No. 449,423,436,

ATTACHMENT 5 to TXX-07063 RETYPED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION BASES PAGES Pages B 3.1-20 B 3.1-23 B 3.1-39 B 3.1-40 B 3.2-1 thru B 3.2-29 B 3.3-32 B 3.3-45 to TXX-07063 Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 1 of 35 B 3.1.4 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) directly by core power distribution measurement. Bases Section 3.2 (Power Distribution Limits) contains more complete discussions of the relation of FQ(Z) and F H to the operating limits.

Shutdown and control rod OPERABILITY and alignment are directly related to power distributions and SDM, which are initial conditions assumed in safety analyses. Therefore they satisfy Criterion 2 of 1 OCFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).

I LCO The limits on shutdown or control rod alignments ensure that the assumptions in the safety analysis will remain valid. The requirements on OPERABILITY ensure that upon reactor trip, the assumed reactivity will be available and will be inserted. The OPERABILITY requirements (i.e.,

trippability to meet SDM) are separate from the alignment requirements, which ensure that the RCCAs and banks maintain the correct power distribution and rod alignment. A rod is considered OPERABLE based on the last satisfactory performance of SR 3.1.4.2 and has met the rod drop time criteria during the last performance of SR 3.1.4.3. Rod control malfunctions that result in the inability to move a rod (e.g., rod urgent failures), which do not impact trippability within the time requirements of SR 3.1.4.3, do not result in rod inoperability.

The requirement to maintain the rod alignment to within plus or minus 12 steps of their group step counter demand position is conservative. The minimum misalignment assumed in safety analysis is 24 steps (15 inches),

and in some cases a total misalignment from fully withdrawn to fully inserted is assumed.

Failure to meet the requirements of this LCO may produce unacceptable power peaking factors and LHRs, or unacceptable SDMs, all of which may constitute initial conditions inconsistent with the safety analysis.

APPLICABILITY The requirements on RCCA OPERABILITY and alignment are applicable in MODES 1 and 2, because these are the only MODES in which neutron (or fission) power is generated, and the OPERABILITY (i.e., trippability) and alignment of rods have the potential to affect the safety of the plant. In MODES 3, 4, 5, and 6, the alignment limits do not apply because the rods are typically fully inserted and the reactor is shut down and not producing fission power. In the shutdown MODES, the OPERABILITY of the shutdown and control rods has the potential to affect the required SDM, but this effect (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-20 Revision to TXX-07063 Rod Group Alignment Limits Page 2 of 35 B 3.1.4 BASES ACTIONS B.2.2, B.2.3, B.2.4, B.2.5, and B.2.6 (continued)

Verifying that FQ(Z), as approximated by FQC(Z) and FQW(Z), and F N are within the required limits ensures that current operation at 75% RTP with a rod misaligned is not resulting in power distributions that may invalidate safety analysis assumptions at full power. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> allows sufficient time to obtain a core power distribution measurement and to calculate FQ(Z) and F N Once current conditions have been verified acceptable, time is available to perform evaluations of the affected accident analysis to determine that core limits will not be exceeded during a Design Basis Event for the duration of operation under these conditions. The accident analyses presented in FSAR Chapter 15 (Ref. 3) that may be adversely affected will be evaluated to ensure that the analyses results remain valid for the duration of continued operation under these conditions.

A Completion Time of 5 days is sufficient time to obtain the required input data and to perform the analysis.

C.1 When Required Actions of Condition B cannot be completed within their Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE or Condition in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, which obviates concerns about the development of undesirable xenon or power distributions. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience, for reaching MODE 3 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging the plant systems.

D.1.1 and D.1.2 More than one control rod becoming misaligned from its group demand position is not expected, and has the potential to reduce SDM. Therefore, SDM must be evaluated. Verification of shutdown banks fully withdrawn and the control banks within the limits of LCO 3.1.6, "CONTROL BANK INSERTION LIMITS" ensure SDM is maintained provided the misaligned rod is above the insertion limit. One hour allows the operator adequate time to determine SDM. Restoration of the required SDM, if necessary, requires increasing the RCS boron concentration to provide negative reactivity, as described in the Bases of LCO 3.1.1. The required Completion Time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> for initiating boration is reasonable, based on the time required for potential xenon redistribution, the low probability of an accident occurring, and the steps required to complete the action. This allows the operator sufficient time to align the required valves and start the required pumps.

Boration will continue until the required SDM is restored.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-23 Revision to TXX-07063 Rod Position Indication Page 3 of 35 B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS (continued)

A.1 When one DRPI per group fails, the position of the rod may still be indirectly determined by use of the incore movable detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS. The Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FaH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Based on experience, normal power operation does not require excessive movement of banks. If a bank has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required. Therefore, verification of RCCA position within the Completion Time of 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is adequate for allowing continued full power operation, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small.

A.2 Reduction of THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP puts the core into a condition where rod position is not significantly affecting core peaking factors (Ref. 2).

The allowed Completion Time of 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience, for reducing power to < 50% RTP from full power conditions without challenging plant systems and allowing for rod position determination by Required Action A.1 above.

B.1, B.2, B.3 and B.4 When more than one DRPI per group fail, additional actions are necessary to ensure that acceptable power distribution limits are maintained, minimum SDM is maintained, and the potential effects of rod misalignment on associated accident analyses are limited. Placing the Rod Control System in manual assures unplanned rod motion will not occur. Together with the indirect position determination available via movable incore detectors will minimize the potential for rod misalignment.

The immediate Completion Time for placing the Rod Control System in manual reflects the urgency with which unplanned rod motion must be prevented while in this Condition. Monitoring and recording reactor coolant Tavg help assure that significant changes in power distribution and SDM are avoided. The once per hour Completion Time is acceptable because only minor fluctuations in RCS temperature are expected at steady state plant operating conditions.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-39 Revision to TXX-07063 Rod Position Indication Page 4 of 35 B 3.1.7 BASES ACTIONS B.1, B.2, B.3 and B.4 (continued)

The position of the rods may be determined indirectly by use of the movable incore detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS. The Required Action may also be satisfied by ensuring at least once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> that FQ satisfies LCO 3.2.1, FaH satisfies LCO 3.2.2, and SHUTDOWN MARGIN is within the limits provided in the COLR, provided the nonindicating rods have not been moved. Verification of RCCA position once per 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is adequate for allowing continued full power operation for a limited, 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period, since the probability of simultaneously having a rod significantly out of position and an event sensitive to that rod position is small. The 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Completion Time provides sufficient time to troubleshoot and restore the DRPI system to operation while avoiding the plant challenges associated with a shutdown without full rod position indication (Ref. 4).

Based on operating experience, normal power operation does not require excessive rod movement. If one or more rods has been significantly moved, the Required Action of C.1 or C.2 below is required.

C.1 and C.2 These Required Actions clarify that when one or more rods with inoperable position indicators have been moved in excess of 24 steps in one direction, since the position was last determined, the Required Actions of A.1 and A.2 or B.3 are still appropriate but must be initiated promptly under Required Action C.1 to begin indirectly verifying that these rods are still properly positioned, relative to their group positions using the movable incore detectors.

If, within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, the rod positions have not been determined, THERMAL POWER must be reduced to *50% RTP within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> to avoid undesirable power distributions that could result from continued operation at > 50% RTP, if one or more rods are misaligned by more than 24 steps. The allowed Completion Time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> provides an acceptable period of time to verify the rod positions.

D.1.1 and D.1.2 With one demand position indicator per bank inoperable, the rod positions can be determined by the DRPI System. Since normal power operation does not require excessive movement of rods, verification by administrative means (e.g., observation of appropriate DRPI status indications) that the rod position indicators are OPERABLE and the most withdrawn rod and the least withdrawn rod are < 12 steps apart within the allowed Completion Time of once every 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is adequate.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.1-40 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 5 of 35 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

B 3.2.1 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.1 Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

BASES I

BACKGROUND The purpose of the limits on the values of FQ(Z) is to limit the local (i.e.,

pellet) peak power density. The value of FQ(Z) varies along the axial height (Z) of the core.

FQ(Z) is defined as the maximum local fuel rod linear power density divided by the average fuel rod linear power density, assuming nominal fuel pellet and fuel rod dimensions. Therefore, FQ(Z) is a measure of the peak fuel pellet power within the reactor core.

During power operation, the global power distribution is limited by LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT TILT POWER RATIO (QPTR)," which are directly and continuously measured process variables. These LCOs, along with LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," maintain the core limits on power distributions on a continuous basis.

FQ(Z) varies with fuel loading patterns, control bank insertion, fuel burnup, and changes in axial power distribution.

FQ(Z) is measured periodically using the incore detector system or an OPERABLE PDMS. These measurements are generally taken with the core at or near equilibrium conditions.

Using the measured three dimensional power distributions, it is possible to derive a measured value of FQ(Z). However, because this value represents an equilibrium condition, it does not include the variations in the value of FQ(Z) that are present during non-equilibrium situations, such as load following. To account for these possible variations, the steady state value of FQ(Z) is adjusted by an elevation dependent factor, W(Z), that accounts for calculated worst case transient conditions.

Core monitoring and control under non-steady state conditions are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the appropriate LCOs, including the limits on AFD, QPTR, and control rod insertion.

APPLICABLE This LCO's principal effect is to preclude core power distributions that could SAFETY ANALYSES lead to violation of the following fuel design criterion:

a.

During a large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA), the peak cladding temperature must not exceed 2200°F (Ref. 1); and (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-1 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

Page 6 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

b.

During an ejected rod accident, the energy deposition to the fuel must not exceed 280 cal/gm, and

c.

The control rods must be capable of shutting down the reactor with a minimum required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully withdrawn.

Limits on FQ(Z) ensure that the value of the initial total peaking factor assumed in the accident analyses remains valid. Other criteria must also be met (e.g., maximum cladding oxidation, maximum hydrogen generation, coolable geometry, and long term cooling). However, the LOCA peak cladding temperature is typically most limiting.

FQ(Z) limits assumed in the LOCA analysis are typically limiting relative to (i.e., lower than) the FQ(Z) limit assumed in safety ana!yses for other postulated accidents. Therefore, this LCO provides conservative limits for other postulated accidents.

FQ(Z) satisfies Criterion 2 of the 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

LCO The Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor, FQ(Z), shall be limited by the following relationships:

Fc K(Z) for P > 0.5 Fc FQ(Z):< t K(Z) for P _ 0.5 where:

c Fa is the FQ(Z) limit at RTP provided in the COLR, K(Z) is the normalized FQ(Z) as a function of core height provided in the COLR, and P = THERMAL POWER/RTP c

The actual values of F0 and K(Z) are given in the COLR.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-2 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

Page 7 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)

For Relaxed Axial Offset Control operation, Fo(Z) is approximated by C

w C

F (Z) and F W(Z). Thus, both F0 (Z) and F W(Z) must meet the preceding limits on FQ(Z).

C An FQ (Z) evaluation requires obtaining core power distribution measurement in MODE 1. From the core power distribution measurement M

results we obtain the measured value (F Q(Z)) of FQ(Z).

If the PDMS is used, the appropriate measurement uncertainty and manufacturing allowance are automatically calculated and applied to the measured FQ (Ref. 7).

If the movable incore detector system is used, the computed heat flux hot C

channel factor, F (Z), is obtained by the equation:

FC ()FM FQ(z)= F0 (Z)* 1.03° 1.05.

M F Q(Z) is increased by 3% to account for manufacturing tolerances and further increased by 5% to account for measurement uncertainties.

C F0 (Z) is an excellent approximation for FQ(Z) when the reactor is at the steady state power at which the incore flux map was taken.

w The expression for F QW(Z) is:

F W C

FQ (Z) = F0 (Z) oW(Z) where W(Z) is a cycle dependent function that accounts for power distribution transients during normal operations. W(Z) is included in the COLR.

The FQ(Z) limits define limiting values for core power peaking that precludes peak cladding temperatures above 2200°F during either a large or small break LOCA.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-3 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

Page 8 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES LCO (continued)

This LCO requires operation within the bounds assumed in the safety analyses. Calculations are performed in the core design process to confirm that the core can be controlled in such a manner during operation that it can stay within the LOCA FQ(Z). If FQC(Z) cannot be maintained within the LCO limits, a reduction of the core power is required and if FQW(Z) cannot be maintained within the LCO limits, reduction of the AFD limits is required.

Note that sufficient reduction of the AFD limits will also result in a reduction of the core power.

Violating the LCO limits for FQ(Z) may produce unacceptable consequences if a design basis event occurs while FQ(Z) is outside its specified limits.

APPLICABILITY The FQ(Z) limits must be maintained in MODE 1 to prevent core power distributions from exceeding the limits assumed in the safety analyses.

Applicability in other MODES is not required because there is either insufficient stored energy In the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the reactor coolant to require a limit on the distribution of core power.

ACTIONS A.1 C

Reducing THERMAL POWER by > 1% RTP for each 1% by which F0 (Z)

C exceeds its limit, maintains an acceptable absolute power density. Fa (Z)

M is F 0 (Z) multiplied by factors that account for manufacturing tolerances M

and measurement uncertainties. F 0 (Z) is the measured value of FQ(Z).

The Completion Time of 15 minutes provides an acceptable time to reduce power in an orderly manner and without allowing the plant to remain in an unacceptable condition for an extended period of time. The maximum allowable power level initially determined by Required Action A.1 may be C

affected by subsequent determinations of FQ (Z) and would require power C

reductions within 15 minutes of the FC (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable power level. Decreases in C

F0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable power level and increasing power up to this revised limit.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-4 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

Page 9 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS (continued)

A.2 A reduction of the Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by _> 1% for C

each 1% by which F 0 (Z) exceeds its limit is a conservative action for protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reduction in THERMAL POWER in accordance with Required Action A.I. The maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux -

High trip setpoints initially determined by Required Action A.2 may be c

affected by subsequent determinations of F) (Z) and would require Power Range Neutron Flux - High trip setpoint reductions within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> of the C

F 0 (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints. Decreases in C

F 0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum allowable Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints.

A.3 Reduction in the Overpower N-16 trip setpoints by > 1% for each 1% by C

which FQ (Z) exceeds its limit is a conservative action for protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient In this time period, and the preceding prompt reduction in THERMAL POWER in accordance with Required Action A.l. The maximum allowable Overpower N-16 trip setpoints initially determined by Required Action A.3 may be affected by subsequent C

determinations of F ()(Z) and would require Overpower N-16 trip setpoint C

reductions within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> of the FC (Z) determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable Overpower N-1 6 trip c

setpoints. Decreases in F 0 (Z) would allow increasing the maximum Overpower N-16 trip setpoints.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-5 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

Page 10 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS (continued)

A.4 C

Verification that FQ (Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit imposed by Required Action A.1, ensures that core conditions during operation at higher power levels are consistent with safety analyses assumptions.

Condition A is modified by a Note that requires Required Action A.4 to be performed whenever the Condition is entered. This ensures that SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 will be performed prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A.1, even when Condition A is exited prior to performing Required Action A.4. Performance of SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are necessary to assure FQ(Z) is properly evaluated prior to increasing THERMAL POWER.

B.1 If it is found that the maximum calculated value of FQ(Z) that can occur w

during normal maneuvers, F QW(Z), exceeds its specified limits, there exists C

a potential for FQ (Z) to become excessively high if a normal operational transient occurs. Reducing the AFD limits by >_ 1% for each 1% by which F QW(Z) exceeds its limit within the allowed Completion Time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, restricts the axial flux distribution such that even if a transient occurred, core peaking factor limits are not exceeded.

B.2 A reduction of the Power Range Neutron Flux-High trip setpoints by > 1% for each 1% by which the maximum allowable power is reduced, is a conservative action for protection against the consequence of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reductions in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance with Required Action B.1.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-6 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

Page 11 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES ACTIONS (continued)

B.3 Reduction in the Overpower N-1 6 setpoints value by > 1% for each 1% by which the maximum allowable power is reduced, is a conservative action for protection against the consequences of severe transients with unanalyzed power distributions. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is sufficient considering the small likelihood of a severe transient in this time period and the preceding prompt reductions in THERMAL POWER as a result of reducing AFD limits in accordance with Required Action B.1.

B.4 Verification that FQW(Z) has been restored to within its limit, by performing SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the maximum allowable power limit imposed by Required Action B.1 ensures that core conditions during operation at higher power levels and future operation are consistent with safety analysis assumptions.

Condition B is modified by a Note that requires Required Action B.4 to be performed whenever the Condition is entered. This ensures that SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 will be performed prior to increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action B.1, even when Condition A is exited prior to performing Required Action B.4. Performance of SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are necessary to ensure FQ(Z) is properly evaluated prior to increasing THERMAL POWER.

C.1 If Required Actions A.1 through A.4 or B.1 through B.4 are not met within their associated Completion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode or condition in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in at least MODE 2 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

This allowed Completion Time is reasonable based on operating experience regarding the amount of time it takes to reach MODE 2 from full power operation in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.1 and SR 3.2.1.2 are modified by a Note. The Note applies during REQUIREMENTS power ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1). The note allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not current. It states that THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-7 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

Page 12 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) been achieved at which a power distribution measurement can be obtained.

This allowance is modified, however, by one of the Frequency conditions C

W that requires verification that FC (Z) and F QW(Z) are within their specified limits after a power rise of more than 20% RTP over the THERMAL POWER at which they were last verified to be within specified limits. Because C

F a(Z) and F QV(Z) could not have previously been measured for a reload core, there is a second Frequency condition, applicable only for reload cores, that requires determination of these parameters before exceeding 75% RTP. This ensures that some determination of F c(Z) and F W(z) are made at a lower power level at which adequate margin is available before going to 100% RTP. Also, this Frequency condition, together with the c

w Frequency condition requiring verification of Fa (Z) and F QW(Z) following a power increase of more than 20%, ensures that they are verified as soon as RTP (or any other level for extended operation) is achieved. In the absence of these Frequency conditions, it is possible to increase power to RTP and operate for 31 days without verification of F C (Z) and F W The Frequency condition is not intended to require verification of these parameters after every 20% increase in power level above the last verification. It only requires verification after a power level is achieved for extended operation that is 20% higher than that power at which FQ was last measured.

SR 3.2.1.1 Verification that FC(Z) is within its specified limits involves increasing M

F Q (Z) to allow for manufacturing tolerance and measurement C

uncertainties in order to obtain FC (Z). If the PDMS is used, the appropriate measurement uncertainty and manufacturing allowance are automatically calculated and applied to the measured FQ (Ref. 7). If the M

movable incore detector system is used, F Q (Z) is the measured value of FQ(Z) obtained from incore flux map results and FC (Z)=F 0(Z)o1.03.1.05 (Ref. 4). F C(Z) is then compared to its specified limits.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-8 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

Page 13 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.1 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS C

The limit with which FQ (Z) is compared varies inversely with power above 50% RTP and directly with a function called K(Z) provided in the COLR.

Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP C

provides assurance that the FQ (Z) limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.

If THERMAL POWER has been increased by Ž_ 20% RTP since the last C

determination of FQ (Z), another evaluation of this factor is required 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions at this higher power level (to C

ensure that FQ (Z) values are being reduced sufficiently with power increase to stay within the LCO limits).

The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup because such changes are slow and well controlled when the plant is operated in accordance with the Technical Specifications (TS).

SR 3.2.1.2 The nuclear design process includes calculations performed to determine that the core can be operated within the FQ(Z) limits. Because power distribution measurements are taken at or near equilibrium conditions, the variations in power distribution resulting from normal operational maneuvers are not present in the core power distribution measurement data. These variations are, however, conservatively calculated by considering a wide range of unit maneuvers in normal operation. The maximum peaking factor increase over steady state values, calculated as a function of core elevation, C

Z, is called W(Z). Multiplying the measured total peaking factor, FQ (Z), by W(Z) gives the maximum FQ(Z) calculated to occur in normal operation, F QW(Z).

The limit with which F QW(Z) is compared varies inversely with power above 50% RTP and directly with the function K(Z) provided in the COLR.

The W(Z) curve is provided in the COLR for discrete core elevations. Flux (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-9 Revision to TXX-07063 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

Page 14 of 35 B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS w

map data are typically taken for 30 to 75 core elevations. F 0(Z) evaluations are not applicable for the following axial core regions, measured in percent of core height:

a.

Lower core region, from 0 to 15% inclusive; and

b.

Upper core region, from 85 to 100% inclusive.

The top and bottom 15% of the core are excluded from the evaluation because of the low probability that these regions would be more limiting in the safety analyses and because of the difficulty of making a precise measurement in these regions.

This Surveillance has been modified by a Note that may require that more w

frequent surveillances be performed. When F Q(Z) is evaluated, an evaluation of the expression below is required to account for any increase to C

F0 (Z) that may occur and cause the FQ(Z) limit to be exceeded before the next required FQ(Z) evaluation.

If the two most recent FQ(Z) evaluations show an increase in the expression maximum over z L K(Z)]

it is required to meet the Fa(Z) limit with the last F Q(Z) increased by the appropriate factor of > 1.02 specified in the COLR, or to evaluate FQ(Z) more frequently, each 7 EFPD. These alternative requirements prevent FQ(Z) from exceeding its limit for any significant period of time without detection.

Performing the Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP provides assurance that the FQ(Z) limit will be met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors are generally decreased as power level is increased.

FQ(Z) is verified at power levels _ 20% RTP above the THERMAL POWER of its last verification, 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions to ensure that FQ(Z) is within its limit at higher power levels.

The Surveillance Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution with core burnup. The Surveillance may be done more (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-10 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 15 of 35 FQ(Z) (RAOC-W(Z) Methodology)

B 3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.1.2 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS frequently if required by the results of FQ(Z) evaluations.

The Frequency of 31 EFPD is adequate to monitor the change of power distribution because such a change Is sufficiently slow, when the plant is operated in accordance with the TS, to preclude adverse peaking factors between 31 day surveillances.

REFERENCES

1.

10 CFR 50.46, 1974.

2.

Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.

3.

10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.

4.

RXE-90-006-P-A, "Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtemperature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology,' TU Electric, June 1994.

5.

WCAP-7308-L-P-A, "Evaluation of Nuclear Hot Channel Factor Uncertainties," June 1988.

6.

WCAP-10216-P-A, Rev. 1A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) F0 Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.

7.

WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-11 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 16 of 35 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS N

B 3.2.2 Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)

BASES N

FAH B 3.

2.2 BACKGROUND

The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the power density at any point in the core so that the fuel design criteria are not exceeded and the accident analysis assumptions remain valid. The design limits on local (pellet) and integrated fuel rod peak power density are expressed in terms of hot channel factors. Control of the core power distribution with respect to these factors ensures that local conditions in the fuel rods and coolant channels do not challenge core integrity at any location during normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency analyzed in the safety analyses.

N FaH is defined as the ratio of the integral of the linear power along the fuel rod with the highest integrated power to the average integrated fuel rod N

power. Therefore, FaH is a measure of the maximum total power produced N

in a fuel rod. FaH is sensitive to fuel loading patterns, bank insertion, and fuel burnup.

N FAH is not directly measurable but is inferred from a power distribution measurement obtained with the movable incore detector system or an OPERABLE PDMS. Specifically, the results of the three dimensional power N

distribution measurement are analyzed to determine FaH. This factor is calculated at least every 31 EFPD. However, during power operation, the global power distribution is monitored by LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," which address directly and continuously measured process variables. Compliance with these LCOs, along with the LCOs governing shutdown and control rod insertion and alignment, maintains the core limits on power distribution on a continuous basis.

The COLR provides peaking factor limits that ensure that the design basis value of the departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) is met for normal operation, operational transients, and any transient condition arising from events of moderate frequency. All DNB limited transient events are N

assumed to begin with an FaH value that satisfies the LCO requirements.

Operation outside the LCO limits may produce unacceptable consequences (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-12 Revision

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 17 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES BACKGROUND (continued) if a DNB limiting event occurs. The DNB design basis ensures that there is no overheating of the fuel that results in possible cladding perforation with the release of fission products to the reactor coolant.

N APPLICABLE Limits on FaH preclude core power distributions that exceed the following SAFETY ANALYSES fuel design limits:

a.

For ANS Condition II events, there must be at least 95% probability at the 95% confidence level (the 95/95 DNB criterion) that the hottest fuel rod in the core does not experience a DNB condition;

b.

During a large break loss of coolant accident (LOCA), peak cladding temperature (PCT) must not exceed 2200°F;

c.

During an ejected rod accident, the average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot must not exceed 280 cal/gm (Ref. 1); and

d.

Fuel design limits required by GDC 26 (Ref. 2) for the condition when control rods must be capable of shutting down the reactor with a minimum required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully withdrawn.

N The limits on FAH ensure that the DNB design basis is met for normal operation, operational transients, and any transients arising from events of moderate frequency. The DNB design basis is met by limiting the minimum DNBR to the 95/95 DNB criterion applicable to a specific DNBR correlation.

This value provides a high degree of assurance that the hottest fuel rod in the core does not experience a DNB condition.

N The allowable FAH limit increases with decreasing power level. This N

functionality in FAH is included in the analyses that provide the Reactor Core Safety Limits (SLs) of SL 2.1.1. Therefore, any DNB events in which the calculation of the core limits is modeled implicitly use this variable value of N

F H in the analyses. Likewise, all transients that may be DNB limited are N

assumed to begin with an initial FAH as a function of power level defined by the COLR limit equation.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-13 Revision

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 18 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

N The LOCA safety analysis also uses FAH as an input parameter. The Nuclear Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z)) and the axial peaking factors are inserted directly into the LOCA safety analyses that verify the acceptability of the resulting peak cladding temperature (Ref. 3).

The fuel is protected in part by compliance with Technical Specifications which ensure that the initial conditions assumed in the safety and accident analyses remain valid. The following LCOs ensure this: LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)," LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits," LCO 3.2.2, "Nuclear N

Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH)," and LCO 3.2.1, "Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (F0 (Z))."

N FAH and FQ(Z) are measured periodically using the movable incore detector system or an OPERABLE PDMS. Measurements are generally taken with the core at, or near, equilibrium conditions. Core monitoring and cor'trol under transient conditions (Condition 1 events) are accomplished by operating the core within the limits of the LCOs on AFD, QPTR, and Bank Insertion Limits.

N F H satisfies Criterion 2 of 1 OCFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).

N LCO FAH shall be maintained within the limits of the relationship provided in the COLR.

N The FAH limit is representative of the coolant flow channel with the maximum enthalpy rise. This channel has the least heat removal capability and thus the highest probability for a DNB condition.

N The limiting value of FAH described by the equation contained in the COLR, is the design radial peaking factor used in the unit safety analyses.

A power multiplication factor in this equation includes an additional allowance for higher radial peaking factors from reduced thermal feedback and greater control rod insertion at low power levels. The limiting value of N

FAH is allowed to increase by a cycle-dependent factor (PFAH, as specified (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-14 Revision

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 19 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES LCO (continued) in the COLR) for a 1% RTP reduction in THERMAL POWER.

If the power distribution measurements are performed at a power level less than 100% RTP, then the FN AH values that would result from measurements if the core was at 100% RTP should be inferred from the available information. A comparison of these inferred values with FAH RTP assures compliance with the LCO at all power levels.

APPLICABILITY The F NAH limits must be maintained in MODE 1 to preclude core power distributions from exceeding the fuel design limits for DNBR and PCT.

Applicability in other modes is not required because there is either insufficient stored energy in the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the coolant to require a limit on the distribution of core power.

ACTIONS A.1.1 N

N With F H exceeding its limit, the unit is allowed 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> to restore FAH to within its limits. This restoration may, for example, involve realigning any N

misaligned rods or reducing power enough to bring FAH within its power N

dependent limit. When the FAH limit is exceeded, the DNBR limit is not likely violated in steady state operation, because events that could N

significantly perturb the FAH value (e.g., static control rod misalignment) are considered in the safety analyses. However, the DNBR limit may be violated if a DNB limiting event occurs. Thus, the allowed Completion Time of 4 N

hours provides an acceptable time to restore FAH to within its limits without allowing the plant to remain in an unacceptable condition for an extended period of time. The restoration of the peaking factor to within its limits by power reduction or control rod movement does not restore compliance with the LCO. Thus, this condition can not be exited until a valid surveillance demonstrates compliance with the LCO.

Condition A is modified by a Note that requires that Required Actions A.2 and A.3 must be completed whenever Condition A is entered. Thus, even if this Required Action is completed within the 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> time period, Required (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-15 Revision

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 20 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS A.1.1 (continued)

N Action A.2 requires another measurement and calculation of F H within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> in accordance with SR 3.2.2.1.

N Required Action A.3 requires that another determination of FAH must be done prior to exceeding 50% RTP, prior to exceeding 75% RTP, and within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after reaching or exceeding 95% RTP; however, THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced to comply with these requirements. In addition, Required Action A.2 is performed if power ascension is delayed past 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

A.1.2.1 and A.1.2.2 If the value of F NAH is not restored to within its specified limit either by adjusting a misaligned rod or by reducing THERMAL POWER, the alternative option is to reduce THERMAL POWER to < 50% RTP in accordance with Required Action A.1.2.1 and reduce the Power Range Neutron Flux-High to < 55% RTP in accordance with Required Action A.1.2.2. Reducing power to < 50% RTP increases the DNB margin and does not likely cause the DNBR limit to be violated in steady state operation. The reduction in trip setpoints ensures that continuing operation remains at an acceptable low power level with adequate DNBR margin. The allowed Completion Time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for Required Action A.1.2.1 is consistent with those allowed for in Required Action A.1.1 and provides an acceptable time to reach the required power level from full power operation without allowing the plant to remain in an unacceptable condition for an extended period of time. The Completion Times of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for Required Actions A.1.1 and A.1.2.1 are not additive.

The allowed Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> to reset the trip setpoints per Required Action A.1.2.2 recognizes that, once power is reduced, the safety analysis assumptions are satisfied and there is no urgent need to reduce the trip setpoints; however, for extended operations at the reduced power level, the reduced trip setpoints are required to protect against events involving positive reactivity excursions. This is a sensitive operation that may inadvertently trip the Reactor Protection System.

A.2 Once actions have been taken to restore FN AH to within its limits per (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-16 Revision

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 21 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS A.2 (continued)

Required Action A.1.1, or the power level has been reduced to < 50% RTP per Required Action A.1.2.1, core power distribution measurement (SR 3.2.2.1) must be obtained and the measured value of FN AH verified not to exceed the allowed limit at the lower power level. The unit is provided 20 additional hours to perform this task over and above the 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> allowed by either Action A.1.1 or Action A.1.2.1. The Completion Time of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is acceptable because of the increase in the DNB margin, which is obtained at lower power levels, and the low probability of having a DNB limiting event within this 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.

Additionally, operating experience has indicated that this Completion Time is sufficient to obtain the core power distribution measurement, perform the N

required calculations, and evaluate FAH.

A.3 Verification that FN AH is within its specified limits after an out of limit occurrence ensures that the cause that led to the FN AH exceeding its limit is identified, to the extent necessary, and corrected, and that subsequent operation proceeds within the LCO limit. This Action demonstrates that the F NAH limit is within the LCO limits prior to exceeding 50% RTP, again prior to exceeding 75% RTP, and within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after THERMAL POWER is

> 95% RTP. SR 3.2.2.1 must be satisfied prior to increasing power above the extrapolated allowable power level or restoration of any reduced Reactor N

Trip System setpoints. When FAH is measured at reduced power levels, the N

allowable power level is determined by evaluating FAH for higher power levels.

This Required Action is modified by a Note that states that THERMAL POWER does not have to be reduced prior to performing this Action.

B.1 When Required Actions A. 1.1 through A.3 cannot be completed within their required Completion Times, the plant must be placed in a mode in which the LCO requirements are not applicable. This is done by placing the plant in at (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-17 Revision

N to TXX-07063 FAH Page 22 of 35 B 3.2.2 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued) least MODE 2 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience regarding the time required to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.2.1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.2.2.1 is modified by a Note. The Note applies during power ascensions following a plant shutdown (leaving Mode 1). The note allows for power ascensions if the surveillances are not current. It states that THERMAL POWER may be increased until an equilibrium power level has been achieved at which a power distribution measurement can be obtained.

Equilibrium conditions are achieved when the core is sufficiently stable such that the uncertainty allowances associated with the measurement are valid.

N The value of FAH is determined by using the movable incore detector system or an OPERABLE PDMS to obtain a power distribution measurement. A data reduction computer program then calculates the N

maximum value of FAH from the measured flux distributions. If the PDMS is used, the appropriate measurement uncertainty is automatically calculated N

and applied to the measured FAH (Ref. 4). If the moveable incore detector N

system is used, the measured value of FAH must be multiplied by 1.04 to account for measurement uncertainty before making comparisons to the FN FAH limit.

After each refueling, FN AH must be determined in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP. This requirement ensures that FNH limits are met at the beginning of each fuel cycle. Performing this Surveillance in MODE 1 prior to exceeding 75% RTP, or at a reduced power level at any other time, N

N and meeting the 100% RTP FAH limit, provides assurance that the FAH limit is met when RTP is achieved, because peaking factors generally decrease as power level is increased.

The 31 EFPD Frequency is acceptable because the power distribution changes relatively slowly over this amount of fuel bumup. Accordingly, this N

Frequency is short enough that the FAH limit cannot be exceeded for any significant period of operation.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-18 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 23 of 35 N

FAH B 3.2.2 BASES (continued)

REFERENCES 1.

2.

3.

4.

Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev. 0, May 1974.

10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.

10 CFR 50.46.

WCAP-12472-P-A, "BEACON Core Monitoring and Operations Support System," August 1994.'

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-19 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 24 of 35 AFD (RAOC Methodology)

B 3.2.3 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.3 AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD) (Relaxed Axial Offset Control (RAOC) Methodology)

BASES I

BACKGROUND The purpose of this LCO is to establish limits on the values of the AFD in order to limit the axial power distribution skewing to either the top or bottom of the core. By limiting the amount of power distribution skewing, core peaking factors are consistent with the assumptions used in the safety analyses. Limiting power distribution skewing over time also minimizes the xenon distribution skewing, which Is a significant factor in axial power distribution control.

RAOC is a calculational procedure that defines the allowed operational space of the AFD versus THERMAL POWER. The AFD limits are selected by considering a range of axial xenon distributions that may occur as a result of large variations of the AFD. Subsequently, power peaking factors and power distributions are examined to ensure that the transient limits are met.

Violation of the AFD limits invalidate the conclusions of the accident and transient analyses with regard to fuel cladding integrity.

The AFDs monitored on an automatic basis using the unit process computer, which has an AFD monitor alarm. The computer determines the 1 minute average of each of the OPERABLE excore detector outputs and provides an alarm message immediately if the AFD for to or more OPERABLE excore channels Is outside its specified limits.

Although the RAOC defines limits that must be met to satisfy safety analyses, typically an operating scheme, Constant Axial Offset Control (CAOC), is used to control axial power distribution in day to day operation (Ref. 2). CAOC requires that the AFD be controlled within a narrow tolerance band around a bumup dependent target to minimize the variation of axial peaking factors and axial xenon distribution during unit maneuvers.

The CAOC operating space is typically smaller and lies within the RAOC operating space. Control within the CAOC operating space constrains the variation of axial xenon distributions and axial power distributions. RAOC calculations assume a wide range of xenon distributions and then confirm that the resulting power distributions satisfy the requirements of the accident analyses.

APPLICABLE The AFD is a measure of the axial power distribution skewing to either the SAFETY ANALYSES top or bottom half of the core. The AFD Is sensitive to many core related parameters such as control bank positions, core power level, axial bumup, (continued) I COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-20 Revision to TXX-07063 AFD (RAOC Methodology)

Page 25 of 35 B 3.2.3 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) axial xenon distribution, and, to a lesser extent, reactor coolant temperature and boron concentration.

The allowed range of the AFD is used in the nuclear design process to confirm that operation within these limits produces core peaking factors and axial power distributions that meet safety analysis requirements.

The RAOC methodology (Ref. 5) establishes a xenon distribution library with tentatively wide AFD limits. One dimensional axial power distribution calculations are then performed to demonstrate that normal operation power shapes are acceptable for the loss of coolant accident and loss of flow accident, and for initial conditions of anticipated transients. The tentative limits are adjusted as necessary to meet the safety analysis requirements.

The limits on the AFD ensure that the Heat Flux Hot Channel Factor (FQ(Z))

is not exceeded during either normal operation or in the event of xenon redistribution following power changes. The limits on the AFD also limit the range of power distributions that are assumed as initial conditions in analyzing Condition II, Ill, and IV events. Compliance with this limit ensures that acceotable levels of fuel cladding integrity is maintained for these postulated accidents. The most important Condition IV event is the loss of coolant accident. The most significant Condition III event is the complete loss of forced RCS flow accident. The most significant Condition II events are uncontrolled bank withdrawal and boration or dilution accidents.

Condition II accidents are used to confirm the adequacy of Overpower N-16 and Overtemperature N-16 trip setpoints.

The limits on the AFD satisfy Criterion 2 of the 1 0CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).

LCO The shape of the power profile in the axial (i.e., the vertical) direction is largely under the control of the operator, through either the manual operation of the control banks, or automatic motion of control banks responding to temperature deviations resulting from either manual operation of the Chemical and Volume Control System to change boron concentration, or from power level changes.

Signals are available to the operator from the Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) excore neutron detectors (Ref. 4). Separate signals are taken from the top and bottom detectors. The AFD is defined as the difference in normalized flux signals between the top and bottom excore detector in each detector well. For convenience, this flux difference is converted to provide flux difference units expressed as a percentage and labeled as %A flux or

%AI.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-21 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 26 of 35 AFD (RAOC Methodology)

B 3.2.3 BASES LCO (continued)

The AFD limits are provided in the COLR. The AFD limits for RAOC do not depend on the target flux difference. However, the target flux difference may be used to minimize changes in the axial power distribution.

Violating the LCO on the AFD could produce unacceptable consequences if a Condition 2, 3, or 4 event occurs while the AFD is outside its limits.

APPLICABILITY The AFD requirements are applicable in MODE 1 greater than or equal to 50% RTP when the combination of THERMAL POWER and core peaking factors are the core parameters of primary importance in safety analyses (Ref. 1).

For AFD limits developed using RAOC methodology, the value of the AFD does not affect the limiting accident consequences with THERMAL POWER

< 50% RTP and for lower operating power MODES.

ACTIONS A.1 As an alternative to restoring the AFD to within its specified limits, Required Action A.1 requires a THERMAL POWER reduction to < 50% RTP. This places the core in a condition for which the value of the AFD is not important in the applicable safety analyses. A Completion Time of 30 minutes is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach 50% RTP without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.3.1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the AFD as indicated by the NIS excore channels is within its specified limits. The Surveillance Frequency of 7 days is adequate because the AFD is controlled by the operator and monitored by the process computer. Furthermore, any deviation of the AFD from requirements that is not alarmed should be readily noticed.

REFERENCES

1.

RXE-90-006-P-A,"Power Distribution Control Analysis and Overtem-perature N-16 and Overpower N-16 Trip Setpoint Methodology," TU Electric, June, 1994.

2.

WCAP-8385 (W proprietary), "Power Distribution Control and Load Following Procedures," Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Septem-ber 1974.

(continued)

I COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-22 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 27 of 35 AFD (RAOC Methodology)

B 3.2.3 BASES REFERENCES (continued)

3.

T. M. Anderson to K. Kniel (Chief of Core Performance Branch, NRC),

Attachment:

"Operation and Safety Analysis Aspects of an Improved Load Follow Package," January 31, 1980.

4.

FSAR, Chapter 7.

5.

WCAP-10216-P-A, Rev. 1A, "Relaxation of Constant Axial Offset Control (and) FQ Surveillance Technical Specification," February 1994.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-23 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 28 of 35 B 3.2.4 B 3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION LIMITS B 3.2.4 QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR)

BASES BACKGROUND The QPTR limit ensures that the gross radial power distribution remains consistent with the design values used in the safety analyses. Precise radial power distribution measurements are made during startup testing, after refueling, and periodically during power operation.

The power density at any point in the core must be limited so that the fuel design criteria are maintained. Together, LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD)," LCO 3.2.4, and LCO 3.1.7, "Control Rod Insertion Limits," provide limits on process variables that characterize and control the three dimensional power distribution of the reactor core. Control of these variables ensures that the core operates within the fuel design criteria and that the power distribution remains within the bounds used in the safety analyses.

APPLICABLE This LCO precludes core power distributions that violate the following fuel SAFETY ANALYSES design criteria:

a.

During a large break loss of coolant accident, the peak cladding temperature must not exceed 2200OF (Ref. 1);

b.

During a loss of forced reactor coolant flow accident, there must be at least 95% probability at the 95% confidence level (the 95/95 departure from nucleate boiling (DNB) criterion) that the hot fuel rod in the core does not experience a DNB condition;

c.

During an ejected rod accident, the average fuel pellet enthalpy at the hot spot must not exceed 280 cal/gm (Ref. 2); and

d.

The control rods must be capable of shutting down the reactor with a minimum required SDM with the highest worth control rod stuck fully withdrawn (Ref. 3).

The LCO limits on the AFD, the QPTR, the Heat Flux Hot Channel (FQ(Z)),

N the Nuclear Enthalpy Rise Hot Channel Factor (FAH), and control bank insertion are established to preclude core power distributions that exceed the safety analyses limits.

N The QPTR limits ensure that FAH and FQ(Z) remain below their limiting (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-24 Revision to TXX-07063 Page 29 of 35 BASES QPTR B 3.2.4 APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) values by preventing an undetected change in the gross radial power distribution.

N In MODE 1, the FAH and FQ(Z) limits must be maintained to preclude core power distributions from exceeding design limits assumed in the safety analyses.

The QPTR satisfies Criterion 2 of 10CFR50.36(c)(2)(ii).

LCO The QPTR limit of 1.02, above which corrective action is required, provides a margin of protection for both the DNB ratio and linear heat generation rate contributing to excessive power peaks resulting from X-Y plane power tilts.

A limiting QPTR of 1.02 can be tolerated before the margin for uncertainty N

In FQ(Z) and (FAH) is possibly challenged.

APPLICABILITY The QPTR limit must be maintained in MODE 1 with THERMAL POWER

> 50% RTP to prevent core power distributions from exceeding the design limits.

Applicability in MODE 1 _< 50% RTP and in other MODES is not required because there is either Insufficient stored energy in the fuel or insufficient energy being transferred to the reactor coolant to require the implementation of a OPTR limit on the distribution of core power. The QPTR limit in these conditions Is, therefore, not important. Note that the N

FAH and FQ(Z) LCOs still apply, but allow progressively higher peaking factors at 50% RTP or lower.

ACTIONS A.1 With the QPTR exceeding its limit, a power level reduction of 3% RTP for each 1% by which the QPTR exceeds 1.00 is a conservative tradeoff of total core power with peak linear power. The Completion lime of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> allows sufficient time to identify the cause and correct the tilt. Note that the power reduction itself may cause a change in the tilted condition. The maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level initially determined by Required Action A.1 may be affected by subsequent determinations of (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-25 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 30 of 35 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A._ (continued)

QPTR. Increases in QPTR would require a THERMAL POWER reduction within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> of QPTR determination, if necessary to comply with the decreased maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level. Decreases in QPTR would allow raising the maximum allowable THERMAL POWER level and Increasing THERMAL POWER up to this revised limit.

A.2 After completion of Required Action A.1, the QPTR may still exceed its limits.

Any additional changes in the QPTR are detected by requiring a check of the QPTR once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> thereafter. A 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Completion Time is sufficient because any additional change In QPTR would be relatively slow.

A.3 The peaking factors FNH and FQ(Z) are of primary Importance in ensuring that the power distribution remains consistent with the initial conditions used N

In the safety analyses. Performing SRs on F H and FQ(Z) within the Completion Time of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions from a THERMAL POWER reduction per Required Action A.1 ensures that these primary indicators of power distribution are within their respective limits.

Equilibrium conditions are achieved when the core is sufficiently stable at the Intended operating conditions to support core power distribution measurements. A Completion Time of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions from a THERMAL POWER reduction per Required Action A.1 takes into consideration the rate at which peaking factors are likely to change, and the time required to stabilize the plant and perform a core power distribution measurement. If these peaking factors are not within their limits, the Required Actions of these Surveillances provide an appropriate response for the abnormal condition. If the QPTR remains above its specified limit, the peaking factor surveillances are required each 7 days thereafter to evaluate FNH and FQ(Z) with changes in power distribution.

Relatively small changes are expected due to either burnup and xenon redistribution or correction of the cause for exceeding the QPTR limit.

A.4 N

Although FNH and FQ(Z) are of primary Importance as initial conditions in the safety analyses, other changes in the power distribution may occur as the QPTR limit Is exceeded and may have an impact on the validity of the (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-26 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 31 of 35 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A.4 (continued) safety analysis. A change in the power distribution can affect such reactor parameters as bank worths and peaking factors for rod malfunction accidents. When the QPTR exceeds its limit, it does not necessarily mean a safety concern exists. It does mean that there is an indication of a change in the gross radial power distribution that requires an investigation and evaluation that is accomplished by examining the incore power distribution.

Specifically, the core peaking factors and the quadrant tilt must be evaluated because they are the factors that best characterize the core power distribution. This evaluation is required to ensure that, before increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limits of Required Action A.1, the reactor core conditions are consistent with the assumptions in the safety analyses.

A.5 If the QPTR remains above the 1.02 limit and a re-evaluation of the safety analysis is completed and shows that safety requirements are met, the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit prior to increasing THERMAL POWER to above the limit of Required Action A.1.

Normalization is accomplished in such a manner that the indicated QPTR following normalization is near 1.00. This is done to detect any subsequent significant changes in QPTR.

Required Action A.5 is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that the excore detectors are not normalized to restore to restore QPTR to within limits until after the evaluation of the safety analysis has determined that core conditions at RTP are within the safety analysis assumptions (i.e., Required Action A.4). Note 2 states that if Required Action A.5 is performed, then Required Action A.6 shall be performed. Required Action A.5 normalizes the excore detectors to restore QPTR to within limit, which restores compliance with LCO 3.2.4. Thus, Note 2 prevents exiting the Actions prior to completing core power distribution measurements to verify peaking factors per Required Action A.6. These notes are intended to prevent any ambiguity about the required sequence of actions.

A.6 Once the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit (i.e., Required Action A.5 is performed), it is acceptable to return to full power operation. However, as an added check that the core power distribution is consistent with the safety analysis assumptions, Required N

Action A.6 requires verification that FQ(Z) and FAH are within their specified limits within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of achieving equilibrium conditions at RTP. As an (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-27 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 32 of 35 B 3.2.4 BASES ACTIONS A.6 (continued) added precaution, if the core power does not reach equilibrium conditions at RTP within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> but is increased slowly, then the peaking factor surveillances must be performed within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> after increasing THERMAL POWER above the limit of Required Action A.1. This Completion Time is intended to allow adequate time to increase THERMAL POWER to above the limits of Required Action A.1, while not permitting the core to remain with unconfirmed power distributions for extended periods of time.

Required Action A.6 is modified by a Note that states that the peaking factor surveillances must be completed when the excore detectors have been normalized to restore QPTR to within limit (i.e., Required Action A.5). The intent of this Note is to have the peaking factor surveillances performed at operating power levels, which can only be accomplished after the excore detectors are normalized to restore QPTR to within limit.

B.1 If Required Actions A.1 through A.6 are not completed within their associated Completion Times, the unit must be brought to a MODE or condition in which the requirements do not apply. To achieve this status, THERMAL POWER must be reduced to < 50% RTP within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. The allowed Completion Time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience regarding the amount of time required to reach the reduced power level without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.2.4.1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.2.4.1 is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows QPTR to be calculated with three power range channels if THERMAL POWER is _75% RTP and the input from one Power Range Neutron Flux channel is inoperable. Note 2 allows performance of SR 3.2.4.2 in lieu of SR 3.2.4.1 This Surveillance verifies that the QPTR, as indicated by the Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) excore channels, is within its limits. The Frequency of 7 days takes into account other information and alarms available to the operator in the control room.

For those causes of QPT that occur quickly (e.g., a dropped rod), there typically are other indications of abnormality that prompt a verification of core power tilt.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-28 Revision to TXX-07063 QPTR Page 33 of 35 B 3.2.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.2.4.2 This Surveillance is modified by a Note, which states that it is not required until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after the inputs from one or more Power Range Neutron Flux channels are inoperable and the THERMAL POWER is > 75% RTP.

With an NIS power range channel inoperable, tilt monitoring for a portion of the reactor core becomes degraded. Large tilts are likely detected with the remaining channels, but the capability for detection of small power tilts in some quadrants Is decreased. Performing SR 3.2.4.2 at a Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> provides an accurate alternative means for ensuring that any tilt remains within its limits.

For purposes of monitoring the QPTR when one power range channel is inoperable, the moveable incore detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS may be used to confirm that the normalized symmetric power distribution is consistent with the Indicated QPTR and any previous data indicating a tilt.

When using the moveable incore detector system, the incore detector monitoring is performed with a full incore flux map or two sets of four thimble locations with quarter core symmetry. The two sets of four symmetric thimbles is a set of eight unique detector locations. These locations are C-8, E-5, E-11, H-3, H-13, L-5, L-11, and N-8.

The symmetric thimble flux map can be used to generate symmetric thimble "tilt.' This can be compared to a reference symmetric thimble tilt, from the most recent full core flux map, to generate an Incore QPTR. Therefore, incore monitoring of QPTR can be used to confirm that QPTR is within limits.

With one NIS channel inoperable, the Indicated tilt may be changed from the value Indicated with all four channels OPERABLE. To confirm that no change in tilt has actually occurred, which might cause the QPTR limit to be exceeded, the incore result may be compared against previous core power distribution measurement using an OPERABLE PDMS the symmetric thimbles as described above or a complete flux map. Nominally, quadrant tilt from the Surveillance should be within 2% of the tilt shown by the most recent flux map data.

REFERENCES

1.

10 CFR 50.46.

2.

Regulatory Guide 1.77, Rev 0, May 1974.

3.

10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 26.

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.2-29 Revision to TXX-07063 RTS Instrumentation Page 34 of 35 B 3.3.1 BASES ACTIONS D.11.1. D.11.2, and D.2 (continued)

Required Action D.1.1 has been modified by a Note which only requires SR 3.2.4.2 to be performed if the Power Range Neutron Rux input QPTR becomes inoperable. Failure of a component in the Power Range Neutron Flux Channel which renders the High Flux Trip Function inoperable may not affect the capability to monitor QPTR. As such, determining QPTR using the movable incore detectors or an OPERABLE PDMS once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> may not be necessary.

The NIS power range detectors provide Input to the CRD System and, therefore, have a two-out-of-four trip logic. A known inoperable channel must be placed in the tripped condition. This results in a partial trip condition requiring only one-out-of-three logic for actuation. The 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> allowed to place the inoperable channel in the tripped condition is justified in WCAP-14333-P-A (Ref. 11).

As an alternative to the above Actions, the plant must be placed in a MODE where this Function is no longer required OPERABLE. Seventy-eight (78) hours are allowed to place the plant in MODE 3. The 78-hour Completion Time includes 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> for channel corrective maintenance, and an additional 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> for the MODE reduction as required by Required Action D.2. This is a reasonable time, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 from full power in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. If Required Actions cannot be completed within their allowed Completion Times, LCO 3.0.3 must be entered.

The Required Actions are modified by a Note that allows placing one channel in bypass for 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> while performing routine surveillance testing, and setpoint adjustments when a setpoint reduction is required by other Technical Specifications. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> time limit is justified in Reference 11.

E.1 and E.2 Condition E applies to the following reactor trip Functions:

a Power Range Neutron Flux-Low; Overtemperature N-1 6; Overpower N-16; Power Range Neutron Flux-High Positive Rate; Pressurizer Pressure-High; and SG Water Level-Low Low.

(continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.3-32 Revision to TXX-07063 RTS Instrumentation Page 35of35 B 3.3.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.3.1.5 SR 3.3.1.5 is the performance of an ACTUATION LOGIC TEST. The SSPS is tested every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS, using the semiautomatic tester. The train being tested is placed in the bypass condition, thus preventing inadvertent actuation. Through the semiautomatic tester, all possible logic combinations, with and without applicable permissives, are tested for each protection function. The Frequency of every 92 days on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS Is justified in Reference 12.

SR 3.3.1.6 SR 3.3.1.6 is a calibration of the excore channels to the core power distribution measurement. If the measurements do not agree, the excore channels are not declared inoperable but must be calibrated to agree with the core power distribution measurements. If the excore channels cannot be adjusted, the channels are declared inoperable. This Surveillance is performed to verify the f(Aq) input to the overtemperature N-1 6 Function.

A Note modifies SR 3.3.1.6. The Note states that this Surveillance is required only if reactor power is > 75% RTP and that 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is allowed for performing the first surveillance after reaching equilibrium conditions at a THERMAL POWER _Ž75% RTP. The SR is deferred until a scheduled testing plateau above 75% is attained during the post-outage power ascension. During a typical post-refueling power ascension, it is usually necessary to control the axial flux difference at lower power levels through control rod insertion. Due to rod shadowing effects on the base flux map and, to a lesser degree, the dependency of the axially-dependent radial leakage on the power level, a multi-point calibration performed well below 75% RTP may result in excessive Incore-excore axial flux difference deviations at full power. After equilibrium conditions are achieved at the specified power plateau, a base flux map must be taken, required AFD swings initiated, and the required data collected. The data is typically analyzed and the appropriate excore calibrations are completed within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> after achieving equilibrium conditions. An additional time allowance of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is provided during which the effects of equipment failures may be remedied and any required re-testing may be performed.

The allowance of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> after equilibrium conditions are attained at the testing plateau provides sufficient time to allow power ascensions and (continued)

COMANCHE PEAK - UNITS 1 AND 2 B 3.3-45 Revision